STUDENT VERSION
Learning
资料来源于网络,由翱翔Aokee.com整理,科研中国SciEi.com提供下载。取之于网络,用之于网络,为科学研究事业发展尽一份力。版权归原作者所有,请读者勿用作商业用途,否则后果自负。
科研中国-中国科研网是科研交流网站,希望广大科研工作者、学术期刊社,以及科研院、校、所与科研中国进行合作!欢迎各领域专家和研究生,以及高校科研院所企业的科研人员来科研中国进行交流!
科研中国:http://www.SciEi.com,让中国引领世界共同进步。Email:chinamaker@sohu.com。
How to Contact The MathWorks:
www.mathworks.com Web
comp.soft-sys.matlab Newsgroup
suggest@mathworks.com Product enhancement suggestions
bugs@mathworks.com Bug reports
doc@mathworks.com Documentation error reports
ISBN 0-9755787-090000
Learning MATLAB
COPYRIGHT 1984 - 2004 by The MathWorks,Inc,
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement,The software may be used
or copied only under the terms of the license agreement,No part of this manual may be photocopied or repro-
duced in any form without prior written consent from The MathWorks,Inc.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION,This provision applies to all acquisitions of the Program and Documentation by,
for,or through the federal government of the United States,By accepting delivery of the Program or
Documentation,the government hereby agrees that this software or documentation qualifies as commercial
computer software or commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used or defined in
FAR 12.212,DFARS Part 227.72,and DFARS 252.227-7014,Accordingly,the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and only those rights specified in this Agreement,shall pertain to and govern the use,
modification,reproduction,release,performance,display,and disclosure of the Program and Documentation
by the federal government (or other entity acquiring for or through the federal government) and shall
supersede any conflicting contractual terms or conditions,If this License fails to meet the government's
needs or is inconsistent in any respect with federal procurement law,the government agrees to return the
Program and Documentation,unused,to The MathWorks,Inc,
MATLAB,Simulink,Stateflow,Handle Graphics,and Real-Time Workshop are registered
trademarks,and TargetBox is a trademark of The MathWorks,Inc.
Other product or brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Printing History,August 1999 First printing New manual
January 2001 Second printing Revised for MATLAB 6.0 (Release 12)
November 2002 Third printing Revised for MATLAB 6.5 (Release 13)
July 2004 Fourth printing Revised for MATLAB 7.0 (Release 14)
i
Contents
1
Introducing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Quick Start,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-2
About the Student Version,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-3
Student Use Policy,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-3
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-5
Getting Started with MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-6
Finding Reference Information,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-7
Troubleshooting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-8
Other Resources,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Web Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Academia Web Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MATLAB and Simulink Based Books,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Store,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MATLAB Central — File Exchange/Newsgroup Access,,,,,1-10
Technical Support,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-10
Product Registration,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-10
Differences Between the Student and
Professional Versions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
Simulink,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
Symbolic Math Toolbox,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-12
ii Contents
2
Installing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Installing on Windows,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-2
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-2
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-3
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-5
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-6
Installing on Mac OS X,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-7
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-7
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-8
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Mac OS X Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Installing on Linux,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-15
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-15
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-16
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-21
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-21
3
Introduction
About MATLAB and Simulink,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-2
What Is MATLAB?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-2
What Is Simulink?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-4
MATLAB Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-5
MATLAB Online Help,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-5
Starting and Quitting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
Starting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
Quitting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
MATLAB Desktop,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-8
iii
4
Matrices and Arrays
Matrices and Magic Squares,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-2
Entering Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-3
sum,transpose,and diag,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-4
Subscripts,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-6
The Colon Operator,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-7
The magic Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-8
Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Numbers,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Operators,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-11
Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-11
Examples of Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-13
Working with Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-14
Generating Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-14
The load Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-15
M-Files,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-15
Concatenation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-16
Deleting Rows and Columns,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-17
More About Matrices and Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-18
Linear Algebra,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-18
Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-21
Multivariate Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-24
Scalar Expansion,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-25
Logical Subscripting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-26
The find Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-27
Controlling Command Window Input and Output,,,,,,,4-28
The format Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-28
Suppressing Output,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
Entering Long Statements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
Command Line Editing,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
iv Contents
5
Graphics
Overview of MATLAB Plotting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-2
The Plotting Process,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-2
Graph Components,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-5
Figure Tools,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-7
Arranging Graphs Within a Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-13
Selecting Plot Types,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-14
Editing Plots,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-16
Plot Editing Mode,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-16
Using Functions to Edit Graphs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-19
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-20
Modifying the Graph Data Source,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-27
Preparing Graphs for Presentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-29
Modify the Graph to Enhance the Presentation,,,,,,,,,,,5-30
Printing the Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-33
Exporting the Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-35
Basic Plotting Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-38
Creating a Plot,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-38
Multiple Data Sets in One Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-40
Specifying Line Styles and Colors,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-41
Plotting Lines and Markers,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-41
Imaginary and Complex Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-43
Adding Plots to an Existing Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-44
Figure Windows,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-46
Multiple Plots in One Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-46
Controlling the Axes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-48
Axis Labels and Titles,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-49
Saving Figures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-51
Mesh and Surface Plots,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-52
Visualizing Functions of Two Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-52
Images,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-58
Reading and Writing Images,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-59
v
Printing Graphics,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-60
Handle Graphics,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-62
Using the Handle,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-62
Graphics Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-63
Setting Object Properties,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-65
Specifying the Axes or Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-68
Finding the Handles of Existing Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-69
Animations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-71
Erase Mode Method,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-71
Creating Movies,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-73
6
Programming
Flow Control,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-2
if,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-2
switch and case,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-4
for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-4
while,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-5
continue,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-5
break,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-6
try - catch,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-7
return,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-7
Other Data Structures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-8
Multidimensional Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-8
Cell Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-10
Characters and Text,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-12
Structures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-15
Scripts and Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-18
Scripts,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-19
Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-20
Types of Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-22
Global Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-24
vi Contents
Passing String Arguments to Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-25
The eval Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-26
Function Handles,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-27
Function Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-27
Vectorization,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-30
Preallocation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-30
7
Creating Graphical User Interfaces
What Is GUIDE?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-2
Laying Out a GUI,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-3
Starting GUIDE,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-3
The Layout Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-4
Programming a GUI,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-6
8
Desktop Tools and Development Environment
Desktop Overview,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-2
Arranging the Desktop,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-3
Start Button,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-3
Command Window and Command History,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-5
Command Window,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-5
Command History,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-6
Help Browser,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-7
Current Directory Browser and Search Path,,,,,,,,,,,8-10
Current Directory,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-10
Search Path,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-11
vii
Workspace Browser and Array Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-12
Workspace Browser,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-12
Array Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-13
Editor/Debugger,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-14
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-16
M-Lint Code Check Report,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-16
Profiler Report,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-18
Other Development Environment Features,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-19
9
Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-2
Symbolic Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-3
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,9-5
The findsym Command,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-7
The subs Command,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-8
The Default Symbolic Variable,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-9
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-10
Constructing Real and Complex Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-12
Creating Abstract Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-13
Creating Symbolic Math Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
Using Symbolic Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
Creating an M-File,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
viii Contents
10
Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
Calculus,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-2
Differentiation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-2
Limits,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-8
Integration,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-11
Symbolic Summation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-18
Taylor Series,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-18
Calculus Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-20
Extended Calculus Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-28
Simplifications and Substitutions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-41
Simplifications,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-41
Substitutions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-50
Variable-Precision Arithmetic,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-57
Example,Using the Different Kinds of Arithmetic,,,,,,,,10-58
Another Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-60
Linear Algebra,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-62
Basic Algebraic Operations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-62
Linear Algebraic Operations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-63
Eigenvalues,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-67
Jordan Canonical Form,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-73
Singular Value Decomposition,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-74
Eigenvalue Trajectories,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-77
Solving Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-86
Solving Algebraic Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-86
Several Algebraic Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-87
Single Differential Equation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-90
Several Differential Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-92
Index
1
Introducing the
MATLAB & Simulink
Student Version
This chapter introduces the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version and provides resources for using
it.
Quick Start (p,1-2) Syllabus for new users of MATLAB
About the Student Version (p,1-3) Description of the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Obtaining Additional MathWorks
Products (p,1-5)
How to acquire other products for use with the MATLAB
& Simulink Student Version
Getting Started with MATLAB (p,1-6) Basic steps for using MATLAB
Finding Reference Information (p,1-7) How to learn more about MATLAB and related products
Troubleshooting (p,1-8) Getting information and reporting problems
Other Resources (p,1-9) Additional sources of information for the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version
Differences Between the Student and
Professional Versions (p,1-11)
Product differences
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-2
Quick Start
If you need help installing the software,see Chapter 2,“Installing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.”
At the heart of MATLAB
is a programming language you must learn before
you can fully exploit its power,You can learn the basics of MATLAB quickly,
and mastery comes shortly after,You will be rewarded with high-productivity,
high-creativity computing power that will change the way you work.
If you are new to MATLAB,you should start by reading Chapter 4,“Matrices
and Arrays.” The most important things to learn are how to enter matrices,
how to use the,(colon) operator,and how to invoke functions,After you master
the basics,you should read the rest of the MATLAB chapters in this book and
run the demos:
Chapter 3,“Introduction”
Introduces MATLAB and the MATLAB desktop.
Chapter 4,“Matrices and Arrays”
Introduces matrices and arrays,how to enter and generate them,how to
operate on them,and how to control Command Window input and output.
Chapter 5,“Graphics”
Introduces MATLAB graphic capabilities and the tools that let you
customize your graphs to suit your specific needs.
Chapter 6,“Programming”
Describes how to use the MATLAB language to create scripts and functions,
and manipulate data structures,such as cell arrays and multidimensional
arrays.
About the Student Version
1-3
About the Student Version
MATLAB and Simulink
are the premier software packages for technical
computing in education and industry,The MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version provides all of the features of professional MATLAB,with no
limitations,and the full functionality of professional Simulink,with model
sizes up to 1000 blocks,The Student Version gives you immediate access to
high-performance numeric computing,modeling,and simulation power.
MATLAB allows you to focus on your course work and applications rather than
on programming details,It enables you to solve many numerical problems in a
fraction of the time it would take you to write a program in a lower-level
language such as C,C++,or Fortran,MATLAB helps you better understand
and apply concepts in applications ranging from engineering and mathematics
to chemistry,biology,and economics.
Simulink is an interactive tool for modeling,simulating,and analyzing
dynamic systems,including controls,signal processing,communications,and
other complex systems.
The Symbolic Math Toolbox,also included with the Student Version,is based
on the Maple
8 symbolic math engine and lets you perform symbolic
computations and variable-precision arithmetic.
MATLAB products are used in a broad range of industries,including
automotive,aerospace,electronics,environmental,telecommunications,
computer peripherals,finance,and medicine,More than one million technical
professionals at the world’s most innovative technology companies,
government research labs,financial institutions,and at more than 3,500
universities,rely on MATLAB and Simulink as the fundamental tools for their
engineering and scientific work.
Student Use Policy
This MATLAB & Simulink Student Version License is for use in conjunction
with courses offered at degree-granting institutions,The MathWorks offers
this license as a special service to the student community and asks your help
in seeing that its terms are not abused.
To use this Student License,you must be a student either enrolled in a
degree-granting institution or participating in a continuing education program
at a degree-granting educational university.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-4
You may not use this Student License at a company or government lab,Also,
you may not use it for commercial or industrial purposes,In these cases,you
can acquire the appropriate professional version of the software by contacting
The MathWorks.
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products
1-5
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products
Many college courses recommend MATLAB as standard instructional
software,In some cases,the courses may require particular toolboxes,
blocksets,or other products,Toolboxes and blocksets are add-on products that
extend MATLAB and Simulink with domain-specific capabilities,Many of
these products are available for student use,You may purchase and download
these additional products at special student prices from the MathWorks Store
at www.mathworks.com/store.
Some of the products you can purchase include
Bioinformatics Toolbox
Communications Blockset
Control System Toolbox
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Fuzzy Logic Toolbox
Image Processing Toolbox
Neural Network Toolbox
Optimization Toolbox
Signal Processing Toolbox
Statistics Toolbox
Stateflow
(A demo version of Stateflow is included with your MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version.)
For an up-to-date list of available products and their product dependencies,
visit the MathWorks Store.
Note The toolboxes and blocksets that are available for the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version have the same functionality as the professional
versions,The only restrictions are those described in,Differences Between the
Student and Professional Versions” on page 1-11,Also,the student versions of
the toolboxes and blocksets will work only with the Student Version,Likewise,
the professional versions of the toolboxes and blocksets will not work with the
Student Version.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-6
Getting Started with MATLAB
What I Want What I Should Do
I need to install MATLAB,See Chapter 2,“Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version.”
I want to start MATLAB,On all operating systems,your MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version CD must be in your CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
(Microsoft Windows) Double-click the MATLAB icon on your
desktop.
(Macintosh OS X) Double-click the MATLAB icon on your desktop.
(Linux) Enter the matlab command at the command prompt.
I’m new to MATLAB and
want to learn it quickly.
Start by reading Chapter 3,“Introduction,” through Chapter 6,
“Programming,” in this book,The most important things to learn
are how to enter matrices,how to use the,(colon) operator,and
how to invoke functions,You will also get a brief overview of
graphics and programming in MATLAB,After you master the
basics,you can access the rest of the documentation through the
online help facility (Help).
I want to look at some
samples of what you can do
with MATLAB.
There are numerous demonstrations included with MATLAB,
You can see the demos by clicking Demos in the Help browser or
selecting Demos from the Help menu,There are demos of
mathematics,graphics,visualization,and much more,You also
will find a large selection of demos at
www.mathworks.com/demos.
Finding Reference Information
1-7
Finding Reference Information
What I Want What I Should Do
I want to know how to use a
specific function.
Use the online help facility (Help),To access Help,use the
command helpbrowser or use the Help menu.,MATLAB
Functions,Volume 1 (A-E),Volume 2 (F-O),and Volume 3 (P-Z)”
are also available in PDF format from Printing the
Documentation Set on the MATLAB product page.
I want to find a function for
a specific purpose,but I
don’t know the function
name.
There are several choices:
From Help,browse the MATLAB functions by choosing
Functions — Categorical List or Functions — Alphabetical
List.
Use lookfor (e.g.,lookfor inverse) from the command line.
Use Index or Search from Help.
I want to learn about a
specific topic such as sparse
matrices,ordinary
differential equations,or cell
arrays.
Use Help to locate the appropriate sections in the MATLAB
documentation,for example,MATLAB -> Mathematics ->
Sparse Matrices.
I want to know what
functions are available in a
general area.
Use Help to view Functions — Categorical List under
MATLAB,Help provides access to the reference pages for the
hundreds of functions included with MATLAB.
I want to learn about the
Symbolic Math Toolbox.
See Chapter 9,“Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox,” and
Chapter 10,“Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox,” in this book,
For complete descriptions of the Symbolic Math Toolbox
functions,use Help and select Function — Categorical List or
Function — Alphabetical List from the Symbolic Math Toolbox
documentation.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-8
Troubleshooting
What I Want What I Should Do
I have a specific MATLAB
problem I want help with.
From Help,select Support and Web Services and then choose
Technical Support.
I want to report a bug or
make a suggestion.
Use Help or send e-mail to bugs@mathworks.com or
suggest@mathworks.com.
Other Resources
1-9
Other Resources
Documentation
When you install the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on your computer,
you automatically install the complete online documentation for these
products,Access this documentation set from Help.
Note References to UNIX in the documentation include both Linux and
Mac OS X.
Web-Based Documentation
Documentation for all MathWorks products is online and available from the
Support area of the MathWorks Web site,In addition to tutorials and function
reference pages,you can find PDF versions of all the manuals.
MathWorks Web Site
At www.mathworks.com,you’ll find information about MathWorks products and
how they are used in education and industry,product demos,and MATLAB
and Simulink based books.
MathWorks Academia Web Site
At www.mathworks.com/academia,you’ll find resources for various branches of
engineering,mathematics,and science.
MATLAB and Simulink Based Books
At www.mathworks.com/support/books,you’ll find an up-to-date list of
MATLAB and Simulink based books.
MathWorks Store
At www.mathworks.com/store,you can purchase add-on products and
documentation.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-10
MATLAB Central — File Exchange/Newsgroup
Access
At www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral,you can access the MATLAB Usenet
newsgroup (comp.soft-sys.matlab) as well as an extensive library of
user-contributed files called the MATLAB Central File Exchange,MATLAB
Central is also home to the Link Exchange where you can share your favorite
links to various educational,personal,and commercial MATLAB Web sites.
The comp.soft-sys.matlab newsgroup is for professionals and students who
use MATLAB and have questions or comments about it and its associated
software,This is an important resource for posing questions and answering
those of others,MathWorks staff also participates actively in this newsgroup.
Technical Support
At www.mathworks.com/support,you can get technical support.
Telephone and e-mail access to our technical support staff is not available for
students running the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version unless you are
experiencing difficulty installing or downloading MATLAB or related products,
There are numerous other vehicles of technical support that you can use,The
“Additional Sources of Information” section in the CD holder identifies the
ways to obtain support.
After checking the available MathWorks sources for help,if you still cannot
resolve your problem,please contact your instructor,Your instructor should be
able to help you,but if not,there is telephone and e-mail technical support for
registered instructors who have adopted the MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version in their courses.
Product Registration
At www.mathworks.com/academia/student_version/register.html,you can
register your MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.
Differences Between the Student and Professional Versions
1-11
Differences Between the Student and Professional Versions
MATLAB
The Student Version provides full support for all MATLAB language features
as well as graphics,external interface and Application Program Interface (API)
support,and access to every other feature of the professional version of
MATLAB.
MATLAB Differences
There are a few small differences between the Student Version and the
professional version of MATLAB:
The MATLAB prompt in the Student Version is
EDU>>
The window title bars include the words
<Student Version>
All printouts contain the footer
Student Version of MATLAB
This footer will always appear in your printouts.
The Check for Updates menu option on the desktop tools is not available in
the Student Version.
The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your CD-ROM
drive to start MATLAB,Once MATLAB starts,you can remove the CD.
Simulink
The Student Version contains the complete Simulink product,which is used
with MATLAB to model,simulate,and analyze dynamic systems.
Simulink Differences
Models are limited to 1000 blocks.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-12
Note You may encounter some demos that use more than 1000 blocks,In
these cases,a dialog will display stating that the block limit has been
exceeded and the demo will not run.
The window title bars include the words
<Student Version>
All printouts contain the footer
Student Version of MATLAB
This footer will always appear in your printouts.
Note The Using Simulink documentation,which is accessible from the Help
browser,contains all of the information in the Learning Simulink book plus
additional advanced information.
Symbolic Math Toolbox
The Symbolic Math Toolbox included with this Student Version lets you access
all of the functions in the professional version of the Symbolic Math Toolbox
except maple,mapleinit,mfun,mfunlist,and mhelp,For more information
about the Symbolic Math Toolbox,see its documentation.
2
Installing the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version
This chapter describes how to install the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.
Installing on Windows (p,2-2) Steps to install the Student Version on Microsoft
Windows machines
Installing on Mac OS X (p,2-7) Steps to install the Student Version on Macintosh OS X
machines
Installing on Linux (p,2-15) Steps to install the Student Version on Linux machines
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-2
Installing on Windows
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Windows computer,It also
provides step-by-step instructions for installing the software and
documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Pentium III,IV,Xeon,Pentium M,AMD Athlon,Athlon XP,or Athlon
MP-based personal computer
Microsoft Windows XP,Windows 2000 (with Service Pack 3 or 4),or
Windows NT 4.0 (with Service Pack 5 or 6a)
16-,24-,or 32-bit OpenGL capable graphics adapter
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Disk space varies depending on size of partition,The MathWorks Installer
will inform you of the disk space requirement for your particular partition,
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB.
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
Netscape Navigator 4.0 or later,or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or later is
required.
Adobe Acrobat Reader 3.0 or later is required to view and print the MATLAB
online documentation that is in PDF format.
Office 2000 or Office XP is required to run MATLAB Notebook.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
Installing on Windows
2-3
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
This list summarizes the steps in the standard installation procedure,You can
perform the installation by simply following the instructions in the dialog
boxes presented by the installation program; it walks you through this process:
1 Exit any existing copies of MATLAB you have running.
2 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in your CD-ROM
drive,To start the installation program,run setup.exe from the CD.
3 Read the Welcome screen,then click Next.
4 Enter your name and school name,then click Next.
5 Review the software licensing agreement and,if you agree with the terms,
select Yes and click Next.
6 Review the Student Use Policy and,if you satisfy the terms,select Yes and
click Next.
7 Choose your installation type,Typical installation installs all products;
custom installation lets you select which products to install,Select the
installation type and click Next.
8 The Folder Selection dialog box lets you specify the name of the folder into
which you want to install MATLAB,You can accept the default destination
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-4
folder or specify the name of a different installation folder,If the folder
doesn’t exist,the installer creates it,To continue with the installation,click
Next.
9 The Confirmation dialog box lets you confirm your installation options,To
change a setting,click the Back button,To proceed with the installation,
click Install.
Note The installation process installs the online documentation for each
product you install,This does not include documentation in PDF format,
which is only available at the MathWorks Web site.
10 When the installation is complete,verify the installation by starting
MATLAB and running one of the demo programs,To start MATLAB,
double-click on the MATLAB icon that the installer creates on your desktop,
To run the demo programs,select Demos from Help.
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
11 Customize any MATLAB environment options,if desired,For example,to
include welcome messages,default definitions,or any MATLAB expressions
that you want executed every time MATLAB is invoked,create a file named
startup.m in the $MATLAB\toolbox\local folder,where $MATLAB is the
name of your MATLAB installation folder,Every time you start MATLAB,
it executes the commands in the startup.m file.
12 Perform any additional configuration by typing the appropriate command at
the MATLAB command prompt,For example,to configure the MATLAB
Notebook,type notebook -setup,To configure a compiler to work with the
MATLAB External Interface,type mex -setup.
Installing on Windows
2-5
For More Information The Installation Guide for Windows documentation
provides additional installation information,This manual is available from
Help.
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer.
When you download a toolbox,you receive an installation program for the
toolbox,To install the toolbox and its documentation,run the installation
program by double-clicking on the installer icon,After you successfully install
the toolbox,all of its functionality and documentation will be available to you
when you start MATLAB.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-6
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB Command Window,You can also type
helpbrowser at the MATLAB prompt,The Help browser appears.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-7
Installing on Mac OS X
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Macintosh computer,It also
provides step-by-step instructions for installing the software and
documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Power Macintosh with G4 or G5 processor
Mac OS X version 10.3.2
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB of disk
space.
X11 (X server) for Mac OS X
16-bit graphics or higher adaptor and display (24 bit recommended)
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Netscape Navigator 4.7 or later,or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.1 or later,
is required.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-8
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
The following sections describe the steps you must follow to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Macintosh computer.
Note If you want to install MATLAB in a particular directory,you must have
the appropriate permissions,For example,to install MATLAB in the
Applications directory,you must have administrator status,To create
symbolic links in a particular directory,you must have the appropriate
permissions,For information on setting permissions (privileges),see
Macintosh Help (Command+? from the desktop).
1 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in the CD-ROM drive,
When the CD’s icon appears on the desktop,double-click the icon to display
the CD’s contents.
2 Double-click the InstallForMacOSX icon to begin the installation.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-9
3 To install the MathWorks products,you must enter a username and
password for an administrator,Enter the username and password in the
Authenticate dialog box and then click OK.
Note The user account you set up when you configured your Mac is an
administrator account,If you don’t know the username and password for an
administrator,check with the person who administers your Macintosh.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-10
4 When the Important Information window appears,review its contents,
Click Continue to proceed with the installation.
Note You will not be able to run the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
until you install X11 for Mac OS X.
5 The Software License Agreement is displayed,If you agree to its terms,you
can continue the installation.
6 The Student Use Policy is displayed,If you qualify for the student license
and agree to its terms,click Accept.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-11
7 The default installation location is MATLAB_SV7 in the Applications folder
on your system disk,To accept the default,click Continue,To change the
location,click Choose Folder and then navigate to the desired location.
Note Your installation directory name cannot contain spaces,the @ character,
or the $ character,Also,you cannot have a directory named private as part of
the installation path,To create this directory in this location on your system,
you must have administrator privileges,For information on setting privileges,
see Macintosh Help (Command+? from the desktop).
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-12
8 Select the products you want to install from the list of products available for
installation and then click Continue.
Note The installation process installs the online documentation for each
product you install,This does not include documentation in PDF format,
which is only available at the MathWorks Web site.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-13
9 When the installation successfully completes,the installer displays the
following Installation Complete window,This gives you options for
accessing MATLAB,Check your desired options and click Finish to
complete the installation.
10 Verify the installation by starting MATLAB and running one of the demo
programs,To start MATLAB,double-click on the MATLAB icon that the
installer creates on your desktop,To run the demo programs,select Demos
from Help.
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-14
For More Information The Installation Guide for Mac OS X documentation
provides additional installation information,This manual is available from
Help.
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer.
When you download a toolbox,you receive a file for the toolbox,Double-clicking
on the downloaded file’s icon creates a folder that contains the installation
program for the toolbox,To install the toolbox and its documentation,run the
installation program by double-clicking on its icon,After you successfully
install the toolbox,all of its functionality and documentation will be available
to you when you start MATLAB.
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB Command Window,You can also type
helpbrowser at the MATLAB prompt,The Help browser appears.
Mac OS X Documentation
In general,the documentation for MathWorks products is not specific for
individual platforms unless the product is available only on a particular
platform,For the Macintosh,when you access a product’s documentation either
in print or online through the Help browser,make sure you refer to the UNIX
platform if there is different documentation for different platforms.
For More Information The Installation Guide for Mac OS X documentation
provides Macintosh-specific information for this release of MATLAB and its
related products.
Installing on Linux
2-15
Installing on Linux
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Linux computer,It also provides
step-by-step instructions for installing the software and documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Pentium III,Pentium IV,AMD Athlon,Athlon XP,Athlon MP,AMD
Opteron (Note,Runs MATLAB in 32 bit emulation mode)
Linux — built using Kernel 2.4.x and glibc (glibc6) 2.2.5
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB of disk
space.
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
64 MB swap space
16,24 or 32-bit OpenGL capable graphics adapter
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Netscape Navigator 4.0 or later
Adobe Acrobat Reader 3.0 or later is required to view and print the MATLAB
online documentation that is in PDF format.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-16
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
The following instructions describe how to install the MATLAB & Simulink
Student Version on a Linux computer.
Note On most systems,you will need root privileges to perform certain steps
in the installation procedure,
1 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in the CD-ROM drive.
If your CD-ROM drive is not accessible to your operating system,you will
need to mount the CD-ROM drive on your system,Create a directory to be
the mount point for it.
mkdir /cdrom
Mount a CD-ROM drive using the command
$ mount /cdrom
If your system requires that you have root privileges to mount a CD-ROM
drive,this command should work on most systems,
# mount -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /cdrom
To enable nonroot users to mount a CD-ROM drive,include the exec option
in the entry for CD-ROM drives in your /etc/fstab file,as in the following
example,
Installing on Linux
2-17
/dev/cdrom /cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0
Note,however,that this option is often omitted from the /etc/fstab file for
security reasons,
2 Create an installation directory and move to it,using the cd command,For
example,if you are going to install into the location /usr/local/matlab7,
use the commands
cd /usr/local
mkdir matlab7
cd matlab7
Subsequent instructions in this section refer to this directory as $MATLAB.
3 Start the MathWorks Installer by running the install script.
/cdrom/install_unix.sh
The MathWorks Installer displays the welcome dialog box,Click OK to
proceed with the installation.
Note If you need additional help on any step during this installation process,
click the Help button at the bottom of the dialog box.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-18
4 The Software License Agreement is displayed,If you agree to its terms,you
can continue the installation.
5 Verify the name of the directory in which you want to install MATLAB in the
MATLAB Root Directory dialog box,You can edit the pathname in this
dialog box,If the MATLAB root directory is correct,click OK to proceed with
the installation.
6 View your License File,Click OK to proceed with the installation.
Installing on Linux
2-19
7 Select the products you want to install in the Installation Options dialog
box.
The products you are licensed to install are listed in the Items to install list
box,If you do not want to install a product,select it in the list and click
Remove,The installer moves the product to the Items not to install list,
To install the complete MATLAB & Simulink Student Version,keep all the
products listed in the Items to install list.
After you select the products you want to install,click OK to proceed with
the installation.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-20
8 Specify in the Installation Data dialog box the directory in which you want
to install symbolic links to the matlab and mex scripts,Choose a directory
that is common to all users’ paths,such as /usr/local/bin,You must be
logged in as root to do this,If you choose not to set up these links,you can
still run MATLAB; however,you must specify the full path to the MATLAB
start-up script,Click OK to proceed with the installation.
9 Start the installation by clicking OK in the Begin Installation dialog box,
During the installation,the installer displays information about the status
of the installation,
10 After the installation is complete,the installer displays the Installation
Complete dialog box,Click Exit to terminate the installer program.
11 When the installation is complete,verify the installation by starting
MATLAB and running one of the demo programs,
To start MATLAB,enter the matlab command,If you did not set up symbolic
links in a directory on your path,you must provide the full pathname to the
matlab command
$MATLAB/bin/matlab
where $MATLAB represents your MATLAB installation directory.
Note To start MATLAB,the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must
be in your CD-ROM drive.
Installing on Linux
2-21
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer,When you download a
toolbox on Linux,you receive a tar file (a standard,compressed archive
format),
To install the toolbox and documentation,you must
1 Place the tar file in your installation directory ($MATLAB) and extract the
files from the archive,Use the following syntax.
tar -xf filename
2 Start the MathWorks Installer.
install
After you successfully install the toolbox and documentation,all of its
functionality will be available to you when you start MATLAB.
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB desktop,You can also type helpbrowser
at the MATLAB prompt.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-22
3
Introduction
This chapter introduces MATLAB and Simulink,the documentation set,how to start and stop
MATLAB,and the MATLAB desktop.
About MATLAB and Simulink (p,3-2) Overview of the products
MATLAB Documentation (p,3-5) Overview of the documentation set
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
(p,3-7)
Steps to run and exit MATLAB
3 Introduction
3-2
About MATLAB and Simulink
What Is MATLAB?
MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing,It
integrates computation,visualization,and programming in an easy-to-use
environment where problems and solutions are expressed in familiar
mathematical notation,Typical uses include
Math and computation
Algorithm development
Data acquisition
Modeling,simulation,and prototyping
Data analysis,exploration,and visualization
Scientific and engineering graphics
Application development,including graphical user interface building
MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data element is an array that
does not require dimensioning,This allows you to solve many technical
computing problems,especially those with matrix and vector formulations,in
a fraction of the time it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive
language such as C or Fortran.
The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory,MATLAB was originally
written to provide easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK
and EISPACK projects,Today,MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK
and BLAS libraries,embedding the state of the art in software for matrix
computation,
MATLAB has evolved over a period of years with input from many users,In
university environments,it is the standard instructional tool for introductory
and advanced courses in mathematics,engineering,and science,In industry,
MATLAB is the tool of choice for high-productivity research,development,and
analysis,
Toolboxes
MATLAB features a family of add-on application-specific solutions called
toolboxes,Very important to most users of MATLAB,toolboxes allow you to
learn and apply specialized technology,Toolboxes are comprehensive
About MATLAB and Simulink
3-3
collections of MATLAB functions (M-files) that extend the MATLAB
environment to solve particular classes of problems,Areas in which toolboxes
are available include signal processing,control systems,neural networks,
fuzzy logic,wavelets,simulation,and many others.
The MATLAB System
The MATLAB system consists of five main parts:
Development Environment,This is the set of tools and facilities that help you use
MATLAB functions and files,Many of these tools are graphical user interfaces,
It includes the MATLAB desktop and Command Window,a command history,
an editor and debugger,and browsers for viewing help,the workspace,files,
and the search path.
The MATLAB Mathematical Function Library,This is a vast collection of computational
algorithms ranging from elementary functions,like sum,sine,cosine,and
complex arithmetic,to more sophisticated functions like matrix inverse,matrix
eigenvalues,Bessel functions,and fast Fourier transforms,
The MATLAB Language,This is a high-level matrix/array language with control
flow statements,functions,data structures,input/output,and object-oriented
programming features,It allows both,programming in the small” to rapidly
create quick and dirty throw-away programs,and,programming in the large”
to create large and complex application programs,
Graphics,MATLAB has extensive facilities for displaying vectors and matrices
as graphs,as well as annotating and printing these graphs,It includes
high-level functions for two-dimensional and three-dimensional data
visualization,image processing,animation,and presentation graphics,It also
includes low-level functions that allow you to fully customize the appearance of
graphics as well as to build complete graphical user interfaces on your
MATLAB applications.
The MATLAB Application Program Interface (API),This is a library that allows you to
write C and Fortran programs that interact with MATLAB,It includes
facilities for calling routines from MATLAB (dynamic linking),calling
MATLAB as a computational engine,and for reading and writing MAT-files.
3 Introduction
3-4
What Is Simulink?
Simulink is an interactive environment for modeling,simulating,and
analyzing dynamic,multidomain systems,It lets you build a block diagram,
simulate the system’s behavior,evaluate its performance,and refine the
design,Simulink integrates seamlessly with MATLAB,providing you with
immediate access to an extensive range of analysis and design tools,These
benefits make Simulink the tool of choice for control system design,DSP
design,communications system design,and other simulation applications.
Blocksets are collections of application-specific blocks that support multiple
design areas,including electrical power-system modeling,digital signal
processing,fixed-point algorithm development,and more,These blocks can be
incorporated directly into your Simulink models.
Real-Time Workshop? is a program that generates optimized,portable,and
customizable ANSI C code from Simulink models,Generated code can run on
PC hardware,DSPs,microcontrollers on bare-board environments,and with
commercial or proprietary real-time operating systems.
What Is Stateflow?
Stateflow is an interactive design tool for modeling and simulating complex
reactive systems,Tightly integrated with Simulink and MATLAB,Stateflow
provides Simulink users with an elegant solution for designing embedded
systems by giving them an efficient way to incorporate complex control and
supervisory logic within their Simulink models.
With Stateflow,you can quickly develop graphical models of event-driven
systems using finite state machine theory,statechart formalisms,and flow
diagram notation,Together,Stateflow and Simulink serve as an executable
specification and virtual prototype of your system design.
Note Your MATLAB & Simulink Student Version includes a demo version of
Stateflow.
MATLAB Documentation
3-5
MATLAB Documentation
MATLAB provides extensive documentation,in both printed and online
format,to help you learn about and use all of its features,If you are a new user,
start with the MATLAB specific sections in this book,It covers all the primary
MATLAB features at a high level,including many examples.
The MATLAB online help provides task-oriented and reference information
about MATLAB features,MATLAB documentation is also available in printed
form and in PDF format.
MATLAB Online Help
To view the online documentation,select MATLAB Help from the Help menu
in MATLAB,The MATLAB documentation is organized into these main topics:
Desktop Tools and Development Environment — Startup and shutdown,the
desktop,and other tools that help you use MATLAB
Mathematics — Mathematical operations and data analysis
Programming — The MATLAB language and how to develop MATLAB
applications
Graphics — Tools and techniques for plotting,graph annotation,printing,
and programming with Handle Graphics
3-D Visualization — Visualizing surface and volume data,transparency,and
viewing and lighting techniques
Creating Graphical User Interfaces — GUI-building tools and how to write
callback functions
External Interfaces — MEX-files,the MATLAB engine,and interfacing to
Java,COM,and the serial port
MATLAB also includes reference documentation for all MATLAB functions:
Functions — Categorical List — Lists all MATLAB functions grouped into
categories
Handle Graphics Property Browser — Provides easy access to descriptions of
graphics object properties
External Interfaces Reference — Covers those functions used by the
MATLAB external interfaces,providing information on syntax in the calling
language,description,arguments,return values,and examples
3 Introduction
3-6
The MATLAB online documentation also includes
Examples — An index of examples included in the documentation
Release Notes — New features and known problems in the current release
Printable Documentation — PDF versions of the documentation suitable for
printing
For more information about using the Help browser,see Chapter 8,“Desktop
Tools and Development Environment.”
Note References to UNIX in the documentation include both Linux and
Mac OS X.
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
3-7
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
Starting MATLAB
On Windows platforms,start MATLAB by double-clicking the MATLAB
shortcut icon on your Windows desktop.
On Mac OS X platforms,start MATLAB by double-clicking the MATLAB icon
on your desktop.
On Linux platforms,start MATLAB by typing matlab at the operating system
prompt.
You can customize MATLAB startup,For example,you can change the
directory in which MATLAB starts or automatically execute MATLAB
statements in a script file named startup.m.
For More Information See,Starting MATLAB” in the Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
Quitting MATLAB
To end your MATLAB session,select File -> Exit MATLAB in the desktop,or
type quit in the Command Window,You can run a script file named finish.m
each time MATLAB quits that,for example,executes functions to save the
workspace,or displays a quit confirmation dialog box.
For More Information See,Quitting MATLAB” in the Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
3 Introduction
3-8
MATLAB Desktop
When you start MATLAB,the MATLAB desktop appears,containing tools
(graphical user interfaces) for managing files,variables,and applications
associated with MATLAB.
The following illustration shows the default desktop,You can customize the
arrangement of tools and documents to suit your needs,For more information
about the desktop tools,see Chapter 8,“Desktop Tools and Development
Environment.”
Enter MATLAB functions at the Command Window prompt.
The Command History maintains a record of
the MATLAB functions you ran.
4
Matrices and Arrays
This chapter introduces you to MATLAB by teaching you how to handle matrices.
Matrices and Magic Squares (p,4-2) Enter matrices,perform matrix operations,and access
matrix elements.
Expressions (p,4-10) Work with variables,numbers,operators,functions,and
expressions.
Working with Matrices (p,4-14) Generate matrices,load matrices,create matrices from
M-files and concatenation,and delete matrix rows and
columns.
More About Matrices and Arrays
(p,4-18)
Use matrices for linear algebra,work with arrays,
multivariate data,scalar expansion,and logical
subscripting,and use the find function.
Controlling Command Window Input
and Output (p,4-28)
Change output format,suppress output,enter long lines,
and edit at the command line.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-2
Matrices and Magic Squares
In MATLAB,a matrix is a rectangular array of numbers,Special meaning is
sometimes attached to 1-by-1 matrices,which are scalars,and to matrices with
only one row or column,which are vectors,MATLAB has other ways of storing
both numeric and nonnumeric data,but in the beginning,it is usually best to
think of everything as a matrix,The operations in MATLAB are designed to be
as natural as possible,Where other programming languages work with
numbers one at a time,MATLAB allows you to work with entire matrices
quickly and easily,A good example matrix,used throughout this book,appears
in the Renaissance engraving Melencolia I by the German artist and amateur
mathematician Albrecht Dürer.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-3
This image is filled with mathematical symbolism,and if you look carefully,
you will see a matrix in the upper right corner,This matrix is known as a magic
square and was believed by many in Dürer’s time to have genuinely magical
properties,It does turn out to have some fascinating characteristics worth
exploring.
Entering Matrices
The best way for you to get started with MATLAB is to learn how to handle
matrices,Start MATLAB and follow along with each example,
You can enter matrices into MATLAB in several different ways:
Enter an explicit list of elements.
Load matrices from external data files.
Generate matrices using built-in functions.
Create matrices with your own functions in M-files.
Start by entering Dürer’s matrix as a list of its elements,You only have to
follow a few basic conventions:
Separate the elements of a row with blanks or commas.
Use a semicolon,;,to indicate the end of each row,
Surround the entire list of elements with square brackets,[ ].
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-4
To enter Dürer’s matrix,simply type in the Command Window
A = [16 3 2 13; 5 10 11 8; 9 6 7 12; 4 15 14 1]
MATLAB displays the matrix you just entered,
A =
16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1
This matrix matches the numbers in the engraving,Once you have entered the
matrix,it is automatically remembered in the MATLAB workspace,You can
refer to it simply as A,Now that you have A in the workspace,take a look at
what makes it so interesting,Why is it magic?
sum,transpose,and diag
You are probably already aware that the special properties of a magic square
have to do with the various ways of summing its elements,If you take the sum
along any row or column,or along either of the two main diagonals,you will
always get the same number,Let us verify that using MATLAB,The first
statement to try is
sum(A)
MATLAB replies with
ans =
34 34 34 34
When you do not specify an output variable,MATLAB uses the variable ans,
short for answer,to store the results of a calculation,You have computed a row
vector containing the sums of the columns of A,Sure enough,each of the
columns has the same sum,the magic sum,34,
How about the row sums? MATLAB has a preference for working with the
columns of a matrix,so the easiest way to get the row sums is to transpose the
matrix,compute the column sums of the transpose,and then transpose the
result,The transpose operation is denoted by an apostrophe or single quote,',
It flips a matrix about its main diagonal and it turns a row vector into a column
vector.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-5
So
A'
produces
ans =
16 5 9 4
3 10 6 15
2 11 7 14
13 8 12 1
And
sum(A')'
produces a column vector containing the row sums
ans =
34
34
34
34
The sum of the elements on the main diagonal is obtained with the sum and the
diag functions.
diag(A)
produces
ans =
16
10
7
1
and
sum(diag(A))
produces
ans =
34
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-6
The other diagonal,the so-called antidiagonal,is not so important
mathematically,so MATLAB does not have a ready-made function for it,But a
function originally intended for use in graphics,fliplr,flips a matrix from left
to right.
sum(diag(fliplr(A)))
ans =
34
You have verified that the matrix in Dürer’s engraving is indeed a magic
square and,in the process,have sampled a few MATLAB matrix operations,
The following sections continue to use this matrix to illustrate additional
MATLAB capabilities.
Subscripts
The element in row i and column j of A is denoted by A(i,j),For example,
A(4,2) is the number in the fourth row and second column,For our magic
square,A(4,2) is 15,So to compute the sum of the elements in the fourth
column of A,type
A(1,4) + A(2,4) + A(3,4) + A(4,4)
This produces
ans =
34
but is not the most elegant way of summing a single column.
It is also possible to refer to the elements of a matrix with a single subscript,
A(k),This is the usual way of referencing row and column vectors,But it can
also apply to a fully two-dimensional matrix,in which case the array is
regarded as one long column vector formed from the columns of the original
matrix,So,for our magic square,A(8) is another way of referring to the value
15 stored in A(4,2).
If you try to use the value of an element outside of the matrix,it is an error.
t = A(4,5)
Index exceeds matrix dimensions.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-7
On the other hand,if you store a value in an element outside of the matrix,the
size increases to accommodate the newcomer.
X = A;
X(4,5) = 17
X =
16 3 2 13 0
5 10 11 8 0
9 6 7 12 0
4 15 14 1 17
The Colon Operator
The colon,:,is one of the most important MATLAB operators,It occurs in
several different forms,The expression
1:10
is a row vector containing the integers from 1 to 10,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
To obtain nonunit spacing,specify an increment,For example,
100:-7:50
is
100 93 86 79 72 65 58 51
and
0:pi/4:pi
is
0 0.7854 1.5708 2.3562 3.1416
Subscript expressions involving colons refer to portions of a matrix.
A(1:k,j)
is the first k elements of the jth column of A,So
sum(A(1:4,4))
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-8
computes the sum of the fourth column,But there is a better way,The colon by
itself refers to all the elements in a row or column of a matrix and the keyword
end refers to the last row or column,So
sum(A(:,end))
computes the sum of the elements in the last column of A.
ans =
34
Why is the magic sum for a 4-by-4 square equal to 34? If the integers from 1 to
16 are sorted into four groups with equal sums,that sum must be
sum(1:16)/4
which,of course,is
ans =
34
The magic Function
MATLAB actually has a built-in function that creates magic squares of almost
any size,Not surprisingly,this function is named magic.
B = magic(4)
B =
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
This matrix is almost the same as the one in the Dürer engraving and has all
the same,magic” properties; the only difference is that the two middle columns
are exchanged.
To make this B into Dürer’s A,swap the two middle columns.
A = B(:,[1 3 2 4])
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-9
This says,for each of the rows of matrix B,reorder the elements in the order 1,
3,2,4,It produces
A =
16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1
Why would Dürer go to the trouble of rearranging the columns when he could
have used MATLAB ordering? No doubt he wanted to include the date of the
engraving,1514,at the bottom of his magic square.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-10
Expressions
Like most other programming languages,MATLAB provides mathematical
expressions,but unlike most programming languages,these expressions
involve entire matrices,The building blocks of expressions are
,Variables” on page 4-10
,Numbers” on page 4-10
,Operators” on page 4-11
,Functions” on page 4-11
See also,Examples of Expressions” on page 4-13.
Variables
MATLAB does not require any type declarations or dimension statements,
When MATLAB encounters a new variable name,it automatically creates the
variable and allocates the appropriate amount of storage,If the variable
already exists,MATLAB changes its contents and,if necessary,allocates new
storage,For example,
num_students = 25
creates a 1-by-1 matrix named num_students and stores the value 25 in its
single element.
Variable names consist of a letter,followed by any number of letters,digits,or
underscores,MATLAB uses only the first 31 characters of a variable name,
MATLAB is case sensitive; it distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase
letters,A and a are not the same variable,To view the matrix assigned to any
variable,simply enter the variable name.
Numbers
MATLAB uses conventional decimal notation,with an optional decimal point
and leading plus or minus sign,for numbers,Scientific notation uses the letter
e to specify a power-of-ten scale factor,Imaginary numbers use either i or j as
a suffix,Some examples of legal numbers are
3 -99 0.0001
9.6397238 1.60210e-20 6.02252e23
1i -3.14159j 3e5i
Expressions
4-11
All numbers are stored internally using the long format specified by the IEEE
floating-point standard,Floating-point numbers have a finite precision of
roughly 16 significant decimal digits and a finite range of roughly 10
-308
to
10
+308
.
Operators
Expressions use familiar arithmetic operators and precedence rules,
Functions
MATLAB provides a large number of standard elementary mathematical
functions,including abs,sqrt,exp,and sin,Taking the square root or
logarithm of a negative number is not an error; the appropriate complex result
is produced automatically,MATLAB also provides many more advanced
mathematical functions,including Bessel and gamma functions,Most of these
functions accept complex arguments,For a list of the elementary mathematical
functions,type
help elfun
For a list of more advanced mathematical and matrix functions,type
help specfun
help elmat
+ Addition
- Subtraction
* Multiplication
/ Division
\ Left division (described in,Matrices and Linear
Algebra” in the MATLAB documentation)
^ Power
' Complex conjugate transpose
( ) Specify evaluation order
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-12
Some of the functions,like sqrt and sin,are built in,Built-in functions are
part of the MATLAB core so they are very efficient,but the computational
details are not readily accessible,Other functions,like gamma and sinh,are
implemented in M-files.
There are some differences between built-in functions and other functions,For
example,for built-in functions,you cannot see the code,For other functions,
you can see the code and even modify it if you want.
Several special functions provide values of useful constants,
Infinity is generated by dividing a nonzero value by zero,or by evaluating well
defined mathematical expressions that overflow,i.e.,exceed realmax,
Not-a-number is generated by trying to evaluate expressions like 0/0 or
Inf-Inf that do not have well defined mathematical values.
The function names are not reserved,It is possible to overwrite any of them
with a new variable,such as
eps = 1.e-6
and then use that value in subsequent calculations,The original function can
be restored with
clear eps
pi 3.14159265…
i Imaginary unit,
j Same as i
eps Floating-point relative precision,
realmin Smallest floating-point number,
realmax Largest floating-point number,
Inf Infinity
NaN Not-a-number
1–
ε 2
52–
=
2
1022–
2 ε–()2
1023
Expressions
4-13
Examples of Expressions
You have already seen several examples of MATLAB expressions,Here are a
few more examples,and the resulting values.
rho = (1+sqrt(5))/2
rho =
1.6180
a = abs(3+4i)
a =
5
z = sqrt(besselk(4/3,rho-i))
z =
0.3730+ 0.3214i
huge = exp(log(realmax))
huge =
1.7977e+308
toobig = pi*huge
toobig =
Inf
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-14
Working with Matrices
This section introduces you to other ways of creating matrices:
,Generating Matrices” on page 4-14
,The load Function” on page 4-15
,M-Files” on page 4-15
,Concatenation” on page 4-16
,Deleting Rows and Columns” on page 4-17
Generating Matrices
MATLAB provides four functions that generate basic matrices.
Here are some examples.
Z = zeros(2,4)
Z =
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
F = 5*ones(3,3)
F =
5 5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
N = fix(10*rand(1,10))
N =
9 2 6 4 8 7 4 0 8 4
R = randn(4,4)
zeros All zeros
ones All ones
rand Uniformly distributed random elements
randn Normally distributed random elements
Working with Matrices
4-15
R =
0.6353 0.0860 -0.3210 -1.2316
-0.6014 -2.0046 1.2366 1.0556
0.5512 -0.4931 -0.6313 -0.1132
-1.0998 0.4620 -2.3252 0.3792
The load Function
The load function reads binary files containing matrices generated by earlier
MATLAB sessions,or reads text files containing numeric data,The text file
should be organized as a rectangular table of numbers,separated by blanks,
with one row per line,and an equal number of elements in each row,For
example,outside of MATLAB,create a text file containing these four lines.
16.0 3.0 2.0 13.0
5.0 10.0 11.0 8.0
9.0 6.0 7.0 12.0
4.0 15.0 14.0 1.0
Store the file under the name magik.dat,Then the statement
load magik.dat
reads the file and creates a variable,magik,containing our example matrix.
An easy way to read data into MATLAB in many text or binary formats is to
use Import Wizard,
M-Files
You can create your own matrices using M-files,which are text files containing
MATLAB code,Use the MATLAB Editor or another text editor to create a file
containing the same statements you would type at the MATLAB command
line,Save the file under a name that ends in,m.
For example,create a file containing these five lines.
A = [,..
16.0 3.0 2.0 13.0
5.0 10.0 11.0 8.0
9.0 6.0 7.0 12.0
4.0 15.0 14.0 1.0 ];
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-16
Store the file under the name magik.m,Then the statement
magik
reads the file and creates a variable,A,containing our example matrix.
Concatenation
Concatenation is the process of joining small matrices to make bigger ones,In
fact,you made your first matrix by concatenating its individual elements,The
pair of square brackets,[],is the concatenation operator,For an example,start
with the 4-by-4 magic square,A,and form
B = [A A+32; A+48 A+16]
The result is an 8-by-8 matrix,obtained by joining the four submatrices.
B =
16 3 2 13 48 35 34 45
5 10 11 8 37 42 43 40
9 6 7 12 41 38 39 44
4 15 14 1 36 47 46 33
64 51 50 61 32 19 18 29
53 58 59 56 21 26 27 24
57 54 55 60 25 22 23 28
52 63 62 49 20 31 30 17
This matrix is halfway to being another magic square,Its elements are a
rearrangement of the integers 1:64,Its column sums are the correct value for
an 8-by-8 magic square.
sum(B)
ans =
260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
But its row sums,sum(B')',are not all the same,Further manipulation is
necessary to make this a valid 8-by-8 magic square.
Working with Matrices
4-17
Deleting Rows and Columns
You can delete rows and columns from a matrix using just a pair of square
brackets,Start with
X = A;
Then,to delete the second column of X,use
X(:,2) = []
This changes X to
X =
16 2 13
5 11 8
9 7 12
4 14 1
If you delete a single element from a matrix,the result is not a matrix anymore,
So,expressions like
X(1,2) = []
result in an error,However,using a single subscript deletes a single element,
or sequence of elements,and reshapes the remaining elements into a row
vector,So
X(2:2:10) = []
results in
X =
16 9 2 7 13 12 1
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-18
More About Matrices and Arrays
This section shows you more about working with matrices and arrays,focusing
on
,Linear Algebra” on page 4-18
,Arrays” on page 4-21
,Multivariate Data” on page 4-24
,Scalar Expansion” on page 4-25
,Logical Subscripting” on page 4-26
,The find Function” on page 4-27
Linear Algebra
Informally,the terms matrix and array are often used interchangeably,More
precisely,a matrix is a two-dimensional numeric array that represents a linear
transformation,The mathematical operations defined on matrices are the
subject of linear algebra.
Dürer’s magic square
A = [16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1 ]
provides several examples that give a taste of MATLAB matrix operations,You
have already seen the matrix transpose,A',Adding a matrix to its transpose
produces a symmetric matrix.
A + A'
ans =
32 8 11 17
8 20 17 23
11 17 14 26
17 23 26 2
The multiplication symbol,*,denotes the matrix multiplication involving inner
products between rows and columns,Multiplying the transpose of a matrix by
the original matrix also produces a symmetric matrix.
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-19
A'*A
ans =
378 212 206 360
212 370 368 206
206 368 370 212
360 206 212 378
The determinant of this particular matrix happens to be zero,indicating that
the matrix is singular.
d = det(A)
d =
0
The reduced row echelon form of A is not the identity.
R = rref(A)
R =
1 0 0 1
0 1 0 -3
0 0 1 3
0 0 0 0
Since the matrix is singular,it does not have an inverse,If you try to compute
the inverse with
X = inv(A)
you will get a warning message
Warning,Matrix is close to singular or badly scaled.
Results may be inaccurate,RCOND = 9.796086e-018.
Roundoff error has prevented the matrix inversion algorithm from detecting
exact singularity,But the value of rcond,which stands for reciprocal condition
estimate,is on the order of eps,the floating-point relative precision,so the
computed inverse is unlikely to be of much use.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-20
The eigenvalues of the magic square are interesting.
e = eig(A)
e =
34.0000
8.0000
0.0000
-8.0000
One of the eigenvalues is zero,which is another consequence of singularity,
The largest eigenvalue is 34,the magic sum,That is because the vector of all
ones is an eigenvector.
v = ones(4,1)
v =
1
1
1
1
A*v
ans =
34
34
34
34
When a magic square is scaled by its magic sum,
P = A/34
the result is a doubly stochastic matrix whose row and column sums are all 1.
P =
0.4706 0.0882 0.0588 0.3824
0.1471 0.2941 0.3235 0.2353
0.2647 0.1765 0.2059 0.3529
0.1176 0.4412 0.4118 0.0294
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-21
Such matrices represent the transition probabilities in a Markov process,
Repeated powers of the matrix represent repeated steps of the process,For our
example,the fifth power
P^5
is
0.2507 0.2495 0.2494 0.2504
0.2497 0.2501 0.2502 0.2500
0.2500 0.2498 0.2499 0.2503
0.2496 0.2506 0.2505 0.2493
This shows that as approaches infinity,all the elements in the th power,
,approach,
Finally,the coefficients in the characteristic polynomial
poly(A)
are
1 -34 -64 2176 0
This indicates that the characteristic polynomial
is
The constant term is zero,because the matrix is singular,and the coefficient of
the cubic term is -34,because the matrix is magic!
Arrays
When they are taken away from the world of linear algebra,matrices become
two-dimensional numeric arrays,Arithmetic operations on arrays are done
element by element,This means that addition and subtraction are the same for
arrays and matrices,but that multiplicative operations are different,MATLAB
uses a dot,or decimal point,as part of the notation for multiplicative array
operations.
kk
p
k
14?
det A λI–()
λ
4
34λ
3
– 64λ
2
– 2176λ+
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-22
The list of operators includes
If the Dürer magic square is multiplied by itself with array multiplication
A.*A
the result is an array containing the squares of the integers from 1 to 16,in an
unusual order.
ans =
256 9 4 169
25 100 121 64
81 36 49 144
16 225 196 1
Building Tables
Array operations are useful for building tables,Suppose n is the column vector
n = (0:9)';
Then
pows = [n n.^2 2.^n]
+ Addition
- Subtraction
.* Element-by-element multiplication
./ Element-by-element division
.\ Element-by-element left division
.^ Element-by-element power
.' Unconjugated array transpose
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-23
builds a table of squares and powers of 2.
pows =
0 0 1
1 1 2
2 4 4
3 9 8
4 16 16
5 25 32
6 36 64
7 49 128
8 64 256
9 81 512
The elementary math functions operate on arrays element by element,So
format short g
x = (1:0.1:2)';
logs = [x log10(x)]
builds a table of logarithms.
logs =
1.0 0
1.1 0.04139
1.2 0.07918
1.3 0.11394
1.4 0.14613
1.5 0.17609
1.6 0.20412
1.7 0.23045
1.8 0.25527
1.9 0.27875
2.0 0.30103
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-24
Multivariate Data
MATLAB uses column-oriented analysis for multivariate statistical data,Each
column in a data set represents a variable and each row an observation,The
(i,j)th element is the ith observation of the jth variable.
As an example,consider a data set with three variables:
Heart rate
Weight
Hours of exercise per week
For five observations,the resulting array might look like
D = [ 72 134 3.2
81 201 3.5
69 156 7.1
82 148 2.4
75 170 1.2 ]
The first row contains the heart rate,weight,and exercise hours for patient 1,
the second row contains the data for patient 2,and so on,Now you can apply
many MATLAB data analysis functions to this data set,For example,to obtain
the mean and standard deviation of each column
mu = mean(D),sigma = std(D)
mu =
75.8 161.8 3.48
sigma =
5.6303 25.499 2.2107
For a list of the data analysis functions available in MATLAB,type
help datafun
If you have access to the Statistics Toolbox,type
help stats
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-25
Scalar Expansion
Matrices and scalars can be combined in several different ways,For example,
a scalar is subtracted from a matrix by subtracting it from each element,The
average value of the elements in our magic square is 8.5,so
B = A - 8.5
forms a matrix whose column sums are zero.
B =
7.5 -5.5 -6.5 4.5
-3.5 1.5 2.5 -0.5
0.5 -2.5 -1.5 3.5
-4.5 6.5 5.5 -7.5
sum(B)
ans =
0 0 0 0
With scalar expansion,MATLAB assigns a specified scalar to all indices in a
range,For example,
B(1:2,2:3) = 0
zeroes out a portion of B.
B =
7.5 0 0 4.5
-3.5 0 0 -0.5
0.5 -2.5 -1.5 3.5
-4.5 6.5 5.5 -7.5
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-26
Logical Subscripting
The logical vectors created from logical and relational operations can be used
to reference subarrays,Suppose X is an ordinary matrix and L is a matrix of the
same size that is the result of some logical operation,Then X(L) specifies the
elements of X where the elements of L are nonzero.
This kind of subscripting can be done in one step by specifying the logical
operation as the subscripting expression,Suppose you have the following set of
data.
x = [2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 NaN 1.9 1.8 1.5 5.1 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8];
The NaN is a marker for a missing observation,such as a failure to respond to
an item on a questionnaire,To remove the missing data with logical indexing,
use isfinite(x),which is true for all finite numerical values and false for NaN
and Inf.
x = x(isfinite(x))
x =
2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 5.1 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8
Now there is one observation,5.1,which seems to be very different from the
others,It is an outlier,The following statement removes outliers,in this case
those elements more than three standard deviations from the mean,
x = x(abs(x-mean(x)) <= 3*std(x))
x =
2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8
For another example,highlight the location of the prime numbers in Dürer’s
magic square by using logical indexing and scalar expansion to set the
nonprimes to 0,(See,The magic Function” on page 4-8.)
A(~isprime(A)) = 0
A =
0 3 2 13
5 0 11 0
0 0 7 0
0 0 0 0
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-27
The find Function
The find function determines the indices of array elements that meet a given
logical condition,In its simplest form,find returns a column vector of indices,
Transpose that vector to obtain a row vector of indices,For example,start
again with Dürer’s magic square,(See,The magic Function” on page 4-8.)
k = find(isprime(A))'
picks out the locations,using one-dimensional indexing,of the primes in the
magic square.
k =
2 5 9 10 11 13
Display those primes,as a row vector in the order determined by k,with
A(k)
ans =
5 3 2 11 7 13
When you use k as a left-hand-side index in an assignment statement,the
matrix structure is preserved.
A(k) = NaN
A =
16 NaN NaN NaN
NaN 10 NaN 8
9 6 NaN 12
4 15 14 1
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-28
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
So far,you have been using the MATLAB command line,typing functions and
expressions,and seeing the results printed in the Command Window,This
section describes
,The format Function” on page 4-28
,Suppressing Output” on page 4-30
,Entering Long Statements” on page 4-30
,Command Line Editing” on page 4-30
The format Function
The format function controls the numeric format of the values displayed by
MATLAB,The function affects only how numbers are displayed,not how
MATLAB computes or saves them,Here are the different formats,together
with the resulting output produced from a vector x with components of
different magnitudes.
Note To ensure proper spacing,use a fixed-width font,such as Courier.
x = [4/3 1.2345e-6]
format short
1.3333 0.0000
format short e
1.3333e+000 1.2345e-006
format short g
1.3333 1.2345e-006
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
4-29
format long
1.33333333333333 0.00000123450000
format long e
1.333333333333333e+000 1.234500000000000e-006
format long g
1.33333333333333 1.2345e-006
format bank
1.33 0.00
format rat
4/3 1/810045
format hex
3ff5555555555555 3eb4b6231abfd271
If the largest element of a matrix is larger than 10
3
or smaller than 10
-3
,
MATLAB applies a common scale factor for the short and long formats,
In addition to the format functions shown above
format compact
suppresses many of the blank lines that appear in the output,This lets you
view more information on a screen or window,If you want more control over
the output format,use the sprintf and fprintf functions.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-30
Suppressing Output
If you simply type a statement and press Return or Enter,MATLAB
automatically displays the results on screen,However,if you end the line with
a semicolon,MATLAB performs the computation but does not display any
output,This is particularly useful when you generate large matrices,For
example,
A = magic(100);
Entering Long Statements
If a statement does not fit on one line,use an ellipsis (three periods),...,
followed by Return or Enter to indicate that the statement continues on the
next line,For example,
s = 1 -1/2 + 1/3 -1/4 + 1/5 - 1/6 + 1/7,..
- 1/8 + 1/9 - 1/10 + 1/11 - 1/12;
Blank spaces around the =,+,and - signs are optional,but they improve
readability.
Command Line Editing
Various arrow and control keys on your keyboard allow you to recall,edit,and
reuse statements you have typed earlier,For example,suppose you mistakenly
enter
rho = (1 + sqt(5))/2
You have misspelled sqrt,MATLAB responds with
Undefined function or variable 'sqt'.
Instead of retyping the entire line,simply press the ↑ key,The statement you
typed is redisplayed,Use the ← key to move the cursor over and insert the
missing r,Repeated use of the ↑ key recalls earlier lines,Typing a few
characters and then the ↑ key finds a previous line that begins with those
characters,You can also copy previously executed statements from the
Command History,For more information,see,Command History” on page 8-6.
Following is the list of arrow and control keys you can use in the Command
Window,If the preference you select for Command line key bindings is
Emacs (MATLAB standard),you can also use the Ctrl+key combinations
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
4-31
shown,See also general keyboard shortcuts for desktop tools in the Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation.
Key Control Key for Emacs
(MATLAB standard)
Preference
Operation
Ctrl+P Recall previous line,Works only at command line.
Ctrl+N Recall next line,Works only at command line if
you previously used the up arrow or Ctrl+P.
Ctrl+B Move back one character.
Ctrl+F Move forward one character.
Ctrl+ Move right one word.
Ctrl+ Move left one word.
Home Ctrl+A Move to beginning of command line.
End Ctrl+E Move to end of command line.
Ctrl+Home Move to top of Command Window.
Ctrl+End Move to end of Command Window.
Esc Ctrl+U Clear command line.
Delete Ctrl+D Delete character at cursor in command line.
Backspace Ctrl+H Delete character before cursor in command line.
Ctrl+K Cut contents (kill) to end of command line.
Shift+Home Highlight to beginning of command line.
Shift+End Highlight to end of last line,Can start at any line
in the Command Window.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-32
5
Graphics
This chapter provides an introduction to plotting data in MATLAB.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting (p,5-2) Create plots,include multiple data sets,specify property
values,and save figures.
Editing Plots (p,5-16) Edit plots interactively and using functions,and use the
property editor.
Mesh and Surface Plots (p,5-52) Visualize functions of two variables.
Images (p,5-58) Work with images.
Printing Graphics (p,5-60) Print and export figures.
Handle Graphics (p,5-62) Work with graphics objects and set object properties.
Animations (p,5-71) Create moving graphics.
5 Graphics
5-2
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
MATLAB provides a wide variety of techniques to display data graphically,
Interactive tools enable you to manipulate graphs to achieve results that reveal
the most information about your data,You can also annotate and print graphs
for presentations,or export graphs to standard graphics formats for
presentation in web browsers or other media.
For More Information,Graphics” and,3-D Visualization” in the MATLAB
documentation provide in-depth coverage of MATLAB graphics and
visualization tools,Access these topics from the Help browser.
The Plotting Process
The process of visualizing data typically involves a series of operations,This
section provides a,big picture” view of the plotting process and contains links
to sections that have examples and specific details about performing each
operation,
Creating a Graph
The type of graph you choose to create depends on the nature of your data and
what you want to reveal about the data,MATLAB predefines many graph
types,such as line,bar,histogram,and pie graphs,There are also 3-D graphs,
such as surfaces,slice planes,and streamlines.
There are two basic ways to create graphs in MATLAB:
Use plotting tools to create graphs interactively,
See,Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools” on page 5-20.
Use the command interface to enter commands in the Command Window or
create plotting programs,
See,Basic Plotting Functions” on page 5-38.
You might find it useful to combine both approaches,For example,you might
issue a plotting command to create a graph and then modify the graph using
one of the interactive tools.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-3
Exploring Data
Once you create a graph,you can extract specific information about the data,
such as the numeric value of a peak in a plot,the average value of a series of
data,or you can perform data fitting.
For More Information See,Data Exploration Tools” in the MATLAB
documentation.
Editing the Graph Components
Graphs are composed of objects,which have properties you can change,These
properties affect the way the various graph components look and behave,
For example,the axes used to define the coordinate system of the graph has
properties that define the limits of each axis,the scale,color,etc,The line used
to create a line graph has properties such as color,type of marker used at each
data point (if any),line style,etc,
Note that the data used to create a line graph are properties of the line,You
can,therefore,change the data without actually creating a new graph.
See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16.
Annotating Graphs
Annotations are the text,arrows,callouts,and other labels added to graphs to
help viewers see what is important about the data,You typically add
annotations to graphs when you want to show them to other people or when you
want to save them for later reference,
For More Information See,Annotating Graphs” in the MATLAB
documentation or select Annotating Graphs from the figure Help menu.
Printing and Exporting Graphs
You can print your graph on any printer connected to your computer,The print
previewer enables you to view how your graph will look when printed,It
enables you to add headers,footers,a date,and so on,The page setup dialog
5 Graphics
5-4
lets you control the size,layout,and other characteristics of the graph (select
Page Setup from the figure File menu),
Exporting a graph means creating a copy of it in a standard graphics file
format,such as TIF,JPEG,or EPS,You can then import the file into a word
processor,include it in an HTML document,or edit it in a drawing package
select Export Setup from the figure File menu).
For More Information See the print command reference page and
“Printing and Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation or select Printing
and Exporting from the figure Help menu.
Saving Graphs to Reload into MATLAB
There are two ways to save graphs that enable you to save the work you have
invested in their preparation:
Save the graph as a FIG-file (select Save from the figure File menu).
Generate MATLAB code that can recreate the graph (select Generate
M-File from the figure File menu).
FIG-Files,FIG-files are a binary format that saves a figure in its current state,
This means that all graphics objects and property settings are stored in the file
when you create it,You can reload the file into a different MATLAB session,
even if you are running MATLAB on a different type of computer,When you
load a FIG-file,MATLAB creates a new figure in the same state as the one you
saved.
Note that the states of any figure tools (i.e.,any items on the toolbars) are not
saved in a FIG-file; only the contents of the graph are saved.
Generated Code,You can use the MATLAB M-code generator to create code that
recreates the graph,Unlike a FIG-file,the generated code does not contain any
data,You must pass the data to the generated function when you run the code.
Note that studying the generating code for a graph is a good way to learn how
to program with MATLAB.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-5
For More Information See the print command reference page and,Saving
Your Work” in the MATLAB documentation.
Graph Components
MATLAB displays graphs in a special window known as a figure,To create a
graph,you need to define a coordinate system,Therefore every graph is placed
within axes,which are contained by the figure,
The actual visual representation of the data is achieved with graphics objects
like lines and surfaces,These objects are drawn within the coordinate system
defined by the axes,which MATLAB automatically creates specifically to
accommodate the range of the data,The actual data is stored as properties of
the graphics objects,
See,Handle Graphics” on page 5-62 for more information about graphics object
properties.
The following picture shows the basic components of a typical graph,
5 Graphics
5-6
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
y = 1.5cos(x) + 4e
0.01x
cos(x) + e
0.07x
sin(3x)
X Axis
Y Axis
Figure window displays
graphs.
Axes define a coordinate
system for the graph.
Line plot represents
data.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-7
Figure Tools
The figure is equipped with sets of tools that operate on graphs,The figure
Tools menu provides access to many graph tools.
For More Information See,MATLAB Plotting Tools” in the MATLAB
documentation or select Plotting Tools from the figure Help menu.
5 Graphics
5-8
Access to Tools
You can access the figure toolbars and the plotting tools from the View menu,
as shown in the following picture,
Figure Toolbars
Figure toolbars provide easy access to many graph modification features,There
are three toolbars,When you place the cursor over a particular tool,a text box
pops up with the tool name,The following picture shows the three toolbars
displayed with the cursor over the Data Cursor tool.
For More Information See,Figure Toolbars” in the MATLAB
documentation.
Enable the figure toolbars and the
plotting tools from the View menu.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-9
Plotting Tools
Plotting tools are attached to figures and create an environment for creating
graphs,These tools enable you to do the following:
Select from a wide variety of graph types
Set the properties of graphics objects
Annotate graphs with text,arrows,etc.
Create and arrange subplots in the figure
Drag and drop data into graphs
Display the plotting tools from the View menu or by clicking in the figure
toolbar,as shown in the following picture.
There are three components to the plotting tools:
Figure Palette — Specify and arrange subplots,access workspace variables
for plotting or editing,and add annotations.
Plot Browser — Select objects in the graphics hierarchy,control visibility,
and add data to axes.
Property Editor — Change key properties of the selected object,Click
Inspector for access to all object properties.
Enable plotting tools from the View
menu or toolbar.
5 Graphics
5-10
The following picture shows a figure with the plotting tools enabled.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-11
Plotting Tools and MATLAB Commands
You can enable the plotting tools on any graph,even if you created it using
MATLAB commands,For example,suppose you create the following graph.
t = 0:pi/20:2*pi;
y = exp(sin(t));
plotyy(t,y,t,y,'plot','stem')
xlabel('X Axis')
ylabel('Plot Y Axis')
title('Two Y Axes')
This graph contains two y-axes,one for each plot type (lineseries and stem
graphs),The plotting tools make it easy to select any of the objects that the
graph contains and set their properties.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
X Axis
Plot Y Axis
Two Y Axes
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
5 Graphics
5-12
For example,adding a label for the y-axis that corresponds to the stem plot is
easily accomplished by selecting that axes in the Plot Browser and setting the
YLabel property in the Property Editor.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-13
Arranging Graphs Within a Figure
You can place a number of axes within a figure by selecting the layout you want
from the Figure Palette,For example,the following picture shows how to
specify four 2-D axes in the figure,
Select the axes you want to target for plotting,You can also use the subplot
command to create multiple axes.
Click to add one axes to bottom
of current layout.
Click and drag right to specify axes layout.
5 Graphics
5-14
Selecting Plot Types
You can use the Plot Catalog to select from a variety of techniques for plotting
data,To access the Plot Catalog,
1 Select the variables you want to plot in the Figure Palette.
2 Right-click to display the context menu,
3 Select More Plots to display the catalog.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-15
MATLAB displays the Plot Catalog with the selected variables ready to plot,
once you select a plot type,
Specify variables to plot.
Select a category of graphs and then choose a specific type.
See a description of each plot type.
5 Graphics
5-16
Editing Plots
MATLAB automatically formats graphs by setting the scale of the axes,adding
tick marks along axes,and using colors and line styles to distinguish the data
plotted in the graph,However,if you are creating graphics for presentation,
you can change the default formatting or add descriptive labels,titles,legends
and other annotations to help explain your data.
Plot Editing Mode
Plot editing mode enables you to perform point-and-click editing of the graphics
objects in your graph,
Enabling Plot Edit Mode
To enable plot edit mode,click the arrowhead in the figure toolbar:
You can also select Edit Plot from the figure Tools menu.
Setting Object Properties
Once you have enabled plot edit mode,you can select objects by clicking on
them in the graph,Selection handles appear and indicate that the object is
selected,Select multiple objects using Shift+click.
Right-click with the pointer over the selected object to display the object’s
context menu:
Enable plot edit mode.
Editing Plots
5-17
The context menu provides quick access to the most commonly used operations
and properties,
Using the Property Editor
In plot edit mode,double-clicking on an object in a graph starts the Property
Editor with that object’s major properties displayed,The Property Editor
provides access to the most used object properties,It is updated to display the
properties of whatever object you select.
Click to display Property Inspector.
5 Graphics
5-18
Accessing All Properties — Property Inspector
The Property Inspector is a tool that enables you to access all object properties,
If you do not find the property you want to set in the Property Editor,click the
Inspector button to display the Property Inspector,You can also use the
inspect command to start the Property Inspector,
The following picture shows the Property Inspector displaying the properties of
a graph’s axes,It lists each property and provides a text field or other
appropriate device (such as a color picker) from which you can set the value of
the property,
As you select different objects,the Property Inspector is updated to display the
properties of the current object.
Editing Plots
5-19
Using Functions to Edit Graphs
If you prefer to work from the MATLAB command line,or if you are creating
an M-file,you can use MATLAB commands to edit the graphs you create,You
can use the set and get commands to change the properties of the objects in a
graph,For more information about using graphics commands,see,Handle
Graphics” on page 5-62.
5 Graphics
5-20
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
Suppose you want to graph the function y = x
3
over the x domain -1 to 1,The
first step is to generate the data to plot,
It is simple to evaluate a function because MATLAB can distribute arithmetic
operations over all elements of a multivalued variable,
For example,the following statement creates a variable x that contains values
ranging from -1 to 1 in increments of 0.1 (you could also use the linspace
function to generate data for x),The second statement raises each value in x to
the third power and stores these values in y.
x = -1:.1:1; % Define the range of x
y = x.^3; % Raise each element in x to the third power
Now that you have generated some data,you can plot it using the MATLAB
plotting tools,To start the plotting tools,type
plottools
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-21
MATLAB displays a figure with plotting tools attached.
Figure plotting areaVariables in workspace
5 Graphics
5-22
Plotting Two Variables
A simple line graph is a suitable way to display x as the independent variable
and y as the dependent variable,To do this,select both variables (click to
select,then Shift-click to select again),then right-click to display the context
menu.
Select plot(x,y) from the menu,MATLAB creates the line graph in the figure
area,The black squares indicate that the line is selected and you can edit its
properties with the Property Editor.
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-23
Changing the Appearance
Next change the line properties so that the graph displays only the data point,
Use the Property Editor to set following properties:
Line to no line
Marker to o
Marker size to 4.0
Marker fill color to red
Set Line to no line.
Set Marker to o.
Set Marker size to 4.0.
Set Marker fill
color to red.
5 Graphics
5-24
Adding More Data to the Graph
You can add more data to the graph by defining more variables or by specifying
an expression that MATLAB uses to generate data for the plot,This second
approach makes it easy to explore variations of the data already plotted,
To add data to the graph,select the axes in the Plot Browser and click the Add
Data button,When you are using the plotting tools,MATLAB always adds
data to the existing graph,instead of replacing the graph,as it would if you
issued repeated plotting commands,That is,the plotting tools are in a hold on
state.
The picture above shows how to configure the Add Data to Axes dialog to
create a line plot of y = x
4
,which is added to the existing plot of y = x
3
,
1,Select axes.
2,Click Add Data.
3,Enter expression
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-25
Changing the Type of Graph
The plotting tools enable you to easily view your data with a variety of plot
types,The following picture shows the same data as above converted to stem
plots,To change the plot type,
1 Select the plotted data in the Plot Browser.
2 Select Stem in the Plot Type menu.
5 Graphics
5-26
Select both sets of data.
Select Stem as the Plot
Type.
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-27
Modifying the Graph Data Source
You can link graph data to variables in your workspace,When you change the
values contained in the variables,you can then update the graph to use the new
data without having to create a new graph,(See also the refresh function.)
Suppose you have the following data:
x = linspace(-pi,pi,25); % 25 points between -π and π
y = sin(x);
Using the plotting tools,create a graph of y = sin(x).
plottools
MATLAB sets the data source to the
selected variables.
5 Graphics
5-28
New Values for the Data Source
The data that defines the graph is linked to the x and y variables in the base
workspace,If you assign new values to these variables and click the Refresh
Data button,MATLAB updates the graph to use the new data.
x = linspace(-2*pi,2*pi,25); % 25 points between -2pi and 2pi
y = sin(x); % Recalculate y based on the new x values
Click Refresh Data to
update the plot.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-29
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
Suppose you plot the following data and want to create a graph that presents
certain information about the data.
x = -10:.005:40;
y = [1.5*cos(x)+4*exp(-.01*x).*cos(x)+exp(.07*x).*sin(3*x)];
plot(x,y)
This picture shows the graph created by the code above.
Now suppose you want to save copies of the graph by
Printing the graph on a local printer so you have a copy for your notebook
Exporting the graph to an Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file to incorporate
into a word processor document
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
5 Graphics
5-30
Modify the Graph to Enhance the Presentation
To obtain a better view,zoom in on the graph using horizontal zoom,
After enabling zoom mode from the figure toolbar,right-click to display the
context menu,Select Horizontal Zoom (2-D Plots Only) from Zoom Options.
Left-click to zoom in on a region of the graph and use the panning tool to
position the points of interest where you want them on the graph,
Label some key points using data tips.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-31
Finally,add text annotations,axis labels,and a title,You can add the title and
axis labels using the following commands,
title ('y = 1.5cos(x) + 4e^{-0.01x}cos(x) + e^{0.07x}sin(3x)')
xlabel('X Axis')
ylabel('Y Axis')
Note that the text string passed to the title command uses T
E
X syntax to
produce the exponents,See the text String property for more information on
using T
E
X syntax to produce mathematical symbols.
The graph is now ready to print and export,
5 Graphics
5-32
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-33
Printing the Graph
Before printing the graph,use the print previewer to see how the graph will be
laid out on the page,Display the graph in the print previewer by selecting
Print Preview from the figure File menu,
Click the Header button to add some descriptive text to the top of the page.
5 Graphics
5-34
Next click the Page Setup button,The Page Setup dialog enables you to set
a number of properties that control how the page is printed,
Note that MATLAB recalculates the values of the axes tick marks because
the printed graph is larger than the one displayed on the computer screen,
To force MATLAB to use the same tick marks and limits,select Keep screen
limits and ticks from the Axes and Figure tab in the Page Setup dialog,
Click OK to accept the setting and dismiss the dialog.
Click Print on the print previewer to send the graph to your default printer.
The Page Setup dialog provides many other options for controlling how printed
graphs look,Click Help for more information.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-35
Exporting the Graph
Exporting a graph is the process of creating a standard graphics file format of
the graph (such as EPS or TIFF),which you can then import into other
applications like word processors,drawing packages,etc.
This example exports the graph as an EPS file with the following
requirements:
The size of the picture when imported into the word processor document
should be four inches wide and three inches high,
All the text in the figure should have a size of 8 points.
Specifying the Size of the Graph
To set the size,select Export Setup from the figure File menu.
Set the size of the graph in the exported file.
5 Graphics
5-36
Specifying the Font Size
To set the font size of all the text in the graph,select Fonts in the Export
Setup dialog’s Properties selector,Then select Use fixed font size and enter
8 in the text box.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-37
Selecting the File Format
Once you finish setting options for the exported graph,click the Export button,
MATLAB displays a Save As dialog that enables you to specify a name for the
file as well as select the type of file format you want to use.
For this example,select EPS,as shown in the following picture.
You can import the saved file into any application that supports EPS files,The
Save as type drop-down menu lists other options for file types.
You can also use the print command to print figures on your local printer or to
export graphs to standard file types,
For More Information See the print command reference page and
“Printing and Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation or select Printing
and Exporting from the figure Help menu.
Select EPS from the
drop-down menu.
5 Graphics
5-38
Basic Plotting Functions
This section describes important graphics functions and provides examples of
some typical applications,The plotting tools,described in previous sections,
make use of MATLAB plotting functions and use these functions to generate
code for graphs.
,Creating a Plot” on page 5-38
,Multiple Data Sets in One Graph” on page 5-40
,Specifying Line Styles and Colors” on page 5-41
,Plotting Lines and Markers” on page 5-41
,Imaginary and Complex Data” on page 5-43
,Adding Plots to an Existing Graph” on page 5-44
,Figure Windows” on page 5-46
,Multiple Plots in One Figure” on page 5-46
,Controlling the Axes” on page 5-48
,Axis Labels and Titles” on page 5-49
,Saving Figures” on page 5-51
Creating a Plot
The plot function has different forms,depending on the input arguments,If y
is a vector,plot(y) produces a piecewise linear graph of the elements of y
versus the index of the elements of y,If you specify two vectors as arguments,
plot(x,y) produces a graph of y versus x,
For example,these statements use the colon operator to create a vector of x
values ranging from 0 to 2π,compute the sine of these values,and plot the
result.
x = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
y = sin(x);
plot(x,y)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-39
Now label the axes and add a title,The characters \pi create the symbol π,See
the text string property for more symbols.
xlabel('x = 0:2\pi')
ylabel('Sine of x')
title('Plot of the Sine Function','FontSize',12)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x = 0:2π
S
ine of x
Plot of the Sine Function
5 Graphics
5-40
Multiple Data Sets in One Graph
Multiple x-y pair arguments create multiple graphs with a single call to plot,
MATLAB automatically cycles through a predefined (but user settable) list of
colors to allow discrimination among sets of data,See the axes ColorOrder and
LineStyleOrder properties.
For example,these statements plot three related functions of x,with each
curve in a separate distinguishing color.
x = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
y = sin(x);
y2 = sin(x-.25);
y3 = sin(x-.5);
plot(x,y,x,y2,x,y3)
The legend command provides an easy way to identify the individual plots.
legend('sin(x)','sin(x-.25)','sin(x-.5)')
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
sin(x)
sin(x?.25)
sin(x?.5)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-41
For More Information See,Defining the Color of Lines for Plotting” in
“Axes Properties” in the MATLAB documentation.
Specifying Line Styles and Colors
It is possible to specify color,line styles,and markers (such as plus signs or
circles) when you plot your data using the plot command.
plot(x,y,'color_style_marker')
color_style_marker is a string containing from one to four characters
(enclosed in single quotation marks) constructed from a color,a line style,and
a marker type:
Color strings are 'c','m','y','r','g','b','w',and 'k',These correspond
to cyan,magenta,yellow,red,green,blue,white,and black.
Line style strings are '-' for solid,'--' for dashed,':' for dotted,'-.' for
dash-dot,Omit the line style for no line.
The marker types are '+','o','*',and 'x',and the filled marker types are
's' for square,'d' for diamond,'^' for up triangle,'v' for down triangle,
'>' for right triangle,'<' for left triangle,'p' for pentagram,'h' for
hexagram,and none for no marker.
You can also edit color,line style,and markers interactively,See,Editing
Plots” on page 5-16 for more information.
Plotting Lines and Markers
If you specify a marker type but not a line style,MATLAB draws only the
marker,For example,
plot(x,y,'ks')
plots black squares at each data point,but does not connect the markers with
a line.
5 Graphics
5-42
The statement
plot(x,y,'r:+')
plots a red dotted line and places plus sign markers at each data point,
Placing Markers at Every Tenth Data Point
You might want to use fewer data points to plot the markers than you use to
plot the lines,This example plots the data twice using a different number of
points for the dotted line and marker plots.
x1 = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
x2 = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
plot(x1,sin(x1),'r:',x2,sin(x2),'r+')
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
Basic Plotting Functions
5-43
Imaginary and Complex Data
When the arguments to plot are complex,the imaginary part is ignored except
when you pass plot a single complex argument,For this special case,the
command is a shortcut for a graph of the real part versus the imaginary part,
Therefore,
plot(Z)
where Z is a complex vector or matrix,is equivalent to
plot(real(Z),imag(Z))
For example,
t = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
plot(exp(i*t),'-o')
axis equal
draws a 20-sided polygon with little circles at the vertices,The command
axis equal makes the individual tick-mark increments on the x- and y-axes
the same length,which makes this plot more circular in appearance,
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
5 Graphics
5-44
Adding Plots to an Existing Graph
The hold command enables you to add plots to an existing graph,When you
type
hold on
MATLAB does not replace the existing graph when you issue another plotting
command; it adds the new data to the current graph,rescaling the axes if
necessary,
For example,these statements first create a contour plot of the peaks function,
then superimpose a pseudocolor plot of the same function.
[x,y,z] = peaks;
pcolor(x,y,z)
shading interp
hold on
contour(x,y,z,20,'k')
hold off
The hold on command causes the pcolor plot to be combined with the contour
plot in one figure.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-45
For More Information See,Creating Specialized Plots” in the MATLAB
documentation for information on a variety of graph types.
5 Graphics
5-46
Figure Windows
Graphing functions automatically open a new figure window if there are no
figure windows already on the screen,If a figure window exists,MATLAB uses
that window for graphics output,If there are multiple figure windows open,
MATLAB targets the one that is designated the,current figure” (the last figure
used or clicked in),
To make an existing figure window the current figure,you can click the mouse
while the pointer is in that window or you can type
figure(n)
where n is the number in the figure title bar,The results of subsequent
graphics commands are displayed in this window,
To open a new figure window and make it the current figure,type
figure
Clearing the Figure for a New Plot
When a figure already exists,most plotting commands clear the axes and use
this figure to create the new plot,However,these commands do not reset figure
properties,such as the background color or the colormap,If you have set any
figure properties in the previous plot,you might want to use the clf command
with the reset option,
clf reset
before creating your new plot to restore the figure’s properties to their defaults.
For More Information See,Figure Properties” and,Graphics Window —
the Figure” in the MATLAB documentation for information on figures.
Multiple Plots in One Figure
The subplot command enables you to display multiple plots in the same
window or print them on the same piece of paper,Typing
subplot(m,n,p)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-47
partitions the figure window into an m-by-n matrix of small subplots and selects
the pth subplot for the current plot,The plots are numbered along first the top
row of the figure window,then the second row,and so on,For example,these
statements plot data in four different subregions of the figure window.
t = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
[X,Y,Z] = cylinder(4*cos(t));
subplot(2,2,1); mesh(X)
subplot(2,2,2); mesh(Y)
subplot(2,2,3); mesh(Z)
subplot(2,2,4); mesh(X,Y,Z)
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
5
0
5
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
5
0
5
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
0
0.5
1
5
0
5
5
0
5
0
0.5
1
5 Graphics
5-48
Controlling the Axes
The axis command provides a number of options for setting the scaling,
orientation,and aspect ratio of graphs,You can also set these options
interactively,See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16 for more information.
Setting Axis Limits
By default,MATLAB finds the maxima and minima of the data and chooses the
axis limits to span this range,The axis command enables you to specify your
own limits:
axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax])
or for three-dimensional graphs,
axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax zmin zmax])
Use the command
axis auto
to reenable MATLAB automatic limit selection.
Setting Axis Aspect Ratio
axis also enables you to specify a number of predefined modes,For example,
axis square
makes the x-axis and y-axis the same length.
axis equal
makes the individual tick mark increments on the x-axes and y-axes the same
length,This means
plot(exp(i*[0:pi/10:2*pi]))
followed by either axis square or axis equal turns the oval into a proper
circle.
axis auto normal
returns the axis scaling to its default automatic mode.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-49
Setting Axis Visibility
You can use the axis command to make the axis visible or invisible.
axis on
makes the axes visible,This is the default.
axis off
makes the axes invisible.
Setting Grid Lines
The grid command toggles grid lines on and off,The statement
grid on
turns the grid lines on,and
grid off
turns them back off again.
For More Information See the axis and axes reference pages and,Axes
Properties” in the MATLAB documentation.
Axis Labels and Titles
The xlabel,ylabel,and zlabel commands add x-,y-,and z-axis labels,The
title command adds a title at the top of the figure and the text function
inserts text anywhere in the figure,
5 Graphics
5-50
You can produce mathematical symbols using LaTeX notation in the text
string,as the following example illustrates,
t = -pi:pi/100:pi;
y = sin(t);
plot(t,y)
axis([-pi pi -1 1])
xlabel('-\pi \leq {\itt} \leq \pi')
ylabel('sin(t)')
title('Graph of the sine function')
text(1,-1/3,'{\itNote the odd symmetry.}')
You can also set these options interactively,See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16
for more information.
Note that the location of the text string is defined in axes units (i.e.,the same
units as the data),See the annotation function for a way to place text in
normalized figure units.
3?2?1 0 1 2 3
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
π ≤ t ≤ π
sin(t)
Graph of the sine function
Note the odd symmetry.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-51
Saving Figures
Save a figure by selecting Save from the File menu to display a file save dialog,
MATLAB saves the data it needs to recreate the figure and its contents (i.e.,
the entire graph) in a file with a,fig extension.
To save a figure using a standard graphics format,such as TIFF,for use with
other applications,select Export Setup from the File menu,You can also save
from the command line — use the saveas command,including any options to
save the figure in a different format.
See,Exporting the Graph” on page 5-35 for an example.
Saving Workspace Data
You can save the variables in your workspace using the Save Workspace As
item in the figure File menu,You can reload saved data using the Import Data
item in the figure File menu,MATLAB supports a variety of data file formats,
including MATLAB data files,which have a,mat extension,
Generating M-Code to Recreate a Figure
You can generate MATLAB code that recreates a figure and the graph it
contains by selecting the Generate M-File item from the figure File menu,
This option is particularly useful if you have developed a graph using plotting
tools and want to create a similar graph using the same or different data,
Saving Figures That Are Compatible with Previous Version of MATLAB
Create backward-compatible FIG-files by following these two steps.
Ensure that any plotting functions used to create the contents of the figure
are called with the 'v6' argument,where applicable,
Use the '-v6' option with the hgsave command,
For More Information See,Plot Objects and Backward Compatibility” in
the MATLAB documentation more information.
5 Graphics
5-52
Mesh and Surface Plots
MATLAB defines a surface by the z-coordinates of points above a grid in the x-y
plane,using straight lines to connect adjacent points,The mesh and surf
plotting functions display surfaces in three dimensions,mesh produces
wireframe surfaces that color only the lines connecting the defining points,
surf displays both the connecting lines and the faces of the surface in color,
The figure colormap and figure properties determine how MATLAB colors the
surface.
Visualizing Functions of Two Variables
To display a function of two variables,z = f (x,y),
Generate X and Y matrices consisting of repeated rows and columns,
respectively,over the domain of the function,
Use X and Y to evaluate and graph the function,
The meshgrid function transforms the domain specified by a single vector or
two vectors x and y into matrices X and Y for use in evaluating functions of two
variables,The rows of X are copies of the vector x and the columns of Y are
copies of the vector y.
Example — Graphing the sinc Function
This example evaluates and graphs the two-dimensional sinc function,sin(r)/r,
between the x and y directions,R is the distance from the origin,which is at the
center of the matrix,Adding eps (a MATLAB command that returns a small
floating-point number) avoids the indeterminate 0/0 at the origin.
[X,Y] = meshgrid(-8:.5:8);
R = sqrt(X.^2 + Y.^2) + eps;
Z = sin(R)./R;
mesh(X,Y,Z,'EdgeColor','black')
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-53
By default,MATLAB colors the mesh using the current colormap,However,
this example uses a single-colored mesh by specifying the EdgeColor surface
property,See the surface reference page for a list of all surface properties.
You can create a mesh with see-through faces by disabling hidden line removal.
hidden off
See the hidden reference page for more information on this option.
Example — Colored Surface Plots
A surface plot is similar to a mesh plot except that MATLAB colors the
rectangular faces of the surface,The color of each faces is determined by the
values of Z and the colormap (a colormap is an ordered list of colors),These
statements graph the sinc function as a surface plot,specify a colormap,and
add a color bar to show the mapping of data to color.
surf(X,Y,Z)
colormap hsv
colorbar
10
5
0
5
10
10
5
0
5
10
0.5
0
0.5
1
5 Graphics
5-54
See the colormap reference page for information on colormaps,
For More Information See,Creating 3-D Graphs” in the MATLAB
documentation for more information on surface plots.
Transparent Surfaces
You can make the faces of a surface transparent to a varying degree,
Transparency (referred to as the alpha value) can be specified for the whole
object or can be based on an alphamap,which behaves in a way analogous to
colormaps,For example,
surf(X,Y,Z)
colormap hsv
alpha(.4)
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
10
5
0
5
10
10
5
0
5
10
0.5
0
0.5
1
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-55
produces a surface with a face alpha value of 0.4,Alpha values range from 0
(completely transparent) to 1 (not transparent).
For More Information See,Transparency” in the MATLAB documentation
for more information on using transparency.
Surface Plots with Lighting
Lighting is the technique of illuminating an object with a directional light
source,In certain cases,this technique can make subtle differences in surface
shape easier to see,Lighting can also be used to add realism to
three-dimensional graphs.
This example uses the same surface as the previous examples,but colors it red
and removes the mesh lines,A light object is then added to the left of the
“camera” (the camera is the location in space from where you are viewing the
surface).
surf(X,Y,Z,'FaceColor','red','EdgeColor','none')
camlight left; lighting phong
5 Graphics
5-56
Manipulating the Surface
The figure toolbar and the camera toolbar provide ways to explore 3-D graphics
interactively,Display the camera toolbar by selecting Camera Toolbar from
the figure View menu,
The following picture shows both toolbars with the Rotate 3D tool selected.
These tools enables you to move the camera around the surface object,zoom,
add lighting,and perform other viewing operations without issuing commands.
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-57
The following picture shows the surface viewed by orbiting the camera toward
the bottom using the Rotate 3D tool,A scene light has been added to illuminate
the underside of the surface,which is not lit by the light added in the previous
section,
For More Information See,Lighting as a Visualization Tool” and,View
Control with the Camera Toolbar” in the MATLAB documentation for
information on these techniques.
5 Graphics
5-58
Images
Two-dimensional arrays can be displayed as images,where the array elements
determine brightness or color of the images,For example,the statements
load durer
whos
Name Size Bytes Class
X 648x509 2638656 double array
caption 2x28 112 char array
map 128x3 3072 double array
load the file durer.mat,adding three variables to the workspace,The matrix X
is a 648-by-509 matrix and map is a 128-by-3 matrix that is the colormap for this
image.
MAT-files,such as durer.mat,are binary files that can be created on one
platform and later read by MATLAB on a different platform.
The elements of X are integers between 1 and 128,which serve as indices into
the colormap,map,Then
image(X)
colormap(map)
axis image
reproduces Dürer’s etching shown at the beginning of this book,A
high-resolution scan of the magic square in the upper right corner is available
in another file,Type
load detail
and then use the up arrow key on your keyboard to reexecute the image,
colormap,and axis commands,The statement
colormap(hot)
adds some twentieth century colorization to the sixteenth century etching,The
function hot generates a colormap containing shades of reds,oranges,and
yellows,Typically a given image matrix has a specific colormap associated with
it,See the colormap reference page for a list of other predefined colormaps.
Images
5-59
Reading and Writing Images
You can read standard image files (TIFF,JPEG,BMP,etc.) into MATLAB
using the imread function,The type of data returned by imread depends on the
type of image you are reading,
You can write MATLAB data to a variety of standard image formats using the
imwrite function,See the reference pages for these functions for more
information and examples.
For More Information See,Displaying Bit-Mapped Images” in the
MATLAB documentation for information on the image processing capabilities
of MATLAB.
5 Graphics
5-60
Printing Graphics
You can print a MATLAB figure directly on a printer connected to your
computer or you can export the figure to one of the standard graphics file
formats supported by MATLAB,There are two ways to print and export
figures:
Use the Print or Export Setup options under the File menu
Use the print command to print or export the figure
See,Preparing Graphs for Presentation” on page 5-29 for an example.
Printing from the Menu
There are four menu options under the File menu that pertain to printing:
The Page Setup option displays a dialog box that enables you to adjust
characteristics of the figure on the printed page.
The Print Setup option displays a dialog box that sets printing defaults,but
does not actually print the figure.
The Print Preview option enables you to view the figure the way it will look
on the printed page.
The Print option displays a dialog box that lets you select standard printing
options and print the figure,
Generally,use Print Preview to determine whether the printed output is what
you want,If not,use the Page Setup dialog box to change the output settings,
Select the Page Setup dialog box Help button to display information on how to
set up the page.
Exporting Figure to Graphics Files
The Export Setup option in the File menu enables you to set a variety of figure
characteristics,such as size and font type,as well as apply predefined
templates to achieve standard-looking graphics files,After setup,you can
export the figure to a number of standard graphics file formats,
Printing Graphics
5-61
Using the Print Command
The print command provides more flexibility in the type of output sent to the
printer and allows you to control printing from M-files,The result can be sent
directly to your default printer or stored in a specified file,A wide variety of
output formats,including TIFF,JPEG,and PostScript,is available.
For example,this statement saves the contents of the current figure window as
color Encapsulated Level 2 PostScript in the file called magicsquare.eps,It
also includes a TIFF preview,which enables most word processors to display
the picture.
print -depsc2 -tiff magicsquare.eps
To save the same figure as a TIFF file with a resolution of 200 dpi,use the
command
print -dtiff -r200 magicsquare.tiff
If you type print on the command line,
print
MATLAB prints the current figure on your default printer,
For More Information See the print reference page and,Printing and
Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation for more information on printing.
5 Graphics
5-62
Handle Graphics
Handle Graphics
refers to a system of graphics objects that MATLAB uses to
implement graphing and visualization functions,Each object created has a
fixed set of properties,You can use these properties to control the behavior and
appearance of your graph.
When you call a plotting function,MATLAB creates the graph using various
graphics objects,such as a figure window,axes,lines,text,and so on,MATLAB
enables you to query the value of each property and set the values of most
properties.
For example,the following statement creates a figure with a white background
color and without displaying the figure toolbar.
figure('Color','white','Toolbar','none')
Using the Handle
Whenever MATLAB creates a graphics object,it assigns an identifier (called a
handle) to the object,You can use this handle to access the object’s properties
with the set and get functions,For example,the following statements create
a graph and return a handle to a lineseries object in h,
x = 1:10;
y = x.^3;
h = plot(x,y);
You can use the handle h to set the properties of the lineseries object,For
example,you can set its Color property:
set(h,'Color','red')
You can also specify properties when you call the plotting function.
h = plot(x,y,'Color','red');
When you query the lineseries properties,
get(h,'LineWidth')
MATLAB returns the answer:
ans =
0.5000
Handle Graphics
5-63
Use the handle to see what properties a particular object contains.
get(h)
Graphics Objects
Graphics objects are the basic elements used to display graphs and user
interface components,These objects are organized into a hierarchy,as shown
by the following diagram.
Key Graphics Objects
When you call a function to create a graph,MATLAB creates a hierarchy of
graphics objects,For example,calling the plot function creates the following
graphics objects:
Lineseries plot objects — Represent the data passed to the plot function
Axes — Provide a frame of reference and scaling for the plotted lineseries
Text — Label the axes tick marks and are used for titles and annotations
Figures — Are the windows that contain axes toolbars,menus,etc.
Different types of graphs use different objects to represent data,however,all
data objects are contained in axes and all objects (except root) are contained in
figures,
The root is an abstract object that primarily stores information about your
computer or MATLAB state,You cannot create an instance of the root object.
Axes
Core Objects
Figure
Root
Annotation ObjectsPlot Objects
Annotation Axes
Hidden
Group Objects
UI Objects
5 Graphics
5-64
For More Information See,Handle Graphics Objects” in the MATLAB
documentation for information on graphics objects.
User interface objects are used to create graphical user interfaces (GUIs),
These objects include components like push buttons,editable text boxes,and
list boxes,
For More Information See,Creating Graphical User Interfaces” in the
MATLAB documentation for more information on user interface objects.
Creating Objects
Plotting functions (like plot and surf) call the appropriate low-level function
to draw their respective graph,For information about an object’s properties,
see the Handle Graphics Property Browser in the MATLAB online
documentation.
Commands for Working with Objects
This table lists commands commonly used when working with objects,
Function Purpose
allchild Find all children of specified objects
ancestor Find ancestor of graphics object
copyobj Copy graphics object
delete Delete an object
findall Find all graphics objects (including hidden handles)
findobj Find the handles of objects having specified property
values
gca Return the handle of the current axes
Handle Graphics
5-65
Setting Object Properties
All object properties have default values,However,you might find it useful to
change the settings of some properties to customize your graph,There are two
ways to set object properties:
Specify values for properties when you create the object.
Set the property value on an object that already exists.
Setting Properties from Plotting Commands
You can specify object property value pairs as arguments to many plotting
functions,such as plot,mesh,and surf,
For example,plotting commands that create lineseries or surfaceplot objects
enable you to specify property name/property value pairs as arguments,The
command
surf(x,y,z,'FaceColor','interp',...
'FaceLighting','gouraud')
plots the data in the variables x,y,and z using a surfaceplot object with
interpolated face color and employing the Gouraud face light technique,You
can set any of the object’s properties this way.
Setting Properties of Existing Objects
To modify the property values of existing objects,you can use the set command
or the Property Editor,This section describes how to use the set command,See
“Using the Property Editor” on page 5-17 for more information.
gcf Return the handle of the current figure
gco Return the handle of the current object
get Query the values of an object’s properties
ishandle True if value is valid object handle
set Set the values of an object’s properties
Function Purpose
5 Graphics
5-66
Most plotting functions return the handles of the objects that they create so you
can modify the objects using the set command,For example,these statements
plot a five-by-five matrix (creating five lineseries,one per column) and then set
the Marker property to a square and the MarkerFaceColor property to green,
h = plot(magic(5));
set(h,'Marker','s','MarkerFaceColor','g')
In this case,h is a vector containing five handles,one for each of the five
lineseries in the graph,The set statement sets the Marker and
MarkerFaceColor properties of all lineseries to the same values.
Setting Multiple Property Values
If you want to set the properties of each lineseries to a different value,you can
use cell arrays to store all the data and pass it to the set command,For
example,create a plot and save the lineseries handles.
h = plot(magic(5));
Suppose you want to add different markers to each lineseries and color the
marker’s face color the same color as the lineseries,You need to define two cell
arrays — one containing the property names and the other containing the
desired values of the properties,
The prop_name cell array contains two elements.
prop_name(1) = {'Marker'};
prop_name(2) = {'MarkerFaceColor'};
The prop_values cell array contains 10 values,five values for the Marker
property and five values for the MarkerFaceColor property,Notice that
prop_values is a two-dimensional cell array,The first dimension indicates
which handle in h the values apply to and the second dimension indicates
which property the value is assigned to,
prop_values(1,1) = {'s'};
prop_values(1,2) = {get(h(1),'Color')};
prop_values(2,1) = {'d'};
prop_values(2,2) = {get(h(2),'Color')};
prop_values(3,1) = {'o'};
prop_values(3,2) = {get(h(3),'Color')};
prop_values(4,1) = {'p'};
prop_values(4,2) = {get(h(4),'Color')};
Handle Graphics
5-67
prop_values(5,1) = {'h'};
prop_values(5,2) = {get(h(5),'Color')};
The MarkerFaceColor is always assigned the value of the corresponding line’s
color (obtained by getting the lineseries Color property with the get
command).
After defining the cell arrays,call set to specify the new property values.
set(h,prop_name,prop_values)
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
5 Graphics
5-68
Specifying the Axes or Figure
MATLAB always creates an axes or figure if one does not exist when you issue
a plotting command,However,when you are creating a graphics M-file,it is
good practice to explicitly create and specify the parent axes and figure,
particularly if others will use your program,Specifying the parent prevents the
following problems:
Your M-file overwrites the graph in the current figure,Note that a figure
becomes the current figure whenever a user clicks on it.
The current figure might be in an unexpected state and not behave as your
program expects.
The following examples shows a simple M-file that plots a function and the
mean of the function over the specified range.
function myfunc(x)
% x = -10:.005:40; Here's a value you can use for x
y = [1.5*cos(x) + 6*exp(-.1*x) + exp(.07*x).*sin(3*x)];
ym = mean(y);
hfig = figure('Name','Function and Mean',...
'Pointer','fullcrosshair');
hax = axes('Parent',hfig);
plot(hax,x,y)
hold on
plot(hax,[min(x) max(x)],[ym ym],'Color','red')
hold off
ylab = get(hax,'YTick');
set(hax,'YTick',sort([ylab ym]))
title ('y = 1.5cos(x) + 6e^{-0.1x} + e^{0.07x}sin(3x)')
xlabel('X Axis'); ylabel('Y Axis')
Handle Graphics
5-69
Finding the Handles of Existing Objects
The findobj function enables you to obtain the handles of graphics objects by
searching for objects with particular property values,With findobj you can
specify the values of any combination of properties,which makes it easy to pick
one object out of many,findobj also recognizes regular expressions (regexp),
For example,you might want to find the blue line with square marker having
blue face color.You can also specify which figures or axes to search,if there are
more than one,The following sections provide examples illustrating how to use
findobj.
Finding All Objects of a Certain Type
Because all objects have a Type property that identifies the type of object,you
can find the handles of all occurrences of a particular type of object,For
example,
h = findobj('Type','patch');
finds the handles of all patch objects,
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
3.1596
5
10
15
20
y = 1.5cos(x) + 6e
0.1x
+ e
0.07x
sin(3x)
X Axis
Y Axis
5 Graphics
5-70
Finding Objects with a Particular Property
You can specify multiple properties to narrow the search,For example,
h = findobj('Type','line','Color','r','LineStyle',':');
finds the handles of all red dotted lines.
Limiting the Scope of the Search
You can specify the starting point in the object hierarchy by passing the handle
of the starting figure or axes as the first argument,For example,
h = findobj(gca,'Type','text','String','\pi/2');
finds the string π/2 only within the current axes.
Using findobj as an Argument
Because findobj returns the handles it finds,you can use it in place of the
handle argument,For example,
set(findobj('Type','line','Color','red'),'LineStyle',':')
finds all red lines and sets their line style to dotted.
Animations
5-71
Animations
MATLAB provides three ways of generating moving,animated graphics,
,Erase Mode Method” on page 5-71 — Continually erase and then redraw the
objects on the screen,making incremental changes with each redraw,
,Creating Movies” on page 5-73 — Save a number of different pictures and
then play them back as a movie,
Using AVI files,See avifile for more information and examples.
Erase Mode Method
Using the EraseMode property is appropriate for long sequences of simple plots
where the change from frame to frame is minimal,Here is an example showing
simulated Brownian motion,Specify a number of points,such as
n = 20
and a temperature or velocity,such as
s =,02
The best values for these two parameters depend upon the speed of your
particular computer,Generate n random points with (x,y) coordinates between
-
1
/2 and +
1
/2.
x = rand(n,1)-0.5;
y = rand(n,1)-0.5;
Plot the points in a square with sides at -1 and +1,Save the handle for the
vector of points and set its EraseMode to xor,This tells the MATLAB graphics
system not to redraw the entire plot when the coordinates of one point are
changed,but to restore the background color in the vicinity of the point using
an exclusive or operation,
h = plot(x,y,'.');
axis([-1 1 -1 1])
axis square
grid off
set(h,'EraseMode','xor','MarkerSize',18)
5 Graphics
5-72
Now begin the animation,Here is an infinite while loop,which you can
eventually exit by typing Ctrl+C,Each time through the loop,add a small
amount of normally distributed random noise to the coordinates of the points,
Then,instead of creating an entirely new plot,simply change the XData and
YData properties of the original plot,
while 1
drawnow
x = x + s*randn(n,1);
y = y + s*randn(n,1);
set(h,'XData',x,'YData',y)
end
See how long it takes for one of the points to get outside the square and how
long before all the points are outside the square.
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
Animations
5-73
Creating Movies
If you increase the number of points in the Brownian motion example to n =
300 and s =,02,the motion is no longer very fluid; it takes too much time to
draw each time step,It becomes more effective to save a predetermined number
of frames as bitmaps and to play them back as a movie.
First,decide on the number of frames,
nframes = 50;
Next,set up the first plot as before,except using the default EraseMode
(normal).
x = rand(n,1)-0.5;
y = rand(n,1)-0.5;
h = plot(x,y,'.');
set(h,'MarkerSize',18);
axis([-1 1 -1 1])
axis square
grid off
Generate the movie and use getframe to capture each frame.
for k = 1:nframes
x = x + s*randn(n,1);
y = y + s*randn(n,1);
set(h,'XData',x,'YData',y)
M(k) = getframe;
end
Finally,play the movie 30 times.
movie(M,30)
5 Graphics
5-74
6
Programming
This chapter introduces programming constructs,multidimensional arrays and other data
structures,and MATLAB functions.
Flow Control (p,6-2) Use flow control constructs including if,switch and
case,for,while,continue,and break.
Other Data Structures (p,6-8) Work with multidimensional arrays,cell arrays,
character and text data,and structures.
Scripts and Functions (p,6-18) Write scripts and functions,use global variables,pass
string arguments to functions,use eval to evaluate text
expressions,vectorize code,preallocate arrays,reference
functions using handles,and use functions that operate
on functions.
6 Programming
6-2
Flow Control
MATLAB has several flow control constructs:
,if” on page 6-2
,switch and case” on page 6-4
,for” on page 6-4
,while” on page 6-5
,continue” on page 6-5
,break” on page 6-6
,try - catch” on page 6-7
,return” on page 6-7
if
The if statement evaluates a logical expression and executes a group of
statements when the expression is true,The optional elseif and else
keywords provide for the execution of alternate groups of statements,An end
keyword,which matches the if,terminates the last group of statements,The
groups of statements are delineated by the four keywords — no braces or
brackets are involved,
The MATLAB algorithm for generating a magic square of order n involves
three different cases,when n is odd,when n is even but not divisible by 4,or
when n is divisible by 4,This is described by
if rem(n,2) ~= 0
M = odd_magic(n)
elseif rem(n,4) ~= 0
M = single_even_magic(n)
else
M = double_even_magic(n)
end
In this example,the three cases are mutually exclusive,but if they weren’t,the
first true condition would be executed.
Flow Control
6-3
It is important to understand how relational operators and if statements work
with matrices,When you want to check for equality between two variables,you
might use
if A == B,...
This is legal MATLAB code,and does what you expect when A and B are scalars,
But when A and B are matrices,A == B does not test if they are equal,it tests
where they are equal; the result is another matrix of 0’s and 1’s showing
element-by-element equality,In fact,if A and B are not the same size,then A ==
B is an error.
The proper way to check for equality between two variables is to use the
isequal function,
if isequal(A,B),...
Here is another example to emphasize this point,If A and B are scalars,the
following program will never reach the unexpected situation,But for most
pairs of matrices,including our magic squares with interchanged columns,
none of the matrix conditions A > B,A < B,or A == B is true for all elements
and so the else clause is executed.
if A > B
'greater'
elseif A < B
'less'
elseif A == B
'equal'
else
error('Unexpected situation')
end
Several functions are helpful for reducing the results of matrix comparisons to
scalar conditions for use with if,including
isequal
isempty
all
any
6 Programming
6-4
switch and case
The switch statement executes groups of statements based on the value of a
variable or expression,The keywords case and otherwise delineate the
groups,Only the first matching case is executed,There must always be an end
to match the switch.
The logic of the magic squares algorithm can also be described by
switch (rem(n,4)==0) + (rem(n,2)==0)
case 0
M = odd_magic(n)
case 1
M = single_even_magic(n)
case 2
M = double_even_magic(n)
otherwise
error('This is impossible')
end
Note Unlike the C language switch statement,MATLAB switch does not
fall through,If the first case statement is true,the other case statements do
not execute,So,break statements are not required.
for
The for loop repeats a group of statements a fixed,predetermined number of
times,A matching end delineates the statements.
for n = 3:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
r
The semicolon terminating the inner statement suppresses repeated printing,
and the r after the loop displays the final result.
Flow Control
6-5
It is a good idea to indent the loops for readability,especially when they are
nested.
for i = 1:m
for j = 1:n
H(i,j) = 1/(i+j);
end
end
while
The while loop repeats a group of statements an indefinite number of times
under control of a logical condition,A matching end delineates the statements.
Here is a complete program,illustrating while,if,else,and end,that uses
interval bisection to find a zero of a polynomial.
a = 0; fa = -Inf;
b = 3; fb = Inf;
while b-a > eps*b
x = (a+b)/2;
fx = x^3-2*x-5;
if sign(fx) == sign(fa)
a = x; fa = fx;
else
b = x; fb = fx;
end
end
x
The result is a root of the polynomial x
3
- 2x - 5,namely
x =
2.09455148154233
The cautions involving matrix comparisons that are discussed in the section on
the if statement also apply to the while statement.
continue
The continue statement passes control to the next iteration of the for loop or
while loop in which it appears,skipping any remaining statements in the body
6 Programming
6-6
of the loop,In nested loops,continue passes control to the next iteration of the
for loop or while loop enclosing it.
The example below shows a continue loop that counts the lines of code in the
file magic.m,skipping all blank lines and comments,A continue statement is
used to advance to the next line in magic.m without incrementing the count
whenever a blank line or comment line is encountered.
fid = fopen('magic.m','r');
count = 0;
while ~feof(fid)
line = fgetl(fid);
if isempty(line) | strncmp(line,'%',1)
continue
end
count = count + 1;
end
disp(sprintf('%d lines',count));
break
The break statement lets you exit early from a for loop or while loop,In nested
loops,break exits from the innermost loop only,
Here is an improvement on the example from the previous section,Why is this
use of break a good idea?
a = 0; fa = -Inf;
b = 3; fb = Inf;
while b-a > eps*b
x = (a+b)/2;
fx = x^3-2*x-5;
if fx == 0
break
elseif sign(fx) == sign(fa)
a = x; fa = fx;
else
b = x; fb = fx;
end
end
x
Flow Control
6-7
try - catch
The general form of a try-catch statement sequence is
try
statement
,..
statement
catch
statement
,..
statement
end
In this sequence the statements between try and catch are executed until an
error occurs,The statements between catch and end are then executed,Use
lasterr to see the cause of the error,If an error occurs between catch and end,
MATLAB terminates execution unless another try-catch sequence has been
established.
return
return terminates the current sequence of commands and returns control to
the invoking function or to the keyboard,return is also used to terminate
keyboard mode,A called function normally transfers control to the function
that invoked it when it reaches the end of the function,You can insert a return
statement within the called function to force an early termination and to
transfer control to the invoking function.
6 Programming
6-8
Other Data Structures
This section introduces you to some other data structures in MATLAB,
including
,Multidimensional Arrays” on page 6-8
,Cell Arrays” on page 6-10
,Characters and Text” on page 6-12
,Structures” on page 6-15
Multidimensional Arrays
Multidimensional arrays in MATLAB are arrays with more than two
subscripts,One way of creating a multidimensional array is by calling zeros,
ones,rand,or randn with more than two arguments,For example,
R = randn(3,4,5);
creates a 3-by-4-by-5 array with a total of 3x4x5 = 60 normally distributed
random elements.
A three-dimensional array might represent three-dimensional physical data,
say the temperature in a room,sampled on a rectangular grid,Or it might
represent a sequence of matrices,A
(k)
,or samples of a time-dependent matrix,
A(t),In these latter cases,the (i,j)th element of the kth matrix,or the t
k
th
matrix,is denoted by A(i,j,k).
MATLAB and Dürer’s versions of the magic square of order 4 differ by an
interchange of two columns,Many different magic squares can be generated by
interchanging columns,The statement
p = perms(1:4);
generates the 4! = 24 permutations of 1:4,The kth permutation is the row
vector p(k,:),Then
A = magic(4);
M = zeros(4,4,24);
for k = 1:24
M(:,:,k) = A(:,p(k,:));
end
Other Data Structures
6-9
stores the sequence of 24 magic squares in a three-dimensional array,M,The
size of M is
size(M)
ans =
4 4 24
Note The order of the matrices shown in this illustration might differ from
your results,The perms function always returns all permutations of the input
vector,but the order of the permutations might be different for different
MATLAB versions.
The statement
sum(M,d)
computes sums by varying the dth subscript,So
sum(M,1)
16 3 2 13
8 11 10 8
12 7 6 12
1 14 15 1
16 2 13 3
10 8 11 10
6 12 7 6
15 1 14 15
13 16 2 3
8 5 11 10
12 9 7 6
1 4 14 15
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
.
.
.
6 Programming
6-10
is a 1-by-4-by-24 array containing 24 copies of the row vector
34 34 34 34
and
sum(M,2)
is a 4-by-1-by-24 array containing 24 copies of the column vector
34
34
34
34
Finally,
S = sum(M,3)
adds the 24 matrices in the sequence,The result has size 4-by-4-by-1,so it looks
like a 4-by-4 array.
S =
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
Cell Arrays
Cell arrays in MATLAB are multidimensional arrays whose elements are
copies of other arrays,A cell array of empty matrices can be created with the
cell function,But,more often,cell arrays are created by enclosing a
miscellaneous collection of things in curly braces,{},The curly braces are also
used with subscripts to access the contents of various cells,For example,
C = {A sum(A) prod(prod(A))}
produces a 1-by-3 cell array,The three cells contain the magic square,the row
vector of column sums,and the product of all its elements,When C is displayed,
you see
C =
[4x4 double] [1x4 double] [20922789888000]
Other Data Structures
6-11
This is because the first two cells are too large to print in this limited space,but
the third cell contains only a single number,16!,so there is room to print it.
Here are two important points to remember,First,to retrieve the contents of
one of the cells,use subscripts in curly braces,For example,C{1} retrieves the
magic square and C{3} is 16,Second,cell arrays contain copies of other arrays,
not pointers to those arrays,If you subsequently change A,nothing happens to
C.
You can use three-dimensional arrays to store a sequence of matrices of the
same size,Cell arrays can be used to store a sequence of matrices of different
sizes,For example,
M = cell(8,1);
for n = 1:8
M{n} = magic(n);
end
M
produces a sequence of magic squares of different order.
M =
[ 1]
[ 2x2 double]
[ 3x3 double]
[ 4x4 double]
[ 5x5 double]
[ 6x6 double]
[ 7x7 double]
[ 8x8 double]
6 Programming
6-12
You can retrieve the 4-by-4 magic square matrix with
M{4}
Characters and Text
Enter text into MATLAB using single quotes,For example,
s = 'Hello'
The result is not the same kind of numeric matrix or array you have been
dealing with up to now,It is a 1-by-5 character array,
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
.
.
.
64 2 36160 6 757
955541213515016
17 47 46 20 21 43 42 24
40 26 27 37 36 30 31 33
32 34 35 29 28 38 39 25
41 23 22 44 45 19 18 48
49 15 14 52 53 11 10 56
85859 5 46263 1
1 3
4 2
8 1 6
3 5 7
4 9 2
1
Other Data Structures
6-13
Internally,the characters are stored as numbers,but not in floating-point
format,The statement
a = double(s)
converts the character array to a numeric matrix containing floating-point
representations of the ASCII codes for each character,The result is
a =
72 101 108 108 111
The statement
s = char(a)
reverses the conversion.
Converting numbers to characters makes it possible to investigate the various
fonts available on your computer,The printable characters in the basic ASCII
character set are represented by the integers 32:127,(The integers less than
32 represent nonprintable control characters.) These integers are arranged in
an appropriate 6-by-16 array with
F = reshape(32:127,16,6)';
The printable characters in the extended ASCII character set are represented
by F+128,When these integers are interpreted as characters,the result
depends on the font currently being used,Type the statements
char(F)
char(F+128)
and then vary the font being used for the Command Window,Select
Preferences from the File menu to change the font,If you include tabs in lines
of code,use a fixed-width font,such as Monospaced,to align the tab positions
on different lines.
Concatenation with square brackets joins text variables together into larger
strings,The statement
h = [s,' world']
joins the strings horizontally and produces
h =
Hello world
6 Programming
6-14
The statement
v = [s; 'world']
joins the strings vertically and produces
v =
Hello
world
Note that a blank has to be inserted before the 'w' in h and that both words in
v have to have the same length,The resulting arrays are both character arrays;
h is 1-by-11 and v is 2-by-5.
To manipulate a body of text containing lines of different lengths,you have two
choices — a padded character array or a cell array of strings,When creating a
character array,you must make each row of the array the same length,(Pad
the ends of the shorter rows with spaces.) The char function does this padding
for you,For example,
S = char('A','rolling','stone','gathers','momentum.')
produces a 5-by-9 character array.
S =
A
rolling
stone
gathers
momentum.
Alternatively,you can store the text in a cell array,For example,
C = {'A';'rolling';'stone';'gathers';'momentum.'}
creates a 5-by-1 cell array that requires no padding because each row of the
array can have a different length.
C =
'A'
'rolling'
'stone'
'gathers'
'momentum.'
Other Data Structures
6-15
You can convert a padded character array to a cell array of strings with
C = cellstr(S)
and reverse the process with
S = char(C)
Structures
Structures are multidimensional MATLAB arrays with elements accessed by
textual field designators,For example,
S.name = 'Ed Plum';
S.score = 83;
S.grade = 'B+'
creates a scalar structure with three fields.
S =
name,'Ed Plum'
score,83
grade,'B+'
Like everything else in MATLAB,structures are arrays,so you can insert
additional elements,In this case,each element of the array is a structure with
several fields,The fields can be added one at a time,
S(2).name = 'Toni Miller';
S(2).score = 91;
S(2).grade = 'A-';
or an entire element can be added with a single statement.
S(3) = struct('name','Jerry Garcia',...
'score',70,'grade','C')
Now the structure is large enough that only a summary is printed.
S =
1x3 struct array with fields:
name
score
grade
6 Programming
6-16
There are several ways to reassemble the various fields into other MATLAB
arrays,They are all based on the notation of a comma-separated list,If you type
S.score
it is the same as typing
S(1).score,S(2).score,S(3).score
This is a comma-separated list,Without any other punctuation,it is not very
useful,It assigns the three scores,one at a time,to the default variable ans and
dutifully prints out the result of each assignment,But when you enclose the
expression in square brackets,
[S.score]
it is the same as
[S(1).score,S(2).score,S(3).score]
which produces a numeric row vector containing all the scores.
ans =
83 91 70
Similarly,typing
S.name
just assigns the names,one at a time,to ans,But enclosing the expression in
curly braces,
{S.name}
creates a 1-by-3 cell array containing the three names.
ans =
'Ed Plum' 'Toni Miller' 'Jerry Garcia'
And
char(S.name)
Other Data Structures
6-17
calls the char function with three arguments to create a character array from
the name fields,
ans =
Ed Plum
Toni Miller
Jerry Garcia
Dynamic Field Names
The most common way to access the data in a structure is by specifying the
name of the field that you want to reference,Another means of accessing
structure data is to use dynamic field names,These names express the field as
a variable expression that MATLAB evaluates at run-time,The
dot-parentheses syntax shown here makes expression a dynamic field name.
structName.(expression)
Index into this field using the standard MATLAB indexing syntax,For
example,to evaluate expression into a field name and obtain the values of that
field at columns 1 through 25 of row 7,use
structName.(expression)(7,1:25)
Dynamic Field Names Example,The avgscore function shown below computes an
average test score,retrieving information from the testscores structure using
dynamic field names:
function avg = avgscore(testscores,student,first,last)
for k = first:last
scores(k) = testscores.(student).week(k);
end
avg = sum(scores)/(last - first + 1);
You can run this function using different values for the dynamic field student.
avgscore(testscores,'Ann Lane',1,20)
ans =
83.5000
avgscore(testscores,'William King',1,20)
ans =
92.1000
6 Programming
6-18
Scripts and Functions
Topics covered in this section are
,Scripts” on page 6-19
,Functions” on page 6-20
,Global Variables” on page 6-24
,Passing String Arguments to Functions” on page 6-25
,The eval Function” on page 6-26
,Function Handles” on page 6-27
,Function Functions” on page 6-27
,Vectorization” on page 6-30
,Preallocation” on page 6-30
MATLAB is a powerful programming language as well as an interactive
computational environment,Files that contain code in the MATLAB language
are called M-files,You create M-files using a text editor,then use them as you
would any other MATLAB function or command.
There are two kinds of M-files:
Scripts,which do not accept input arguments or return output arguments,
They operate on data in the workspace.
Functions,which can accept input arguments and return output arguments,
Internal variables are local to the function.
If you’re a new MATLAB programmer,just create the M-files that you want to
try out in the current directory,As you develop more of your own M-files,you
will want to organize them into other directories and personal toolboxes that
you can add to your MATLAB search path.
If you duplicate function names,MATLAB executes the one that occurs first in
the search path.
To view the contents of an M-file,for example,myfunction.m,use
type myfunction
Scripts and Functions
6-19
Scripts
When you invoke a script,MATLAB simply executes the commands found in
the file,Scripts can operate on existing data in the workspace,or they can
create new data on which to operate,Although scripts do not return output
arguments,any variables that they create remain in the workspace,to be used
in subsequent computations,In addition,scripts can produce graphical output
using functions like plot.
For example,create a file called magicrank.m that contains these MATLAB
commands.
% Investigate the rank of magic squares
r = zeros(1,32);
for n = 3:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
r
bar(r)
Typing the statement
magicrank
causes MATLAB to execute the commands,compute the rank of the first 30
magic squares,and plot a bar graph of the result,After execution of the file is
complete,the variables n and r remain in the workspace.
6 Programming
6-20
Functions
Functions are M-files that can accept input arguments and return output
arguments,The names of the M-file and of the function should be the same,
Functions operate on variables within their own workspace,separate from the
workspace you access at the MATLAB command prompt.
A good example is provided by rank,The M-file rank.m is available in the
directory
toolbox/matlab/matfun
You can see the file with
type rank
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Scripts and Functions
6-21
Here is the file.
function r = rank(A,tol)
% RANK Matrix rank.
% RANK(A) provides an estimate of the number of linearly
% independent rows or columns of a matrix A.
% RANK(A,tol) is the number of singular values of A
% that are larger than tol.
% RANK(A) uses the default tol = max(size(A)) * norm(A) * eps.
s = svd(A);
if nargin==1
tol = max(size(A)') * max(s) * eps;
end
r = sum(s > tol);
The first line of a function M-file starts with the keyword function,It gives the
function name and order of arguments,In this case,there are up to two input
arguments and one output argument.
The next several lines,up to the first blank or executable line,are comment
lines that provide the help text,These lines are printed when you type
help rank
The first line of the help text is the H1 line,which MATLAB displays when you
use the lookfor command or request help on a directory.
The rest of the file is the executable MATLAB code defining the function,The
variable s introduced in the body of the function,as well as the variables on the
first line,r,A and tol,are all local to the function; they are separate from any
variables in the MATLAB workspace.
This example illustrates one aspect of MATLAB functions that is not ordinarily
found in other programming languages — a variable number of arguments,
The rank function can be used in several different ways.
rank(A)
r = rank(A)
r = rank(A,1.e-6)
6 Programming
6-22
Many M-files work this way,If no output argument is supplied,the result is
stored in ans,If the second input argument is not supplied,the function
computes a default value,Within the body of the function,two quantities
named nargin and nargout are available which tell you the number of input
and output arguments involved in each particular use of the function,The rank
function uses nargin,but does not need to use nargout.
Types of Functions
MATLAB offers several different types of functions to use in your
programming.
Anonymous Functions
An anonymous function is a simple form of MATLAB function that does not
require an M-file,It consists of a single MATLAB expression and any number
of input and output arguments,You can define an anonymous function right at
the MATLAB command line,or within an M-file function or script,This gives
you a quick means of creating simple functions without having to create M-files
each time.
The syntax for creating an anonymous function from an expression is
f = @(arglist)expression
The statement below creates an anonymous function that finds the square of a
number,When you call this function,MATLAB assigns the value you pass in
to variable x,and then uses x in the equation x.^2.
sqr = @(x) x.^2;
To execute the sqr function defined above,type
a = sqr(5)
a =
25
Primary and Subfunctions
All functions that are not anonymous must be defined within an M-file,Each
M-file has a required primary function that appears first in the file,and any
number of subfunctions that follow the primary,Primary functions have a
wider scope than subfunctions,That is,primary functions can be invoked from
outside of their M-file (from the MATLAB command line or from functions in
Scripts and Functions
6-23
other M-files) while subfunctions cannot,Subfunctions are visible only to the
primary function and other subfunctions within their own M-file.
The rank function shown in the section on,Functions” on page 6-20 is an
example of a primary function.
Private Functions
A private function is a type of primary M-file function,Its unique characteristic
is that it is visible only to a limited group of other functions,This type of
function can be useful if you want to limit access to a function,or when you
choose not to expose the implementation of a function,
Private functions reside in subdirectories with the special name private,They
are visible only to functions in the parent directory,For example,assume the
directory newmath is on the MATLAB search path,A subdirectory of newmath
called private can contain functions that only the functions in newmath can
call.
Because private functions are invisible outside the parent directory,they can
use the same names as functions in other directories,This is useful if you want
to create your own version of a particular function while retaining the original
in another directory,Because MATLAB looks for private functions before
standard M-file functions,it will find a private function named test.m before
a nonprivate M-file named test.m.
Nested Functions
You can define functions within the body of any MATLAB M-file function,
These are said to be nested within the outer function,A nested function
contains any or all of the components of any other M-file function,In this
example,function B is nested in function A.
function x = A(p1,p2)
...
B(p2)
function y = B(p3)
,..
end
...
end
6 Programming
6-24
Like other functions,a nested function has its own workspace where variables
used by the function are stored,But it also has access to the workspaces of all
functions in which it is nested,So,for example,a variable that has a value
assigned to it by the primary function can be read or overwritten by a function
nested at any level within the primary,Similarly,a variable that is assigned in
a nested function can be read or overwritten by any of the functions containing
that function.
Function Overloading
Overloaded functions act the same way as overloaded functions in most
computer languages,Overloaded functions are useful when you need to create
a function that responds to different types of inputs accordingly,For instance,
you might want one of your functions to accept both double-precision and
integer input,but to handle each type somewhat differently,You can make this
difference invisible to the user by creating two separate functions having the
same name,and designating one to handle double types and one to handle
integers,When you call the function,MATLAB chooses which M-file to
dispatch to based on the type of the input arguments.
Global Variables
If you want more than one function to share a single copy of a variable,simply
declare the variable as global in all the functions,Do the same thing at the
command line if you want the base workspace to access the variable,The global
declaration must occur before the variable is actually used in a function,
Although it is not required,using capital letters for the names of global
variables helps distinguish them from other variables,For example,create an
M-file called falling.m.
function h = falling(t)
global GRAVITY
h = 1/2*GRAVITY*t.^2;
Then interactively enter the statements
global GRAVITY
GRAVITY = 32;
y = falling((0:.1:5)');
Scripts and Functions
6-25
The two global statements make the value assigned to GRAVITY at the
command prompt available inside the function,You can then modify GRAVITY
interactively and obtain new solutions without editing any files.
Passing String Arguments to Functions
You can write MATLAB functions that accept string arguments without the
parentheses and quotes,That is,MATLAB interprets
foo a b c
as
foo('a','b','c')
However,when you use the unquoted form,MATLAB cannot return output
arguments,For example,
legend apples oranges
creates a legend on a plot using the strings apples and oranges as labels,If you
want the legend command to return its output arguments,then you must use
the quoted form.
[legh,objh] = legend('apples','oranges');
In addition,you cannot use the unquoted form if any of the arguments is not a
string.
Constructing String Arguments in Code
The quoted form enables you to construct string arguments within the code,
The following example processes multiple data files,August1.dat,
August2.dat,and so on,It uses the function int2str,which converts an
integer to a character,to build the filename.
for d = 1:31
s = ['August' int2str(d) '.dat'];
load(s)
% Code to process the contents of the d-th file
end
6 Programming
6-26
A Cautionary Note
While the unquoted syntax is convenient,it can be used incorrectly without
causing MATLAB to generate an error,For example,given a matrix A,
A =
0 -6 -1
6 2 -16
-5 20 -10
The eig command returns the eigenvalues of A.
eig(A)
ans =
-3.0710
-2.4645+17.6008i
-2.4645-17.6008i
The following statement is not allowed because A is not a string; however,
MATLAB does not generate an error.
eig A
ans =
65
MATLAB actually takes the eigenvalue of the ASCII numeric equivalent of the
letter A (which is the number 65).
The eval Function
The eval function works with text variables to implement a powerful text
macro facility,The expression or statement
eval(s)
uses the MATLAB interpreter to evaluate the expression or execute the
statement contained in the text string s.
The example of the previous section could also be done with the following code,
although this would be somewhat less efficient because it involves the full
interpreter,not just a function call.
Scripts and Functions
6-27
for d = 1:31
s = ['load August' int2str(d) '.dat'];
eval(s)
% Process the contents of the d-th file
end
Function Handles
You can create a handle to any MATLAB function and then use that handle as
a means of referencing the function,A function handle is typically passed in an
argument list to other functions,which can then execute,or evaluate,the
function using the handle.
Construct a function handle in MATLAB using the at sign,@,before the
function name,The following example creates a function handle for the sin
function and assigns it to the variable fhandle.
fhandle = @sin;
You can call a function by means of its handle in the same way that you would
call the function using its name,The syntax is
fhandle(arg1,arg2,...);
The function plot_fhandle,shown below,receives a function handle and data,
generates y-axis data using the function handle,and plots it.
function x = plot_fhandle(fhandle,data)
plot(data,fhandle(data))
When you call plot_fhandle with a handle to the sin function and the
argument shown below,the resulting evaluation produces a sine wave plot.
plot_fhandle(@sin,-pi:0.01:pi)
Function Functions
A class of functions called,function functions” works with nonlinear functions
of a scalar variable,That is,one function works on another function,The
function functions include
Zero finding
Optimization
6 Programming
6-28
Quadrature
Ordinary differential equations
MATLAB represents the nonlinear function by a function M-file,For example,
here is a simplified version of the function humps from the matlab/demos
directory.
function y = humps(x)
y = 1./((x-.3).^2 +,01) + 1./((x-.9).^2 +,04) - 6;
Evaluate this function at a set of points in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with
x = 0:.002:1;
y = humps(x);
Then plot the function with
plot(x,y)
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Scripts and Functions
6-29
The graph shows that the function has a local minimum near x = 0.6,The
function fminsearch finds the minimizer,the value of x where the function
takes on this minimum,The first argument to fminsearch is a function handle
to the function being minimized and the second argument is a rough guess at
the location of the minimum.
p = fminsearch(@humps,.5)
p =
0.6370
To evaluate the function at the minimizer,
humps(p)
ans =
11.2528
Numerical analysts use the terms quadrature and integration to distinguish
between numerical approximation of definite integrals and numerical
integration of ordinary differential equations,MATLAB quadrature routines
are quad and quadl,The statement
Q = quadl(@humps,0,1)
computes the area under the curve in the graph and produces
Q =
29.8583
Finally,the graph shows that the function is never zero on this interval,So,if
you search for a zero with
z = fzero(@humps,.5)
you will find one outside the interval
z =
-0.1316
6 Programming
6-30
Vectorization
One way to make your MATLAB programs run faster is to vectorize the
algorithms you use in constructing the programs,Where other programming
languages might use for loops or DO loops,MATLAB can use vector or matrix
operations,A simple example involves creating a table of logarithms.
x =,01;
for k = 1:1001
y(k) = log10(x);
x = x +,01;
end
A vectorized version of the same code is
x =,01:.01:10;
y = log10(x);
For more complicated code,vectorization options are not always so obvious,
For More Information See,Maximizing MATLAB Performance” in the
MATLAB documentation for other techniques that you can use.
Preallocation
If you can’t vectorize a piece of code,you can make your for loops go faster by
preallocating any vectors or arrays in which output results are stored,For
example,this code uses the function zeros to preallocate the vector created in
the for loop,This makes the for loop execute significantly faster.
r = zeros(32,1);
for n = 1:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
Without the preallocation in the previous example,the MATLAB interpreter
enlarges the r vector by one element each time through the loop,Vector
preallocation eliminates this step and results in faster execution.
7
Creating Graphical User
Interfaces
This chapter introduces GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user interface development environment,
which is a tool that you can use to create graphical user interfaces.
What Is GUIDE? (p,7-2) Introduces GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user
interface design environment
Laying Out a GUI (p,7-3) Briefly describes the GUIDE Layout Editor
Programming a GUI (p,7-6) Introduces callbacks to define behavior of the GUI
components
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-2
What Is GUIDE?
GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user interface development environment,
provides a set of tools for creating graphical user interfaces (GUIs),These tools
greatly simplify the process of designing and building GUIs,You can use the
GUIDE tools to
Lay out the GUI.
Using the GUIDE Layout Editor,you can lay out a GUI easily by clicking and
dragging GUI components — such as panels,buttons,text fields,sliders,
menus,and so on — into the layout area,GUIDE stores the GUI layout in a
FIG-file.
Program the GUI.
GUIDE automatically generates an M-file that controls how the GUI
operates,The M-file initializes the GUI and contains a framework for the
most commonly used callbacks for each component — the commands that
execute when a user clicks a GUI component,Using the M-file editor,you can
add code to the callbacks to perform the functions you want,
Laying Out a GUI
7-3
Laying Out a GUI
Starting GUIDE
Start GUIDE by typing guide at the MATLAB command prompt,This displays
the GUIDE Quick Start dialog,as shown in the following figure.
From the Quick Start dialog,you can
Create a new GUI from one of the GUIDE templates — prebuilt GUIs that
you can modify for your own purposes.
Open an existing GUI.
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-4
The Layout Editor
When you open a GUI in GUIDE,it is displayed in the Layout Editor,which is
the control panel for all of the GUIDE tools,The following figure shows the
Layout Editor with a blank GUI template.
You can lay out your GUI by dragging components,such as panels,push
buttons,pop-up menus,or axes,from the component palette,at the left side of
the Layout Editor,into the layout area,For example,if you drag a push button
into the layout area,it appears as in the following figure,
Component
Palette
Layout Area
Laying Out a GUI
7-5
You can also use the Layout Editor to create menus and set basic properties of
the GUI components,
To get started using the Layout Editor and setting property values,see
“Creating a GUI” in the MATLAB documentation.
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-6
Programming a GUI
After laying out the GUI and setting component properties,the next step is to
program the GUI,You program the GUI by coding one or more callbacks for
each of its components,Callbacks are functions that execute in response to
some action by the user,A typical action is clicking a push button.
A GUI’s callbacks are found in an M-file that GUIDE generates automatically,
GUIDE adds templates for the most commonly used calbacks to this M-file,but
you may want to add others,Use the M-file Editor to edit this file.
The following figure shows the Callback template for a push button.
To learn more about programming a GUI,see,Creating a GUI” in the
MATLAB documentation.
8
Desktop Tools and
Development Environment
This chapter introduces the MATLAB development environment and the tools you can use to manage
your work in MATLAB.
Desktop Overview (p,8-2) Access tools,arrange the desktop,and set preferences.
Command Window and Command
History (p,8-5)
Run functions and enter variables.
Help Browser (p,8-7) Find and view documentation and demos.
Current Directory Browser and Search
Path (p,8-10)
Manage and use M-files with MATLAB.
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
(p,8-12)
Work with variables in MATLAB.
Editor/Debugger (p,8-14) Create and debug M-files (MATLAB programs).
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler
Reports (p,8-16)
Improve and tune your M-files.
Other Development Environment
Features (p,8-19)
Interface with source control systems,and publish M-file
results.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-2
Desktop Overview
Use desktop tools to manage your work in MATLAB,You can also use
MATLAB functions to perform the equivalent of most of the features found in
the desktop tools.
The following illustration shows the default configuration of the MATLAB
desktop,You can modify the setup to meet your needs.
For More Information For an overview of the desktop tools,watch the video
tutorials,accessible by typing demo matlab desktop,For complete details,see
the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation.
View or change the
current directory.
Click to move Command Window
outside of desktop (undock).
Menus change,depending on the tool you
are currently using.
Desktop Overview
8-3
Arranging the Desktop
These are some common ways to customize the desktop:
Show or hide desktop tools via the Desktop menu.
Resize any tool by dragging one of its edges.
Move a tool outside of the desktop by clicking the undock button in the
tool’s title bar.
Reposition a tool within the desktop by dragging its title bar to the new
location,Tools can occupy the same position,as shown for the Current
Directory and Workspace browser in the preceding illustration,in which
case,you access a tool via its tab.
Change fonts and other options by using File -> Preferences.
Start Button
The MATLAB Start button provides easy access to tools,demos,shortcuts,and
documentation,Click the Start button to see the options.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-4
For More Information See,Desktop” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
Command Window and Command History
8-5
Command Window and Command History
Command Window
Use the Command Window to enter variables and to run functions and M-file
scripts.
Press the up arrow key to recall a statement you previously typed,Edit the
statement as needed and then press Enter to run it,For more information
about entering statements in the Command Window,see,Controlling
Command Window Input and Output” on page 4-28.
For More Information See,Running Functions” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation for complete details.
Run functions and
enter variables at the
MATLAB prompt.
MATLAB displays the
results.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-6
Command History
Statements you enter in the Command Window are logged in the Command
History,From the Command History,you can view previously run statements,
as well as copy and execute selected statements,You can also create an M-file
from selected statements.
To save the input and output from a MATLAB session to a file,use the diary
function.
For More Information See,Command History” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the reference page
for the diary function.
Timestamp
marks the start
of each session.
Select one or more
entries and
right-click to copy,
evaluate,or create
an M-file from the
selection.
Help Browser
8-7
Help Browser
Use the Help browser to search for and view documentation and demos for all
your MathWorks products,The Help browser is an HTML viewer integrated
into the MATLAB desktop.
To open the Help browser,click the help button in the desktop toolbar.
The Help browser consists of two panes,the Help Navigator,which you use to
find information,and the display pane,where you view the information,These
are the key features:
Contents tab — View the titles and tables of contents of the documentation.
Index tab — Find specific index entries (selected keywords) in the
documentation.
Search tab — Look for specific words in the documentation.
Demos tab — View and run demonstrations for your MathWorks products.
While viewing the documentation,you can
Browse to other pages — Use the arrows at the tops and bottoms of the pages
to move through the document,or use the back and forward buttons in the
toolbar to go to previously viewed pages.
Bookmark pages — Use the Favorites menu.
Print a page — Click the print button in the toolbar.
Find a term in the page — Click the find icon ( ) in the toolbar.
Copy or evaluate a selection — Select text,such as code from an example,
then right-click and use a context menu item to copy the selection or evaluate
(run) it.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-8
Tabs in the Help Navigator pane provide different ways to find information.
Drag the separator bar to adjust
the width of the panes.
View documentation in the
display pane.
Use the close box to hide
the pane.
Help Browser
8-9
Other Forms of Help
In addition to the Help browser,you can use help functions,To get help for a
specific function,use the doc function,For example,doc format displays
documentation for the format function in the Help browser,If you type help
followed by the function name,a briefer form of the documentation for the
function appears in the Command Window,Other means for getting help
include contacting Technical Support (http://www.mathworks.com/support)
and participating in the newsgroup for MATLAB users,
comp.soft-sys.matlab.
For More Information See,Help for Using MATLAB” in the MATLAB
Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the
reference pages for the doc and help functions.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-10
Current Directory Browser and Search Path
MATLAB file operations use the current directory and the search path as
reference points,Any file you want to run must either be in the current
directory or on the search path.
Current Directory
A quick way to view or change the current directory is by using the current
directory field in the desktop toolbar,shown here.
To search for,view,open,and make changes to MATLAB related directories
and files,use the MATLAB Current Directory browser,Alternatively,you can
use the functions dir,cd,and delete,Use the Visual Directory and Directory
Reports to help you manage M-files.
Change the
directory here,
This field only
appears here
when the Current
Directory browser
is undocked from
the desktop.
Search for files and content within text files.
Double-click a
file to open it in
an appropriate
tool.
For Visual Directory and Directory Reports
Current Directory Browser and Search Path
8-11
For More Information See,File Management Operations” in the MATLAB
Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the
reference pages for the dir,cd,and delete functions.
Search Path
MATLAB uses a search path to find M-files and other MATLAB related files,
which are organized in directories on your file system,Any file you want to run
in MATLAB must reside in the current directory or in a directory that is on the
search path,When you create M-files and related files for MATLAB,add the
directories in which they are located to the MATLAB search path,By default,
the files supplied with MATLAB and other MathWorks products are included
in the search path.
To see which directories are on the search path or to change the search path,
select File -> Set Path and use the resulting Set Path dialog box,
Alternatively,you can use the path function to view the search path,addpath
to add directories to the path,and rmpath to remove directories from the path.
For More Information See,Search Path” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools
and Development Environment documentation,and the reference pages for
the path,addpath,and rmpath functions.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-12
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
The MATLAB workspace consists of the set of variables (named arrays) built
up during a MATLAB session and stored in memory,You add variables to the
workspace by using functions,running M-files,and loading saved workspaces.
Workspace Browser
To view the workspace and information about each variable,use the
Workspace browser,or use the functions who and whos.
To delete variables from the workspace,select the variables and select Edit ->
Delete,Alternatively,use the clear function.
The workspace is not maintained after you end the MATLAB session,To save
the workspace to a file that can be read during a later MATLAB session,select
File -> Save,or use the save function,This saves the workspace to a binary file
called a MAT-file,which has a,mat extension,You can use options to save to
different formats,To read in a MAT-file,select File -> Import Data,or use the
load function.
For More Information See,MATLAB Workspace” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the reference pages
for the who,clear,save,and load functions.
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
8-13
Array Editor
Double-click a variable in the Workspace browser,or use openvar
variablename,to see it in the Array Editor,Use the Array Editor to view and
edit a visual representation of variables in the workspace.
For More Information See,Viewing and Editing Workspace Variables with
the Array Editor” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development
Environment documentation,and the reference page for the openvar function.
View and change values
of array elements.
Use document bar to view other variables you have open in the Array Editor.
Arrange the display of
array documents.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-14
Editor/Debugger
Use the Editor/Debugger to create and debug M-files,which are programs you
write to run MATLAB functions,The Editor/Debugger provides a graphical
user interface for text editing,as well as for M-file debugging,To create or edit
an M-file use File -> New or File -> Open,or use the edit function.
Set breakpoints
where you want
execution to
pause so you
can examine
variables.
Find and replace text.Comment selected lines and specify
indenting style using the Text menu.
Hold the
cursor over a
variable and
its current
value appears
(known as a
data tip).
Use the document bar to access other
documents open in the Editor/Debugger.
Arrange the display of
documents in the Editor.
Editor/Debugger
8-15
You can use any text editor to create M-files,such as Emacs,Use preferences
(accessible from the desktop File menu) to specify that editor as the default,If
you use another editor,you can still use the MATLAB Editor/Debugger for
debugging,or you can use debugging functions,such as dbstop,which sets a
breakpoint.
If you just need to view the contents of an M-file,you can display the contents
in the Command Window using the type function.
For More Information See,Editing and Debugging M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the function reference pages for edit,type,and debug.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-16
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports
MATLAB provides tools to help you manage and improve your M-files,
including the M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports.
M-Lint Code Check Report
The M-Lint Code Check Report displays potential errors and problems,as well
as opportunities for improvement in your M-files,The term,lint” is used by
similar tools in other programming languages such as C.
Access the M-Lint Code Check Report and other directory reports from the
Current Directory browser,You run a report for all files in the current
directory,Alternatively,you can use the mlint function to get results for a
single M-file.
In MATLAB,the M-Lint Code Check Report displays a message for each line
of an M-file it determines might be improved,For example,a common M-Lint
message is that a variable is defined but never used in the M-file.
Directory reports
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports
8-17
For More Information See,Tuning and Managing M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the reference page for the mlint function.
The report
displays a line
number and
message for
each potential
problem or
improvement
opportunity.
Click a line
number to open
the M-file in the
Editor at that
line.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-18
Profiler Report
MATLAB includes the Profiler to help you improve the performance of your
M-files,Run a MATLAB statement or an M-file in the Profiler and it produces
a report of where the time is being spent,Access the Profiler from the Desktop
menu,or use the profile function.
For More Information See,Tuning and Managing M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the reference page for the profile function.
Other Development Environment Features
8-19
Other Development Environment Features
Additional development environment features include
Source Control — Access your source control system from within MATLAB.
Publishing Results — Use the Editor’s cell features to publish M-files and
results to popular output formats including HTML and Microsoft Word,You
can also use MATLAB Notebook to access MATLAB functions from within
Microsoft Word.
For More Information See,Source Control” and,Publishing Results” in
the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-20
9
Introducing the Symbolic
Math Toolbox
This chapter introduces you to the Symbolic Math Toolbox,and describes how to create and use
symbolic objects,It covers the following topics:
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?
(p,9-2)
Overview of the toolbox
Symbolic Objects (p,9-3) Describes symbolic objects and how they differ from
standard MATLAB data types
Creating Symbolic Variables and
Expressions (p,9-5)
How to create symbolic objects
The subs Command (p,9-8) How to substitute numbers for variables
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
(p,9-10)
How to convert between symbolic objects and numeric
values
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
(p,9-15)
How to create functions that operate on symbolic objects
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-2
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?
The Symbolic Math Toolbox incorporates symbolic computation into the
numeric environment of MATLAB,The toolbox is a collection of more than 100
MATLAB functions that provide access to the Maple kernel using a syntax and
style that is a natural extension of the MATLAB language,The Symbolic Math
Toolbox supplements MATLAB numeric and graphical facilities with several
other types of mathematical computation,which are summarized in following
table.
The computational engine underlying the toolboxes is the kernel of Maple,a
system developed primarily at the University of Waterloo,Canada and,more
recently,at the Eidgen?ssiche Technische Hochschule,Zürich,Switzerland,
Maple is marketed and supported by Waterloo Maple,Inc,
Facility Covers
Calculus Differentiation,integration,limits,summation,and
Taylor series
Linear Algebra Inverses,determinants,eigenvalues,singular value
decomposition,and canonical forms of symbolic
matrices
Simplification Methods of simplifying algebraic expressions
Solution of
Equations
Symbolic and numerical solutions to algebraic and
differential equations
Variable-Precision
Arithmetic
Numerical evaluation of mathematical expressions
to any specified accuracy
Transforms Fourier,Laplace,z-transform,and corresponding
inverse transforms
Symbolic Objects
9-3
Symbolic Objects
The Symbolic Math Toolbox defines a new MATLAB data type called a
symbolic object,(See,Programming and Data Types” in the MATLAB
documentation for an introduction to MATLAB classes and objects.) Internally,
a symbolic object is a data structure that stores a string representation of the
symbol,The Symbolic Math Toolbox uses symbolic objects to represent
symbolic variables,expressions,and matrices,The actual computations
involving symbolic objects are performed primarily by Maple,mathematical
software developed by Waterloo Maple,Inc.
The following example illustrates the difference between a standard MATLAB
data type,such as double,and the corresponding symbolic object,The
MATLAB command
sqrt(2)
returns a floating-point decimal number:
ans =
1.4142
On the other hand,if you convert 2 to a symbolic object using the sym command,
and then take its square root by entering
a = sqrt(sym(2))
the result is
a =
2^(1/2)
MATLAB gives the result 2^(1/2),which means 2
1/2
,using symbolic notation
for the square root operation,without actually calculating a numerical value,
MATLAB records this symbolic expression in the string that represents
2^(1/2),You can always obtain the numerical value of a symbolic object with
the double command:
double(a)
ans =
1.4142
Notice that the result is indented,which tells you it has data type double,
Symbolic results are not indented.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-4
When you create a fraction involving symbolic objects,MATLAB records the
numerator and denominator,For example,
sym(2)/sym(5)
ans =
2/5
MATLAB performs arithmetic on symbolic objects differently than it does on
standard data types,If you add two fractions that are of data type double,
MATLAB gives the answer as a decimal fraction,For example,
2/5 + 1/3
ans =
0.7333
If you add the same fractions as symbolic objects,MATLAB finds their common
denominator and combines them by the usual procedure for adding rational
numbers:
sym(2)/sym(5) + sym(1)/sym(3)
ans =
11/15
The Symbolic Math Toolbox enables you to perform a variety of symbolic
calculations that arise in mathematics and science,These are described in
detail in Chapter 10,“Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox.”
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
9-5
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
The sym command lets you construct symbolic variables and expressions,For
example,the commands
x = sym('x')
a = sym('alpha')
create a symbolic variable x that prints as x and a symbolic variable a that
prints as alpha.
Suppose you want to use a symbolic variable to represent the golden ratio
The command
rho = sym('(1 + sqrt(5))/2')
achieves this goal,Now you can perform various mathematical operations on
rho,For example,
f = rho^2 - rho - 1
returns
f =
(1/2+1/2*5^(1/2))^2-3/2-1/2*5^(1/2)
You can simplify this answer by entering
simplify(f)
which returns
ans =
0
Now suppose you want to study the quadratic function,One
approach is to enter the command
f = sym('a*x^2 + b*x + c')
ρ
15+
2
-----------------=
fax
2
bx c++=
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-6
which assigns the symbolic expression to the variable f,However,
in this case,the Symbolic Math Toolbox does not create variables
corresponding to the terms of the expression,,,,and,To perform
symbolic math operations (e.g.,integration,differentiation,substitution,etc.)
on f,you need to create the variables explicitly,A better alternative is to enter
the commands
a = sym('a')
b = sym('b')
c = sym('c')
x = sym('x')
or simply
syms a b c x
Then enter
f = sym('a*x^2 + b*x + c')
In general,you can use sym or syms to create symbolic variables,We
recommend you use syms because it requires less typing.
Note To create a symbolic expression that is a constant,you must use the
sym command,For example,to create the expression whose value is 5,enter
f = sym('5'),Note that the command f = 5 does not define f as a symbolic
expression.
If you set a variable equal to a symbolic expression,and then apply the syms
command to the variable,MATLAB removes the previously defined expression
from the variable,For example,
syms a b
f = a + b
returns
f =
a+b
ax
2
bx c++
abc x
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
9-7
If you then enter
syms f
f
MATLAB returns
f =
f
You can use the syms command to clear variables of definitions that you
assigned to them previously in your MATLAB session,However,syms does not
clear the properties of the variables in the Maple workspace,See,Clearing
Variables in the Maple Workspace” on page 9-12 for more information.
The findsym Command
To determine what symbolic variables are present in an expression,use the
findsym command,For example,given the symbolic expressions f and g
defined by
syms a b n t x z
f = x^n; g = sin(a*t + b);
you can find the symbolic variables in f by entering
findsym(f)
ans =
n,x
Similarly,you can find the symbolic variables in g by entering
findsym(g)
ans =
a,b,t
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-8
The subs Command
You can substitute a numerical value for a symbolic variable using the subs
command,For example,to substitute the value x = 2 in the symbolic
expression,
f = 2*x^2 - 3*x + 1
enter the command
subs(f,2)
This returns f(2):
ans =
3
Note To substitute a matrix A into the symbolic expression f,use the
command polyvalm(sym2poly(f),A),which replaces all occurrences of x by
A,and replaces the constant term of f with the constant times an identity
matrix.
When your expression contains more than one variable,you can specify the
variable for which you want to make the substitution,For example,to
substitute the value x = 3 in the symbolic expression,
syms x y
f = x^2*y + 5*x*sqrt(y)
enter the command
subs(f,x,3)
This returns
ans =
9*y+15*y^(1/2)
The subs Command
9-9
On the other hand,to substitute y = 3,enter
subs(f,y,3)
ans =
3*x^2+5*x*3^(1/2)
The Default Symbolic Variable
If you do not specify a variable to substitute for,MATLAB chooses a default
variable according to the following rule,For one-letter variables,MATLAB
chooses the letter closest to x in the alphabet,If there are two letters equally
close to x,MATLAB chooses the one that comes later in the alphabet,In the
preceding function,subs(f,3) returns the same answer as
subs(f,x,3).
You can use the findsym command to determine the default variable,For
example,
syms s t
g = s + t;
findsym(g,1)
returns the default variable:
ans =
t
See,Substitutions” on page 10-50 to learn more about substituting for
variables.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-10
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
Consider the ordinary MATLAB quantity
t = 0.1
The sym function has four options for returning a symbolic representation of
the numeric value stored in t,The 'f' option
sym(t,'f')
returns a symbolic floating-point representation
'1.999999999999a'*2^(-4)
The 'r' option
sym(t,'r')
returns the rational form
1/10
This is the default setting for sym,That is,calling sym without a second
argument is the same as using sym with the 'r' option:
sym(t)
ans =
1/10
The third option 'e' returns the rational form of t plus the difference between
the theoretical rational expression for t and its actual (machine) floating-point
value in terms of eps (the floating-point relative accuracy):
sym(t,'e')
ans =
1/10+eps/40
The fourth option 'd' returns the decimal expansion of t up to the number of
significant digits specified by digits:
sym(t,'d')
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
9-11
ans =
.10000000000000000555111512312578
The default value of digits is 32 (hence,sym(t,'d') returns a number with 32
significant digits),but if you prefer a shorter representation,use the digits
command as follows:
digits(7)
sym(t,'d')
ans =
.1000000
A particularly effective use of sym is to convert a matrix from numeric to
symbolic form,The command
A = hilb(3)
generates the 3-by-3 Hilbert matrix:
A =
1.0000 0.5000 0.3333
0.5000 0.3333 0.2500
0.3333 0.2500 0.2000
By applying sym to A
A = sym(A)
you can obtain the symbolic (infinitely precise) form of the 3-by-3 Hilbert
matrix:
A =
[ 1,1/2,1/3]
[ 1/2,1/3,1/4]
[ 1/3,1/4,1/5]
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-12
Constructing Real and Complex Variables
The sym command allows you to specify the mathematical properties of
symbolic variables by using the 'real' option,That is,the statements
x = sym('x','real'); y = sym('y','real');
or more efficiently
syms x y real
z = x + i*y
create symbolic variables x and y that have the added mathematical property
of being real variables,Specifically this means that the expression
f = x^2 + y^2
is strictly nonnegative,Hence,z is a complex variable and can be manipulated
as such,Thus,the commands
conj(x),conj(z),expand(z*conj(z))
return
x,x-i*y,x^2+y^2
respectively,The conj command is the complex conjugate operator for the
toolbox,If conj(x) == x returns 1,then x is a real variable.
Clearing Variables in the Maple Workspace
When you declare x to be real with the command
syms x real
a becomes a symbolic object in the MATLAB workspace and a positive real
variable in the Maple kernel workspace,If you later want to remove the real
property from x,enter
syms a unreal
Note that entering
clear x
only clears x in the MATLAB workspace,If you then enter syms x,MATLAB
still treats x as a positive real number.
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
9-13
Creating Abstract Functions
If you want to create an abstract (i.e.,indeterminant) function,type
f = sym('f(x)')
Then f acts like and can be manipulated by the toolbox commands,For
example,to construct the first difference ratio,type
df = (subs(f,'x','x+h') - f)/'h'
or
syms x h
df = (subs(f,x,x+h)-f)/h
which returns
df =
(f(x+h)-f(x))/h
This application of sym is useful when computing Fourier,Laplace,and
z-transforms.
Using sym to Access Maple Functions
Similarly,you can access Maple’s factorial function k! using sym:
kfac = sym('k!')
To compute 6! or n!,type
syms k n
subs(kfac,k,6),subs(kfac,k,n)
ans =
720
ans =
n!
Example,Creating a Symbolic Matrix
A circulant matrix has the property that each row is obtained from the previous
one by cyclically permuting the entries one step forward,You can create the
circulant matrix A whose elements are a,b,and c,using the commands
fx()
fx()
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-14
syms a b c
A = [a b c; b c a; c a b]
which return
A =
[ a,b,c ]
[ b,c,a ]
[ c,a,b ]
Since A is circulant,the sum over each row and column is the same,To check
this for the first row and second column,enter the command
sum(A(1,:))
which returns
ans =
a+b+c
The command
sum(A(1,:)) == sum(A(:,2)) % This is a logical test.
returns
ans =
1
Now replace the (2,3) entry of A with beta and the variable b with alpha,The
commands
syms alpha beta;
A(2,3) = beta;
A = subs(A,b,alpha)
return
A =
[ a,alpha,c]
[ alpha,c,beta]
[ c,a,alpha]
From this example,you can see that using symbolic objects is very similar to
using regular MATLAB numeric objects.
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
9-15
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
There are two ways to create functions:
Use symbolic expressions
Create an M-file
Using Symbolic Expressions
The sequence of commands
syms x y z
r = sqrt(x^2 + y^2 + z^2)
t = atan(y/x)
f = sin(x*y)/(x*y)
generates the symbolic expressions r,t,and f,You can use diff,int,subs,
and other Symbolic Math Toolbox functions to manipulate such expressions.
Creating an M-File
M-files permit a more general use of functions,Suppose,for example,you want
to create the sinc function sin(x)/x,To do this,create an M-file in the @sym
directory:
function z = sinc(x)
%SINC The symbolic sinc function
% sin(x)/x,This function
% accepts a sym as the input argument.
if isequal(x,sym(0))
z = 1;
else
z = sin(x)/x;
end
You can extend such examples to functions of several variables,See
“Programming and Data Types” in the MATLAB documentation for a more
detailed discussion on object-oriented programming.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-16
10
Using the Symbolic Math
Toolbox
This chapter explains how to use the Symbolic Math Toolbox to perform many common mathematical
operations,It covers the following topics:
Calculus (p,10-2) Differentiation,integration,limits,summation,and
Taylor series
Simplifications and Substitutions
(p,10-41)
Methods of simplifying algebraic expressions
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
(p,10-57)
Numerical evaluation of mathematical expressions to any
specified accuracy
Linear Algebra (p,10-62) Inverses,determinants,eigenvalues,singular value
decomposition,and canonical forms of symbolic matrices
Solving Equations (p,10-86) Symbolic and numerical solutions to algebraic and
differential equations
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-2
Calculus
The Symbolic Math Toolbox provides functions to do the basic operations of
calculus,The following sections describe these functions:
,Differentiation” on page 10-2
,Limits” on page 10-8
,Integration” on page 10-11
,Symbolic Summation” on page 10-18
,Taylor Series” on page 10-18
,Calculus Example” on page 10-20
,Extended Calculus Example” on page 10-28
Differentiation
To illustrate how to take derivatives using the Symbolic Math Toolbox,first
create a symbolic expression:
syms x
f = sin(5*x)
The command
diff(f)
differentiates f with respect to x,
ans =
5*cos(5*x)
As another example,let
g = exp(x)*cos(x)
where exp(x) denotes e
x
,and differentiate g:
diff(g)
ans =
exp(x)*cos(x)-exp(x)*sin(x)
Calculus
10-3
To take the second derivative of g,enter
diff(g,2)
ans =
-2*exp(x)*sin(x)
You can get the same result by taking the derivative twice:
diff(diff(g))
ans =
-2*exp(x)*sin(x)
In this example,MATLAB automatically simplifies the answer,However,in
some cases,MATLAB might not simply an answer,in which case you can use
the simplify command,For an example of this,see,More Examples” on
page 10-5,
Note that to take the derivative of a constant,you must first define the
constant as a symbolic expression,For example,entering
c = sym('5');
diff(c)
returns
ans =
0
If you just enter
diff(5)
MATLAB returns
ans =
[]
because 5 is not a symbolic expression.
Derivatives of Expressions with Several Variables
To differentiate an expression that contains more than one symbolic variable,
you must specify the variable that you want to differentiate with respect to,
The diff command then calculates the partial derivative of the expression
with respect to that variable,For example,given the symbolic expression
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-4
syms s t
f = sin(s*t)
the command
diff(f,t)
calculates the partial derivative,The result is
ans =
cos(s*t)*s
To differentiate f with respect to the variable s,enter
diff(f,s)
which returns:
ans =
cos(s*t)*t
If you do not specify a variable to differentiate with respect to,MATLAB
chooses a default variable by the same rule described in,The subs Command”
on page 9-8,For one-letter variables,the default variable is the letter closest to
x in the alphabet,In the preceding example,diff(f) takes the derivative of f
with respect to t because t is closer to x in the alphabet than s is,To determine
the default variable that MATLAB differentiates with respect to,use the
findsym command:
findsym(f,1)
ans =
t
To calculate the second derivative of f with respect to t,enter
diff(f,t,2)
which returns
ans =
-sin(s*t)*s^2
Note that diff(f,2) returns the same answer because t is the default
variable.
f? t
Calculus
10-5
More Examples
To further illustrate the diff command,define a,b,x,n,t,and theta in the
MATLAB workspace by entering
syms a b x n t theta
The table below illustrates the results of entering diff(f).
In the first example,MATLAB does not automatically simplify the answer,To
simplify the answer,enter
simplify(diff(x^n))
ans =
x^(n-1)*n
To differentiate the Bessel function of the first kind,besselj(nu,z),with
respect to z,type
syms nu z
b = besselj(nu,z);
db = diff(b)
which returns
db =
-besselj(nu+1,z)+nu/z*besselj(nu,z)
The diff function can also take a symbolic matrix as its input,In this case,the
differentiation is done element-by-element,Consider the example
syms a x
A = [cos(a*x),sin(a*x);-sin(a*x),cos(a*x)]
f diff(f)
x^n x^n*n/x
sin(a*t+b) cos(a*t+b)*a
exp(i*theta) i*exp(i*theta)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-6
which returns
A =
[ cos(a*x),sin(a*x)]
[ -sin(a*x),cos(a*x)]
The command
diff(A)
returns
ans =
[ -sin(a*x)*a,cos(a*x)*a]
[ -cos(a*x)*a,-sin(a*x)*a]
You can also perform differentiation of a column vector with respect to a row
vector,Consider the transformation from Euclidean (x,y,z) to spherical
coordinates as given by,,and
,Note that corresponds to elevation or latitude while denotes
azimuth or longitude.
To calculate the Jacobian matrix,J,of this transformation,use the jacobian
function,The mathematical notation for J is
For the purposes of toolbox syntax,use l for and f for,The commands
r λ?,,() xrλ?coscos= yrλ?sincos=
zrλsin= λ?
z
y
x
(x,y,z)
j
l
r
J
xyx,,()?
r λ?,,()?
-----------------------=
λ?
Calculus
10-7
syms r l f
x = r*cos(l)*cos(f); y = r*cos(l)*sin(f); z = r*sin(l);
J = jacobian([x; y; z],[r l f])
return the Jacobian
J =
[ cos(l)*cos(f),-r*sin(l)*cos(f),-r*cos(l)*sin(f)]
[ cos(l)*sin(f),-r*sin(l)*sin(f),r*cos(l)*cos(f)]
[ sin(l),r*cos(l),0]
and the command
detJ = simple(det(J))
returns
detJ =
-cos(l)*r^2
Notice that the first argument of the jacobian function must be a column
vector and the second argument a row vector,Moreover,since the determinant
of the Jacobian is a rather complicated trigonometric expression,you can use
the simple command to make trigonometric substitutions and reductions
(simplifications),See,Simplifications and Substitutions” on page 10-41 for
more details on simplification.
A table summarizing diff and jacobian follows.
Mathematical Operator MATLAB Command
diff(f) or diff(f,x)
diff(f,a)
df
dx
------
df
da
-------
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-8
Limits
The fundamental idea in calculus is to make calculations on functions as a
variable,gets close to” or approaches a certain value,Recall that the definition
of the derivative is given by a limit
provided this limit exists,The Symbolic Math Toolbox enables you to calculate
the limits of functions directly,The commands
syms h n x
limit( (cos(x+h) - cos(x))/h,h,0 )
which return
ans =
-sin(x)
and
limit( (1 + x/n)^n,n,inf )
which returns
ans =
exp(x)
illustrate two of the most important limits in mathematics,the derivative (in
this case of cos x) and the exponential function,
diff(f,b,2)
J = jacobian([r;t],[u,v])
Mathematical Operator MATLAB Command
d
2
f
db
2
----------
J
rt,()?
uv,()?
-----------------=
f′ x()
fx h+()fx()–
h
----------------------------------
h 0→
lim=
Calculus
10-9
One-Sided Limits
You can also calculate one-sided limits with the Symbolic Math Toolbox,For
example,you can calculate the limit of x/|x|,whose graph is shown in the
following figure,as x approaches 0 from the left or from the right,
To calculate the limit as x approaches 0 from the left,
enter
limit(x/abs(x),x,0,'left')
This returns
ans =
-1
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
x
x/abs(x)
x
x
-----
x 0
–
→
lim
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-10
To calculate the limit as x approaches 0 from the right,
enter
limit(x/abs(x),x,0,'right')
This returns
ans =
1
Since the limit from the left does not equal the limit from the right,the two-
sided limit does not exist,In the case of undefined limits,MATLAB returns NaN
(not a number),For example,
limit(x/abs(x),x,0)
returns
ans =
NaN
Observe that the default case,limit(f) is the same as limit(f,x,0),Explore
the options for the limit command in this table,where f is a function of the
symbolic object x.
Mathematical Operation MATLAB Command
limit(f)
limit(f,x,a) or
limit(f,a)
limit(f,x,a,'left')
limit(f,x,a,'right')
x
x
-----
x 0
+
→
lim 1=
fx()
x 0→
lim
fx()
xa→
lim
fx()
xa-→
lim
fx()
xa+→
lim
Calculus
10-11
Integration
If f is a symbolic expression,then
int(f)
attempts to find another symbolic expression,F,so that diff(F)= f,That is,
int(f) returns the indefinite integral or antiderivative of f (provided one
exists in closed form),Similar to differentiation,
int(f,v)
uses the symbolic object v as the variable of integration,rather than the
variable determined by findsym,See how int works by looking at this table.
In contrast to differentiation,symbolic integration is a more complicated task,
A number of difficulties can arise in computing the integral:
The antiderivative,F,may not exist in closed form,
The antiderivative may define an unfamiliar function,
The antiderivative may exist,but the software can’t find the it,
The software could find the antiderivative on a larger computer,but runs out
of time or memory on the available machine,
Mathematical Operation MATLAB Command
int(x^n) or
int(x^n,x)
int(sin(2*x),0,pi/2) or
int(sin(2*x),x,0,pi/2)
g = cos(a*t + b)
int(g) or
int(g,t)
int(besselj(1,z)) or
int(besselj(1,z),z)
x
n
xd
∫
x
n 1+
n 1+
-------------=
2x()sin xd
0
π 2?
∫
1=
gatb+()cos=
gt() td
∫
at b+()sin a?=
J
1
z()
∫
dz J–
0
z()=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-12
Nevertheless,in many cases,MATLAB can perform symbolic integration
successfully,For example,create the symbolic variables
syms a b theta x y n u z
The following table illustrates integration of expressions containing those
variables.
In the last example,exp(-x^2),there is no formula for the integral involving
standard calculus expressions,such as trigonometric and exponential
functions,In this case,MATLAB returns an answer in terms of the error
function erf.
If MATLAB is unable to find an answer to the integral of a function f,it just
returns int(f),
Definite integration is also possible,The commands
int(f,a,b)
and
int(f,v,a,b)
are used to find a symbolic expression for
respectively.
fit(f)
x^n x^(n+1)/(n+1)
y^(-1) log(y)
n^x 1/log(n)*n^x
sin(a*theta+b) -1/a*cos(a*theta+b)
1/(1+u^2) atan(u)
exp(-x^2) 1/2*pi^(1/2)*erf(x)
and fx()
a
b
∫
dx f v()vd
a
b
∫
Calculus
10-13
Here are some additional examples.
For the Bessel function (besselj) example,it is possible to compute a
numerical approximation to the value of the integral,using the double
function,The commands
syms z
a = int(besselj(1,z)^2,0,1)
return
a =
1/12*hypergeom([3/2,3/2],[2,5/2,3],-1)
and the command
a = double(a)
returns
a =
0.0717
Integration with Real Parameters
One of the subtleties involved in symbolic integration is the,value” of various
parameters,For example,if a is any positive real number,the expression
f a,b int(f,a,b)
x^7 0,1 1/8
1/x 1,2 log(2)
log(x)*sqrt(x) 0,1 -4/9
exp(-x^2) 0,inf 1/2*pi^(1/2)
besselj(1,z)^2 0,1 1/12*hypergeom([3/2,3/2],
[2,5/2,3],-1)
e
a– x
2
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-14
is the positive,bell shaped curve that tends to 0 as x tends to,You can
create an example of this curve,for,using the following commands:
syms x
a = sym(1/2);
f = exp(-a*x^2);
ezplot(f)
However,if you try to calculate the integral
without assigning a value to a,MATLAB assumes that a represents a complex
number,and therefore returns a complex answer,If you are only interested in
∞±
a 12?=
3?2?1 0 1 2 3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
exp(?1/2 x
2
)
e
ax
2
–
∞–
∞
∫
dx
Calculus
10-15
the case when a is a positive real number,you can calculate the integral as
follows:
syms a positive;
The argument positive in the syms command restricts a to have positive
values,Now you can calculate the preceding integral using the commands
syms x;
f = exp(-a*x^2);
int(f,x,-inf,inf)
This returns
ans =
1/(a)^(1/2)*pi^(1/2)
If you want to calculate the integral
for any real number a,not necessarily positive,you can declare a to be real with
the following commands:
syms a real
f=exp(-a*x^2);
F = int(f,x,-inf,inf)
MATLAB returns
F =
PIECEWISE([1/a^(1/2)*pi^(1/2),signum(a) = 1],[Inf,otherwise])
e
ax–
2
∞–
∞
∫
dx
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-16
You can put this in a more readable form by entering
pretty(F)
{ 1/2
{ pi
{ ----- signum(a~) = 1
{ 1/2
{ a~
{
{ Inf otherwise
The ~ after a is simply a reminder that a is real,and signum(a~) is the sign of
a,So the integral is
when a is positive,just as in the preceding example,and when a is negative.
You can also declare a sequence of symbolic variables w,y,x,z to be real by
entering
syms w x y z real
Integration with Complex Parameters
To calculate the integral
for complex values of a,enter
syms a x unreal %
f = exp(-a*x^2);
F = int(f,x,-inf,inf)
Note that syms is used with the unreal option to clear the real property that
was assigned to a in the preceding example — see,Clearing Variables in the
Maple Workspace” on page 9-12,
π
a
-------
∞
e
ax–
2
∞–
∞
∫
dx
Calculus
10-17
The preceding commands produce the complex output
F =
PIECEWISE([1/a^(1/2)*pi^(1/2),csgn(a) = 1],[Inf,otherwise])
You can make this output more readable by entering
pretty(F)
{ 1/2
{ pi
{ ----- csgn(a) = 1
{ 1/2
{ a
{
{ Inf otherwise
The expression csgn(a) (complex sign of a) is defined by
The condition csgn(a) = 1 corresponds to the shaded region of the complex plane
shown in the following figure.
The square root of a in the answer is the unique square root lying in the shaded
region.
csgn a()
1 if Re(a) > 0,or Re(a) = 0 and Im(a) > 0
1– if Re(a) < 0,or Re(a) = 0 and Im(a) < 0
=
Region corresponding to csgn(a) = 1
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-18
Symbolic Summation
You can compute symbolic summations,when they exist,by using the symsum
command,For example,the p-series
sums to,while the geometric series
sums to,provided,Three summations are demonstrated
below:
syms x k
s1 = symsum(1/k^2,1,inf)
s2 = symsum(x^k,k,0,inf)
s1 =
1/6*pi^2
s2 =
-1/(x-1)
Taylor Series
The statements
syms x
f = 1/(5+4*cos(x))
T = taylor(f,8)
return
T =
1/9+2/81*x^2+5/1458*x^4+49/131220*x^6
which is all the terms up to,but not including,order eight in the Taylor series
for f(x):
1
1
2
2
------
1
3
2
------ …+++
π
2
6?
1 xx
2
…++ +
11x–()? x 1<
Calculus
10-19
Technically,T is a Maclaurin series,since its basepoint is a = 0.
The command
pretty(T)
prints T in a format resembling typeset mathematics:
2 4 49 6
1/9 + 2/81 x + 5/1458 x + ------ x
131220
These commands
syms x
g = exp(x*sin(x))
t = taylor(g,12,2);
generate the first 12 nonzero terms of the Taylor series for g about x = 2.
Next,plot these functions together to see how well this Taylor approximation
compares to the actual function g,
xd = 1:0.05:3; yd = subs(g,x,xd);
ezplot(t,[1,3]); hold on;
plot(xd,yd,'r-.')
title('Taylor approximation vs,actual function');
legend('Taylor','Function')
xa–()
n
n 0=
∞
∑
f
n()
a()
n!
-----------------
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-20
Special thanks to Professor Gunnar B?ckstr?m of UMEA in Sweden for this
example.
Calculus Example
This section describes how to analyze a simple function to find its asymptotes,
maximum,minimum,and inflection point,The section covers the following
topics:
,Defining the Function” on page 10-21
,Finding the Asymptotes” on page 10-22
,Finding the Maximum and Minimum” on page 10-24
,Finding the Inflection Point” on page 10-26
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
x
Taylor approximation vs,actual function
Taylor
Function
Calculus
10-21
Defining the Function
The function in this example is
To create the function,enter the following commands:
syms x
num = 3*x^2 + 6*x -1;
denom = x^2 + x - 3;
f = num/denom
This returns
f =
(3*x^2+6*x-1)/(x^2+x-3)
You can plot the graph of f by entering
ezplot(f)
fx()
3x
2
6x 1–+
x
2
x 3–+
--------------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-22
This displays the following plot.
Finding the Asymptotes
To find the horizontal asymptote of the graph of f,take the limit of f as x
approaches positive infinity:
limit(f,inf)
ans =
3
The limit as x approaches negative infinity is also 3,This tells you that the line
y = 3 is a horizontal asymptote to the graph,
To find the vertical asymptotes of f,set the denominator equal to 0 and solve
by entering the following command:
roots = solve(denom)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
(3 x
2
+6 x?1)/(x
2
+x?3)
Calculus
10-23
This returns to solutions to,
roots =
[ -1/2+1/2*13^(1/2)]
[ -1/2-1/2*13^(1/2)]
This tells you that vertical asymptotes are the lines
and
You can plot the horizontal and vertical asymptotes with the following
commands:
ezplot(f)
hold on % Keep the graph of f in the figure
% Plot horizontal asymptote
plot([-2*pi 2*pi],[3 3],'g')
% Plot vertical asymptotes
plot(double(roots(1))*[1 1],[-5 10],'r')
plot(double(roots(2))*[1 1],[-5 10],'r')
title('Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes')
hold off
Note that roots must be converted to double to use the plot command.
x
2
x 3–+ 0=
x
1– 13+
2
------------------------=
x
1– 13–
2
------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-24
The preceding commands display the following figure.
To recover the graph of f without the asymptotes,enter
ezplot(f)
Finding the Maximum and Minimum
You can see from the graph that f has a local maximum somewhere between
the points x = 2 and x = 3,and might have a local minimum between x = -4 and
x = -2,To find the x-coordinates of the maximum and minimum,first take the
derivative of f:
f1 = diff(f)
This returns
f1 = (6*x+6)/(x^2+x-3)-(3*x^2+6*x-1)/(x^2+x-3)^2*(2*x+1)
To simplify this expression,enter
f1 = simplify(f1)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes
Calculus
10-25
which returns
f1 = -(3*x^2+16*x+17)/(x^2+x-3)^2
You can display f1 in a more readable form by entering
pretty(f1)
which returns
2
3 x + 16 x + 17
- ----------------
2 2
(x + x - 3)
Next,set the derivative equal to 0 and solve for the critical points:
crit_pts = solve(f1)
This returns
ans =
[ -8/3-1/3*13^(1/2)]
[ -8/3+1/3*13^(1/2)]
It is clear from the graph of f that it has a local minimum at
and a local maximum at
Note MATLAB does not always return the roots to an equation in the same
order,
You can plot the maximum and minimum of f with the following commands:
ezplot(f)
hold on
x
1
8– 13–
3
------------------------=
x
2
8– 13+
3
-------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-26
plot(double(crit_pts),double(subs(f,crit_pts)),'ro')
title('Maximum and Minimum of f')
text(-5.5,3.2,'Local minimum')
text(-2.5,2,'Local maximum')
hold off
This displays the following figure.
Finding the Inflection Point
To find the inflection point of f,set the second derivative equal to 0 and solve.
f2 = diff(f1);
inflec_pt = solve(f2);
double(inflec_pt)
This returns
ans =
-5.2635
-1.3682 - 0.8511i
-1.3682 + 0.8511i
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Maximum and Minimum of f
Local minimum
Local maximum
Calculus
10-27
In this example,only the first entry is a real number,so this is the only
inflection point,(Note that in other examples,the real solutions might not be
the first entries of the answer.) Since you are only interested in the real
solutions,you can discard the last two entries,which are complex numbers.
inflec_pt = inflec_pt(1)
To see the symbolic expression for the inflection point,enter
pretty(simplify(inflec_pt))
This returns
1/2 2/3 1/2 1/3
(676 + 156 13 ) + 52 + 16 (676 + 156 13 )
- 1/6 ---------------------------------------------------
1/2 1/3
(676 + 156 13 )
To plot the inflection point,enter
ezplot(f,[-9 6])
hold on
plot(double(inflec_pt),double(subs(f,inflec_pt)),'ro')
title('Inflection Point of f')
text(-7,2,'Inflection point')
hold off
The extra argument,[-9 6],in ezplot extends the range of x values in the plot
so that you see the inflection point more clearly,as shown in the following
figure.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-28
Extended Calculus Example
This section presents an extended example that illustrates how to find the
maxima and minima of a function,The section covers the following topics:
,Defining the Function” on page 10-28
,Finding the Zeros of f3” on page 10-30
,Finding the Maxima and Minima of f2” on page 10-33
,Integrating” on page 10-35
Defining the Function
The starting point for the example is the function
You can create the function with the commands
syms x
f = 1/(5+4*cos(x))
8?6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Inflection Point of f
Inflection point
fx()
1
54 x()cos+
------------------------------=
Calculus
10-29
which return
f =
1/(5+4*cos(x))
The example shows how to find the maximum and minimum of the second
derivative of,To compute the second derivative,enter
f2 = diff(f,2)
which returns
f2 =
32/(5+4*cos(x))^3*sin(x)^2+4/(5+4*cos(x))^2*cos(x)
Equivalently,you can type f2 = diff(f,x,2),The default scaling in ezplot
cuts off part of the graph of f2,You can set the axes limits manually to see the
entire function:
ezplot(f2)
axis([-2*pi 2*pi -5 2])
title('Graph of f2')
fx()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-30
From the graph,it appears that the maximum value of is 1 and the
minimum value is -4,As you will see,this is not quite true,To find the exact
values of the maximum and minimum,you only need to find the maximum and
minimum on the interval,This is true because is periodic with
period,so that the maxima and minima are simply repeated in each
translation of this interval by an integer multiple of,The next two sections
explain how to do find the maxima and minima.
Finding the Zeros of f3
The maxima and minima of occur at the zeros of,The statements
f3 = diff(f2);
pretty(f3)
compute and display it in a more readable form:
3
sin(x) sin(x) cos(x) sin(x)
384 --------------- + 96 --------------- - 4 ---------------
4 3 2
(5 + 4 cos(x)) (5 + 4 cos(x)) (5 + 4 cos(x))
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
x
Graph of f2
f′′ x()
π–(π] f′′ x()
2π
2π
f′′ x() f′′′ x()
f′′′ x()
Calculus
10-31
You can simplify this expression using the statements
f3 = simple(f3);
pretty(f3)
2 2
sin(x) (96 sin(x) + 80 cos(x) + 80 cos(x) - 25)
4 -------------------------------------------------
4
(5 + 4 cos(x))
Now,to find the zeros of,enter
zeros = solve(f3)
This returns a 5-by-1 symbolic matrix
zeros =
[ 0]
[ atan((-255-60*19^(1/2))^(1/2),10+3*19^(1/2))]
[ atan(-(-255-60*19^(1/2))^(1/2),10+3*19^(1/2))]
[ atan((-255+60*19^(1/2))^(1/2)/(10-3*19^(1/2)))+pi]
[ -atan((-255+60*19^(1/2))^(1/2)/(10-3*19^(1/2)))-pi]
each of whose entries is a zero of,The commands
format; % Default format of 5 digits
zerosd = double(zeros)
convert the zeros to double form:
zerosd =
0
0+ 2.4381i
0- 2.4381i
2.4483
-2.4483
f′′′ x()
f′′′ x()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-32
So far,you have found three real zeros and two complex zeros,However,as the
following graph of f3 shows,these are not all its zeros:
ezplot(f3)
hold on;
plot(zerosd,0*zerosd,'ro') % Plot zeros
plot([-2*pi,2*pi],[0,0],'g-.'); % Plot x-axis
title('Graph of f3')
The red circles in the graph correspond to zerosd(1),zerosd(4),and
zerosd(5),As you can see in the graph,there are also zeros at,The
additional zeros occur because contains a factor of,which is zero
at integer multiples of,The function,solve(sin(x)),however,only finds the
zero at x = 0,
A complete list of the zeros of in the interval is
zerosd = [zerosd(1) zerosd(4) zerosd(5) pi];
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
x
Graph of f3
π±
f′′′ x() x()sin
π
f′′′ x() π–(π]
Calculus
10-33
You can display these zeros on the graph of with the following
commands:
ezplot(f3)
hold on;
plot(zerosd,0*zerosd,'ro')
plot([-2*pi,2*pi],[0,0],'g-.'); % Plot x-axis
title('Zeros of f3')
hold off;
Finding the Maxima and Minima of f2
To find the maxima and minima of,calculate the value of at each
of the zeros of,To do so,substitute zeros into f2 and display the result
below zeros:
[zerosd; subs(f2,zerosd)]
ans =
0 2.4483 -2.4483 3.1416
0.0494 1.0051 1.0051 -4.0000
f′′′ x()
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
x
Zeros of f3
f′′ x() f′′ x()
f′′′ x()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-34
This shows the following:
has an absolute maximum at,whose value is 1.0051,
has an absolute minimum at,whose value is -4,
has a local minimum at,whose value is 0.0494.
You can display the maxima and minima with the following commands:
clf
ezplot(f2)
axis([-2*pi 2*pi -4.5 1.5])
ylabel('f2');
title('Maxima and Minima of f2')
hold on
plot(zeros,subs(f2,zeros),'ro')
text(-4,1.25,'Absolute maximum')
text(-1,-0.25,'Local minimum')
text(.9,1.25,'Absolute maximum')
text(1.6,-4.25,'Absolute minimum')
hold off;
f′′ x() x 2.4483±=
f′′ x() x π=
f′′ x() x π=
Calculus
10-35
This displays the following figure.
The preceding analysis shows that the actual range of is [-4,1.0051].
Integrating
To see whether integrating twice with respect to x recovers the original
function,enter the command
g = int(int(f2))
which returns
g =
-8/(tan(1/2*x)^2+9)
This is certainly not the original expression for,Now look at the difference
.
d = f - g
pretty(d)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
3
2
1
0
1
x
Maxima and Minima of f2
f2
Absolute maximum
Local minimum
Absolute maximum
Absolute minimum
f′′ x()
f′′ x()
fx() 154 xcos+()?=
fx()
fx() gx()–
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-36
1 8
------------ + ---------------
5 + 4 cos(x) 2
tan(1/2 x) + 9
You can simplify this using simple(d) or simplify(d),Either command
produces
ans =
1
This illustrates the concept that differentiating twice,then integrating the
result twice,produces a function that may differ from by a linear function
of,
Finally,integrate once more:
F = int(f)
The result
F =
2/3*atan(1/3*tan(1/2*x))
involves the arctangent function.
Note that is not an antiderivative of for all real numbers,since it is
discontinuous at odd multiples of,where is singular,You can see the
gaps in in the following figure.
fx()
fx()
x
fx()
Fx() fx()
π xtan
Fx()
Calculus
10-37
ezplot(F)
To change into a true antiderivative of that is differentiable
everywhere,you can add a step function to,The height of the steps is the
height of the gaps in the graph of,You can determine the height of the
gaps by taking the limits of as x approaches from the left and from the
right,The limit from the left is
limit(F,x,pi,'left')
ans =
1/3*pi
On the other hand,the limit from the right is
limit(F,x,pi,'right')
ans =-1/3*pi
The height of the gap is the distance between the left and right hand limits,
which is,as shown in the following figure.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
2/3 atan(1/3 tan(1/2 x))
Fx() fx()
Fx()
Fx()
Fx() π
2π 3?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-38
You can create the step function using the round function,which rounds
numbers to the nearest integer,as follows:
J = sym(2*pi/3)*sym('round(x/(2*pi))');
Each step has width and the jump from one step to the next is,as
shown in the following figure,
Gap of height 2π 3?
π 3?
π– 3?
2π 2π 3?
Calculus
10-39
Next,add the step function J(x) to F(x) with the following code:
F1 = F+J
F1 =
2/3*atan(1/3*tan(1/2*x))+2/3*pi*round(1/2*x/pi)
Adding the step function raises the section of the graph of F(x) on the interval
up by,lowers the section on the interval down by
,and so on,as shown in the following figure.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
x
2/3 π round(1/2 x/π)
π[ 3π) 2π 3? 3π–(π]–
2π 3?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-40
When you plot the result by entering
ezplot(F1)
you see that this representation does have a continuous graph.
Moves up
2π 3?
Moves down
2π 3?
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
x
2/3 atan(1/3 tan(1/2 x))+2/3 π round(1/2 x/π)
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-41
Simplifications and Substitutions
There are several functions that simplify symbolic expressions and are used to
perform symbolic substitutions:
Simplifications
Here are three different symbolic expressions.
syms x
f = x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
g = (x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3)
h = -6+(11+(-6+x)*x)*x
Here are their prettyprinted forms,generated by
pretty(f),pretty(g),pretty(h)
3 2
x - 6 x + 11 x - 6
(x - 1) (x - 2) (x - 3)
-6 + (11 + (-6 + x) x) x
These expressions are three different representations of the same
mathematical function,a cubic polynomial in x,
Each of the three forms is preferable to the others in different situations,The
first form,f,is the most commonly used representation of a polynomial,It is
simply a linear combination of the powers of x,The second form,g,is the
factored form,It displays the roots of the polynomial and is the most accurate
for numerical evaluation near the roots,But,if a polynomial does not have such
simple roots,its factored form may not be so convenient,The third form,h,is
the Horner,or nested,representation,For numerical evaluation,it involves the
fewest arithmetic operations and is the most accurate for some other ranges of
x.
The symbolic simplification problem involves the verification that these three
expressions represent the same function,It also involves a less clearly defined
objective — which of these representations is,the simplest”?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-42
This toolbox provides several functions that apply various algebraic and
trigonometric identities to transform one representation of a function into
another,possibly simpler,representation,These functions are collect,
expand,horner,factor,simplify,and simple.
collect
The statement
collect(f)
views f as a polynomial in its symbolic variable,say x,and collects all the
coefficients with the same power of x,A second argument can specify the
variable in which to collect terms if there is more than one candidate,Here are
a few examples.
f collect(f)
(x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3) x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
x*(x*(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
(1+x)*t + x*t 2*x*t+t
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-43
expand
The statement
expand(f)
distributes products over sums and applies other identities involving functions
of sums as shown in the examples below.
horner
The statement
horner(f)
transforms a symbolic polynomial f into its Horner,or nested,representation
as shown in the following examples.
fexpad(f)
a?(x + y) a?x + a?y
(x-1)?(x-2)?(x-3) x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
x?(x?(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
exp(a+b) exp(a)?exp(b)
cos(x+y) cos(x)*cos(y)-sin(x)*sin(y)
cos(3?acos(x)) 4?x^3-3?x
f horner(f)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6 -6+(11+(-6+x)*x)*x
1.1+2.2?x+3.3?x^2 11/10+(11/5+33/10*x)*x
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-44
factor
If f is a polynomial with rational coefficients,the statement
factor(f)
expresses f as a product of polynomials of lower degree with rational
coefficients,If f cannot be factored over the rational numbers,the result is f
itself,Here are several examples.
Here is another example involving factor,It factors polynomials of the form
x^n + 1,This code
syms x;
n = (1:9)';
p = x.^n + 1;
f = factor(p);
[p,f]
returns a matrix with the polynomials in its first column and their factored
forms in its second.
[ x+1,x+1 ]
[ x^2+1,x^2+1 ]
[ x^3+1,(x+1)*(x^2-x+1) ]
[ x^4+1,x^4+1 ]
[ x^5+1,(x+1)*(x^4-x^3+x^2-x+1) ]
[ x^6+1,(x^2+1)*(x^4-x^2+1) ]
[ x^7+1,(x+1)*(1-x+x^2-x^3+x^4-x^5+x^6) ]
[ x^8+1,x^8+1 ]
[ x^9+1,(x+1)*(x^2-x+1)*(x^6-x^3+1) ]
ffacto(f)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6 (x-1)?(x-2)?(x-3)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-5 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-5
x^6+1 (x^2+1)?(x^4-x^2+1)
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-45
As an aside at this point,factor can also factor symbolic objects containing
integers,This is an alternative to using the factor function in the MATLAB
specfun directory,For example,the following code segment
N = sym(1);
for k = 2:11
N(k) = 10*N(k-1)+1;
end
[N' factor(N')]
displays the factors of symbolic integers consisting of 1’s:
[ 1,1]
[ 11,(11)]
[ 111,(3)*(37)]
[ 1111,(11)*(101)]
[ 11111,(41)*(271)]
[ 111111,(3)*(7)*(11)*(13)*(37)]
[ 1111111,(239)*(4649)]
[ 11111111,(11)*(73)*(101)*(137)]
[ 111111111,(3)^2*(37)*(333667)]
[ 1111111111,(11)*(41)*(271)*(9091)]
[ 11111111111,(513239)*(21649)]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-46
simplify
The simplify function is a powerful,general purpose tool that applies a
number of algebraic identities involving sums,integral powers,square roots
and other fractional powers,as well as a number of functional identities
involving trig functions,exponential and log functions,Bessel functions,
hypergeometric functions,and the gamma function,Here are some examples.
simple
The simple function has the unorthodox mathematical goal of finding a
simplification of an expression that has the fewest number of characters,Of
course,there is little mathematical justification for claiming that one
expression is,simpler” than another just because its ASCII representation is
shorter,but this often proves satisfactory in practice.
The simple function achieves its goal by independently applying simplify,
collect,factor,and other simplification functions to an expression and
keeping track of the lengths of the results,The simple function then returns
the shortest result.
The simple function has several forms,each returning different output,The
form
simple(f)
f simplify(f)
x?(x?(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
(1-x^2)/(1-x) x+1
(1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3) ((2*a+1)^3/a^3)^(1/3)
syms x y positive
log(x?y) log(x)+log(y)
exp(x)? exp(y) exp(x+y)
besselj(2,x) + besselj(0,x) 2/x*besselj(1,x)
gamma(x+1)-x*gamma(x) 0
cos(x)^2 + sin(x)^2 1
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-47
displays each trial simplification and the simplification function that produced
it in the MATLAB Command Window,The simple function then returns the
shortest result,For example,the command
simple(cos(x)^2 + sin(x)^2)
displays the following alternative simplifications in the MATLAB Command
Window:
simplify:
1
radsimp:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
combine(trig):
1
factor:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
expand:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
combine:
1
convert(exp):
(1/2*exp(i*x)+1/2/exp(i*x))^2-1/4*(exp(i*x)-1/exp(i*x))^2
convert(sincos):
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
convert(tan):
(1-tan(1/2*x)^2)^2/(1+tan(1/2*x)^2)^2+
4*tan(1/2*x)^2/(1+tan(1/2*x)^2)^2
collect(x):
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-48
and returns
ans =
1
This form is useful when you want to check,for example,whether the shortest
form is indeed the simplest,If you are not interested in how simple achieves
its result,use the form
f = simple(f)
This form simply returns the shortest expression found,For example,the
statement
f = simple(cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2)
returns
f =
1
If you want to know which simplification returned the shortest result,use the
multiple output form:
[F,how] = simple(f)
This form returns the shortest result in the first variable and the simplification
method used to achieve the result in the second variable,For example,the
statement
[f,how] = simple(cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2)
returns
f =
1
how =
combine
The simple function sometimes improves on the result returned by simplify,
one of the simplifications that it tries,For example,when applied to the
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-49
examples given for simplify,simple returns a simpler (or at least shorter)
result in two cases.
In some cases,it is advantageous to apply simple twice to obtain the effect of
two different simplification functions,For example,the statements
f = (1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3);
simple(simple(f))
return
2+1/a
The first application,simple(f),uses radsimp to produce (2*a+1)/a; the
second application uses combine(trig) to transform this to 1/a+2.
The simple function is particularly effective on expressions involving
trigonometric functions,Here are some examples.
f simplify(f) simple(f)
(1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3) ((2*a+1)^3/a^3)^(1/3) (2*a+1)/a
syms x y positive
log(x?y) log(x)+log(y) log(x*y)
fsimple(f)
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2 1
2?cos(x)^2-sin(x)^2 3?cos(x)^2-1
cos(x)^2-sin(x)^2 cos(2?x)
cos(x)+(-sin(x)^2)^(1/2) cos(x)+i?sin(x)
cos(x)+i?sin(x) exp(i?x)
cos(3?acos(x)) 4?x^3-3?x
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-50
Substitutions
There are two functions for symbolic substitution,subexpr and subs.
subexpr
These commands
syms a x
s = solve(x^3+a*x+1)
solve the equation x^3+a*x+1 = 0 for x:
s =
[ 1/6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)-2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)]
[ -1/12*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/
6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3))]
[ -1/12*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)-1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/
6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3))]
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-51
Use the pretty function to display s in a more readable form:
pretty(s)
s =
[ 1/3 a ]
[ 1/6 %1 - 2 ----- ]
[ 1/3 ]
[ %1 ]
[ ]
[ 1/3 a 1/2 / 1/3 a \]
[- 1/12 %1 + ----- + 1/2 i 3 |1/6 %1 + 2 -----|]
[ 1/3 | 1/3|]
[ %1 \ %1 /]
[ ]
[ 1/3 a 1/2 / 1/3 a \]
[- 1/12 %1 + ----- - 1/2 i 3 |1/6 %1 + 2 -----|]
[ 1/3 | 1/3|]
[ %1 \ %1 /]
3 1/2
%1,= -108 + 12 (12 a + 81)
The pretty command inherits the %n (n,an integer) notation from Maple to
denote subexpressions that occur multiple times in the symbolic object,The
subexpr function allows you to save these common subexpressions as well as
the symbolic object rewritten in terms of the subexpressions,The
subexpressions are saved in a column vector called sigma.
Continuing with the example
r = subexpr(s)
returns
sigma =
-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2)
r =
[ 1/6*sigma^(1/3)-2*a/sigma^(1/3)]
[ -1/12*sigma^(1/3)+a/sigma^(1/3)+1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/6*sigma^
(1/3)+2*a/sigma^(1/3))]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-52
[ -1/12*sigma^(1/3)+a/sigma^(1/3)-1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/6*sigma^
(1/3)+2*a/sigma^(1/3))]
Notice that subexpr creates the variable sigma in the MATLAB workspace,
You can verify this by typing whos,or the command
sigma
which returns
sigma =
-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2)
subs
The following code finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a circulant matrix
A:
syms a b c
A = [a b c; b c a; c a b];
[v,E] = eig(A)
v =
[ -(a+(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)-b)/(a-c),
-(a-(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)-b)/(a-c),1]
[ -(b-c-(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2))/(a-c),
-(b-c+(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2))/(a-c),1]
[ 1,
1,1]
E =
[ (b^2-b*a-c*b-
c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2),0,0]
[ 0,-(b^2-b*a-c*b-
c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2),0]
[ 0,0,b+c+a]
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-53
Note MATLAB might return the eigenvalues that appear on the diagonal of
E in a different order,In this case,the corresponding eigenvectors,which are
the columns of v,will also appear in a different order.
Suppose you want to replace the rather lengthy expression
(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)
throughout v and E,First,use subexpr
v = subexpr(v,'S')
which returns
S =
(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)
v =
[ -(a+S-b)/(a-c),-(a-S-b)/(a-c),1]
[ -(b-c-S)/(a-c),-(b-c+S)/(a-c),1]
[ 1,1,1]
Next,substitute the symbol S into E with
E = subs(E,S,'S')
E =
[ S,0,0]
[ 0,-S,0]
[ 0,0,b+c+a]
Now suppose you want to evaluate v at a=10,You can do this using the subs
command:
subs(v,a,10)
This replaces all occurrences of a in v with 10,
[ -(10+S-b)/(10-c),-(10-S-b)/(10-c),1]
[ -(b-c-S)/(10-c),-(b-c+S)/(10-c),1]
[ 1,1,1]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-54
Notice,however,that the symbolic expression that S represents is unaffected
by this substitution,That is,the symbol a in S is not replaced by 10,The subs
command is also a useful function for substituting in a variety of values for
several variables in a particular expression,For example,suppose that in
addition to substituting a=10 in S,you also want to substitute the values for
2 and 10 for b and c,respectively,The way to do this is to set values for a,b,
and c in the workspace,Then subs evaluates its input using the existing
symbolic and double variables in the current workspace,In the example,you
first set
a = 10; b = 2; c = 10;
subs(S)
ans =
8
To look at the contents of the workspace,type whos,which gives
Name Size Bytes Class
A 3x3 878 sym object
E 3x3 888 sym object
S 1x1 186 sym object
a 1x1 8 double array
ans 1x1 140 sym object
b 1x1 8 double array
c 1x1 8 double array
v 3x3 982 sym object
a,b,and c are now variables of class double while A,E,S,and v remain symbolic
expressions (class sym).
If you want to preserve a,b,and c as symbolic variables,but still alter their
value within S,use this procedure.
syms a b c
subs(S,{a,b,c},{10,2,10})
ans =
8
Typing whos reveals that a,b,and c remain 1-by-1 sym objects.
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-55
The subs command can be combined with double to evaluate a symbolic
expression numerically,Suppose you have the following expressions
syms t
M = (1-t^2)*exp(-1/2*t^2);
P = (1-t^2)*sech(t);
and want to see how M and P differ graphically.
One approach is to type
ezplot(M); hold on; ezplot(P); hold off;
but this plot does not readily help us identify the curves.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
t
(1?t
2
) sech(t)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-56
Instead,combine subs,double,and plot
T = -6:0.05:6;
MT = double(subs(M,t,T));
PT = double(subs(P,t,T));
plot(T,MT,'b',T,PT,'r-.')
title(' ')
legend('M','P')
xlabel('t'); grid
to produce a multicolored graph that indicates the difference between M and P.
Finally the use of subs with strings greatly facilitates the solution of problems
involving the Fourier,Laplace,or z-transforms.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
t
M
P
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-57
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
There are three different kinds of arithmetic operations in this toolbox:
For example,the MATLAB statements
format long
1/2+1/3
use numeric computation to produce
0.83333333333333
With the Symbolic Math Toolbox,the statement
sym(1/2)+1/3
uses symbolic computation to yield
5/6
And,also with the toolbox,the statements
digits(25)
vpa('1/2+1/3')
use variable-precision arithmetic to return
.8333333333333333333333333
The floating-point operations used by numeric arithmetic are the fastest of the
three,and require the least computer memory,but the results are not exact,
The number of digits in the printed output of MATLAB double quantities is
controlled by the format statement,but the internal representation is always
the eight-byte floating-point representation provided by the particular
computer hardware.
In the computation of the numeric result above,there are actually three
roundoff errors,one in the division of 1 by 3,one in the addition of 1/2 to the
result of the division,and one in the binary to decimal conversion for the
Numeric MATLAB floating-point arithmetic
Rational Maple’s exact symbolic arithmetic
VPA Maple’s variable-precision arithmetic
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-58
printed output,On computers that use IEEE floating-point standard
arithmetic,the resulting internal value is the binary expansion of 5/6,
truncated to 53 bits,This is approximately 16 decimal digits,But,in this
particular case,the printed output shows only 15 digits.
The symbolic operations used by rational arithmetic are potentially the most
expensive of the three,in terms of both computer time and memory,The results
are exact,as long as enough time and memory are available to complete the
computations.
Variable-precision arithmetic falls in between the other two in terms of both
cost and accuracy,A global parameter,set by the function digits,controls the
number of significant decimal digits,Increasing the number of digits increases
the accuracy,but also increases both the time and memory requirements,The
default value of digits is 32,corresponding roughly to floating-point accuracy.
The Maple documentation uses the term,hardware floating-point” for what
you are calling,numeric” or,floating-point” and uses the term,floating-point
arithmetic” for what you are calling,variable-precision arithmetic.”
Example,Using the Different Kinds of Arithmetic
Rational Arithmetic
By default,the Symbolic Math Toolbox uses rational arithmetic operations,i.e.,
Maple’s exact symbolic arithmetic,Rational arithmetic is invoked when you
create symbolic variables using the sym function,
The sym function converts a double matrix to its symbolic form,For example,if
the double matrix is
A =
1.1000 1.2000 1.3000
2.1000 2.2000 2.3000
3.1000 3.2000 3.3000
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-59
its symbolic form,S = sym(A),is
S =
[11/10,6/5,13/10]
[21/10,11/5,23/10]
[31/10,16/5,33/10]
For this matrix A,it is possible to discover that the elements are the ratios of
small integers,so the symbolic representation is formed from those integers,
On the other hand,the statement
E = [exp(1) (1+sqrt(5))/2; log(3) rand]
returns a matrix
E =
2.71828182845905 1.61803398874989
1.09861228866811 0.76209683302739
whose elements are not the ratios of small integers,so sym(E) reproduces the
floating-point representation in a symbolic form:
ans =
[ 6121026514868074*2^(-51),7286977268806824*2^(-52)]
[ 4947709893870346*2^(-52),6864358026484820*2^(-53)]
Variable-Precision Numbers
Variable-precision numbers are distinguished from the exact rational
representation by the presence of a decimal point,A power of 10 scale factor,
denoted by 'e',is allowed,To use variable-precision instead of rational
arithmetic,create your variables using the vpa function,
For matrices with purely double entries,the vpa function generates the
representation that is used with variable-precision arithmetic,For example,if
you apply vpa to the matrix S defined in the preceding section,with digits(4),
by entering
vpa(S)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-60
MATLAB returns the output
S =
[1.100,1.200,1.300]
[2.100,2.200,2.300]
[3.100,3.200,3.300]
Applying vpa to the matrix E defined in the preceding section,with digits(25),
by entering
digits(25)
F = vpa(E)
returns
F =
[2.718281828459045534884808,1.414213562373094923430017]
[1.098612288668110004152823,.2189591863280899719512718]
Converting to Floating Point
To convert a rational or variable-precision number to its MATLAB
floating-point representation,use the double function.
In the example,both double(sym(E)) and double(vpa(E)) return E.
Another Example
The next example is perhaps more interesting,Start with the symbolic
expression
f = sym('exp(pi*sqrt(163))')
The statement
double(f)
produces the printed floating-point value
ans =
2.625374126407687e+017
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-61
Using the second argument of vpa to specify the number of digits,
vpa(f,18)
returns
262537412640768744.
whereas
vpa(f,25)
returns
262537412640768744.0000000
you suspect that f might actually have an integer value,This suspicion is
reinforced by the 30 digit value,vpa(f,30)
262537412640768743.999999999999
Finally,the 40 digit value,vpa(f,40)
262537412640768743.9999999999992500725944
shows that f is very close to,but not exactly equal to,an integer.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-62
Linear Algebra
Basic Algebraic Operations
Basic algebraic operations on symbolic objects are the same as operations on
MATLAB objects of class double,This is illustrated in the following example.
The Givens transformation produces a plane rotation through the angle t,The
statements
syms t;
G = [cos(t) sin(t); -sin(t) cos(t)]
create this transformation matrix.
G =
[ cos(t),sin(t) ]
[ -sin(t),cos(t) ]
Applying the Givens transformation twice should simply be a rotation through
twice the angle,The corresponding matrix can be computed by multiplying G
by itself or by raising G to the second power,Both
A = G*G
and
A = G^2
produce
A =
[cos(t)^2-sin(t)^2,2*cos(t)*sin(t)]
[ -2*cos(t)*sin(t),cos(t)^2-sin(t)^2]
The simple function
A = simple(A)
uses a trigonometric identity to return the expected form by trying several
different identities and picking the one that produces the shortest
representation.
A =
[ cos(2*t),sin(2*t)]
Linear Algebra
10-63
[-sin(2*t),cos(2*t)]
The Givens rotation is an orthogonal matrix,so its transpose is its inverse,
Confirming this by
I = G.' *G
which produces
I =
[cos(t)^2+sin(t)^2,0]
[ 0,cos(t)^2+sin(t)^2]
and then
I = simple(I)
I =
[1,0]
[0,1]
Linear Algebraic Operations
The following examples show to do several basic linear algebraic operations
using the Symbolic Math Toolbox.
The command
H = hilb(3)
generates the 3-by-3 Hilbert matrix,With format short,MATLAB prints
H =
1.0000 0.5000 0.3333
0.5000 0.3333 0.2500
0.3333 0.2500 0.2000
The computed elements of H are floating-point numbers that are the ratios of
small integers,Indeed,H is a MATLAB array of class double,Converting H to
a symbolic matrix
H = sym(H)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-64
gives
[ 1,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
This allows subsequent symbolic operations on H to produce results that
correspond to the infinitely precise Hilbert matrix,sym(hilb(3)),not its
floating-point approximation,hilb(3),Therefore,
inv(H)
produces
[ 9,-36,30]
[-36,192,-180]
[ 30,-180,180]
and
det(H)
yields
1/2160
You can use the backslash operator to solve a system of simultaneous linear
equations,For example,the commands
b = [1 1 1]'
x = H\b % Solve Hx = b
produce the solution
[ 3]
[-24]
[ 30]
All three of these results,the inverse,the determinant,and the solution to the
linear system,are the exact results corresponding to the infinitely precise,
rational,Hilbert matrix,On the other hand,using digits(16),the command
V = vpa(hilb(3))
Linear Algebra
10-65
returns
[ 1.,.5000000000000000,.3333333333333333]
[.5000000000000000,.3333333333333333,.2500000000000000]
[.3333333333333333,.2500000000000000,.2000000000000000]
The decimal points in the representation of the individual elements are the
signal to use variable-precision arithmetic,The result of each arithmetic
operation is rounded to 16 significant decimal digits,When inverting the
matrix,these errors are magnified by the matrix condition number,which for
hilb(3) is about 500,Consequently,
inv(V)
which returns
ans =
[ 9.000000000000179,-36.00000000000080,30.00000000000067]
[ -36.00000000000080,192.0000000000042,-180.0000000000040]
[ 30.00000000000067,-180.0000000000040,180.0000000000038]
shows the loss of two digits,So does
det(V)
which gives
.462962962962953e-3
and
V\b
which is
[ 3.000000000000041]
[-24.00000000000021]
[ 30.00000000000019]
Since H is nonsingular,calculating the null space of H with the command
null(H)
returns an empty matrix,and calculating the column space of H with
colspace(H)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-66
returns a permutation of the identity matrix,A more interesting example,
which the following code shows,is to find a value s for H(1,1) that makes H
singular,The commands
syms s
H(1,1) = s
Z = det(H)
sol = solve(Z)
produce
H =
[ s,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
Z =
1/240*s-1/270
sol =
8/9
Then
H = subs(H,s,sol)
substitutes the computed value of sol for s in H to give
H =
[8/9,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
Now,the command
det(H)
returns
ans =
0
and
inv(H)
Linear Algebra
10-67
produces an error message
error using ==> inv
Error,(in inverse) singular matrix
because H is singular,For this matrix,Z = null(H) and C = colspace(H) are
nontrivial:
Z =
[ 1]
[ -4]
[10/3]
C =
[ 1,0]
[ 0,1]
[ -3/10,6/5]
It should be pointed out that even though H is singular,vpa(H) is not,For any
integer value d,setting
digits(d)
and then computing
det(vpa(H))
inv(vpa(H))
results in a determinant of size 10^(-d) and an inverse with elements on the
order of 10^d.
Eigenvalues
The symbolic eigenvalues of a square matrix A or the symbolic eigenvalues and
eigenvectors of A are computed,respectively,using the commands
E = eig(A)
[V,E] = eig(A)
The variable-precision counterparts are
E = eig(vpa(A))
[V,E] = eig(vpa(A))
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-68
The eigenvalues of A are the zeros of the characteristic polynomial of A,
det(A-x*I),which is computed by
poly(A)
The matrix H from the last section provides the first example:
H =
[8/9,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
The matrix is singular,so one of its eigenvalues must be zero,The statement
[T,E] = eig(H)
produces the matrices T and E,The columns of T are the eigenvectors of H:
T =
[ 1,28/153+2/153*12589^(1/2),28/153-2/153*12589^(12)]
[ -4,1,1]
[ 10/3,92/255-1/255*12589^(1/2),292/255+1/255*12589^(12)]
Similarly,the diagonal elements of E are the eigenvalues of H:
E =
[0,0,0]
[0,32/45+1/180*12589^(1/2),0]
[0,0,32/45-1/180*12589^(1/2)]
It may be easier to understand the structure of the matrices of eigenvectors,T,
and eigenvalues,E,if you convert T and E to decimal notation,To do so,proceed
as follows,The commands
Td = double(T)
Ed = double(E)
return
Td =
1.0000 1.6497 -1.2837
-4.0000 1.0000 1.0000
3.3333 0.7051 1.5851
Linear Algebra
10-69
Ed =
0 0 0
0 1.3344 0
0 0 0.0878
The first eigenvalue is zero,The corresponding eigenvector (the first column of
Td) is the same as the basis for the null space found in the last section,The
other two eigenvalues are the result of applying the quadratic formula to
x^2-64/45*x+253/2160
which is the quadratic factor in factor(poly(H)).
syms x
g = simple(factor(poly(H))/x);
solve(g)
ans =
[ 32/45+1/180*12589^(1/2)]
[ 32/45-1/180*12589^(1/2)]
Closed form symbolic expressions for the eigenvalues are possible only when
the characteristic polynomial can be expressed as a product of rational
polynomials of degree four or less,The Rosser matrix is a classic numerical
analysis test matrix that illustrates this requirement,The statement
R = sym(gallery('rosser'))
generates
R =
[ 611 196 -192 407 -8 -52 -49 29]
[ 196 899 113 -192 -71 -43 -8 -44]
[-192 113 899 196 61 49 8 52]
[ 407 -192 196 611 8 44 59 -23]
[ -8 -71 61 8 411 -599 208 208]
[ -52 -43 49 44 -599 411 208 208]
[ -49 -8 8 59 208 208 99 -911]
[ 29 -44 52 -23 208 208 -911 99]
The commands
p = poly(R);
pretty(factor(p))
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-70
produce
2 2 2
x (x - 1020) (x - 1020 x + 100)(x - 1040500) (x - 1000)
The characteristic polynomial (of degree 8) factors nicely into the product of two
linear terms and three quadratic terms,You can see immediately that four of
the eigenvalues are 0,1020,and a double root at 1000,The other four roots are
obtained from the remaining quadratics,Use
eig(R)
to find all these values
ans =
[ 0]
[ 1020]
[ 10*10405^(1/2)]
[ -10*10405^(1/2)]
[ 510+100*26^(1/2)]
[ 510-100*26^(1/2)]
[ 1000]
[ 1000]
The Rosser matrix is not a typical example; it is rare for a full 8-by-8 matrix to
have a characteristic polynomial that factors into such simple form,If you
change the two,corner” elements of R from 29 to 30 with the commands
S = R; S(1,8) = 30; S(8,1) = 30;
and then try
p = poly(S)
you find
p =
x^8-4040*x^7+5079941*x^6+82706090*x^5-5327831918568*x^4+
4287832912719760*x^3-1082699388411166000*x^2+51264008540948000*x
+40250968213600000
You also find that factor(p) is p itself,That is,the characteristic polynomial
cannot be factored over the rationals.
Linear Algebra
10-71
For this modified Rosser matrix
F = eig(S)
returns
F =
[,21803980548301606860857564424981]
[ 999.94691786044276755320289228602]
[ 1000.1206982933841335712817075454]
[ 1019.5243552632016358324933278291]
[ 1019.9935501291629257348091808173]
[ 1020.4201882015047278185457498840]
[ -.17053529728768998575200874607757]
[ -1020.0532142558915165931894252600]
Notice that these values are close to the eigenvalues of the original Rosser
matrix,Further,the numerical values of F are a result of Maple’s floating-point
arithmetic,Consequently,different settings of digits do not alter the number
of digits to the right of the decimal place.
It is also possible to try to compute eigenvalues of symbolic matrices,but closed
form solutions are rare,The Givens transformation is generated as the matrix
exponential of the elementary matrix
The Symbolic Math Toolbox commands
syms t
A = sym([0 1; -1 0]);
G = expm(t*A)
return
[ cos(t),sin(t)]
[ -sin(t),cos(t)]
Next,the command
g = eig(G)
A
01
1– 0
=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-72
produces
g =
[ cos(t)+(cos(t)^2-1)^(1/2)]
[ cos(t)-(cos(t)^2-1)^(1/2)]
you can use simple to simplify this form of g,Indeed,a repeated application of
simple
for j = 1:4
[g,how] = simple(g)
end
produces the best result:
g =
[ cos(t)+(-sin(t)^2)^(1/2)]
[ cos(t)-(-sin(t)^2)^(1/2)]
how =
mwcos2sin
g =
[ cos(t)+i*sin(t)]
[ cos(t)-i*sin(t)]
how =
radsimp
g =
[ exp(i*t)]
[ 1/exp(i*t)]
how =
convert(exp)
g =
[ exp(i*t)]
[ exp(-i*t)]
how =
simplify
Linear Algebra
10-73
Notice the first application of simple uses mwcos2sin to produce a sum of sines
and cosines,Next,simple invokes radsimp to produce cos(t) + i*sin(t) for
the first eigenvector,The third application of simple uses convert(exp) to
change the sines and cosines to complex exponentials,The last application of
simple uses simplify to obtain the final form.
Jordan Canonical Form
The Jordan canonical form results from attempts to diagonalize a matrix by a
similarity transformation,For a given matrix A,find a nonsingular matrix V,
so that inv(V)*A*V,or,more succinctly,J = V\A*V,is,as close to diagonal as
possible.” For almost all matrices,the Jordan canonical form is the diagonal
matrix of eigenvalues and the columns of the transformation matrix are the
eigenvectors,This always happens if the matrix is symmetric or if it has
distinct eigenvalues,Some nonsymmetric matrices with multiple eigenvalues
cannot be diagonalized,The Jordan form has the eigenvalues on its diagonal,
but some of the superdiagonal elements are one,instead of zero,The statement
J = jordan(A)
computes the Jordan canonical form of A,The statement
[V,J] = jordan(A)
also computes the similarity transformation,The columns of V are the
generalized eigenvectors of A.
The Jordan form is extremely sensitive to perturbations,Almost any change in
A causes its Jordan form to be diagonal,This makes it very difficult to compute
the Jordan form reliably with floating-point arithmetic,It also implies that A
must be known exactly (i.e.,without round-off error,etc.),Its elements must be
integers,or ratios of small integers,In particular,the variable-precision
calculation,jordan(vpa(A)),is not allowed.
For example,let
A = sym([12,32,66,116;-25,-76,-164,-294;
21,66,143,256;-6,-19,-41,-73])
A =
[ 12,32,66,116]
[ -25,-76,-164,-294]
[ 21,66,143,256]
[ -6,-19,-41,-73]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-74
Then
[V,J] = jordan(A)
produces
V =
[ 4,-2,4,3]
[ -6,8,-11,-8]
[ 4,-7,10,7]
[ -1,2,-3,-2]
J =
[ 1,1,0,0]
[ 0,1,0,0]
[ 0,0,2,1]
[ 0,0,0,2]
Therefore A has a double eigenvalue at 1,with a single Jordan block,and a
double eigenvalue at 2,also with a single Jordan block,The matrix has only
two eigenvectors,V(:,1) and V(:,3),They satisfy
A*V(:,1) = 1*V(:,1)
A*V(:,3) = 2*V(:,3)
The other two columns of V are generalized eigenvectors of grade 2,They
satisfy
A*V(:,2) = 1*V(:,2) + V(:,1)
A*V(:,4) = 2*V(:,4) + V(:,3)
In mathematical notation,with v
j
= v(:,j),the columns of V and eigenvalues
satisfy the relationships
Singular Value Decomposition
Only the variable-precision numeric computation of the complete singular
vector decomposition is available in the toolbox,One reason for this is that the
formulas that result from symbolic computation are usually too long and
A λ
1
I–()v
2
v
1
=
A λ
2
I–()v
4
v
3
=
Linear Algebra
10-75
complicated to be of much use,If A is a symbolic matrix of floating-point or
variable-precision numbers,then
S = svd(A)
computes the singular values of A to an accuracy determined by the current
setting of digits,And
[U,S,V] = svd(A);
produces two orthogonal matrices,U and V,and a diagonal matrix,S,so that
A = U*S*V';
Consider the n-by-n matrix A with elements defined by
A(i,j) = 1/(i-j+1/2)
For n = 5,the matrix is
[ 2 -2 -2/3 -2/5 -2/7]
[2/3 2 -2 -2/3 -2/5]
[2/5 2/3 2 -2 -2/3]
[2/7 2/5 2/3 2 -2]
[2/9 2/7 2/5 2/3 2]
It turns out many of the singular values of these matrices are close to,
The most obvious way of generating this matrix is
for i=1:n
for j=1:n
A(i,j) = sym(1/(i-j+1/2));
end
end
The most efficient way to generate the matrix is
[J,I] = meshgrid(1:n);
A = sym(1./(I - J+1/2));
Since the elements of A are the ratios of small integers,vpa(A) produces a
variable-precision representation,which is accurate to digits precision,Hence
S = svd(vpa(A))
π
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-76
computes the desired singular values to full accuracy,With n = 16 and
digits(30),the result is
S =
[ 1.20968137605668985332455685357 ]
[ 2.69162158686066606774782763594 ]
[ 3.07790297231119748658424727354 ]
[ 3.13504054399744654843898901261 ]
[ 3.14106044663470063805218371924 ]
[ 3.14155754359918083691050658260 ]
[ 3.14159075458605848728982577119 ]
[ 3.14159256925492306470284863102 ]
[ 3.14159265052654880815569479613 ]
[ 3.14159265349961053143856838564 ]
[ 3.14159265358767361712392612384 ]
[ 3.14159265358975439206849907220 ]
[ 3.14159265358979270342635559051 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323325290142781 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323843066846712 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323846255035974 ]
There are two ways to compare S with pi,the floating-point representation of
,In the vector below,the first element is computed by subtraction with
variable-precision arithmetic and then converted to a double,The second
element is computed with floating-point arithmetic:
format short e
[double(pi*ones(16,1)-S) pi-double(S)]
π
Linear Algebra
10-77
The results are
1.9319e+00 1.9319e+00
4.4997e-01 4.4997e-01
6.3690e-02 6.3690e-02
6.5521e-03 6.5521e-03
5.3221e-04 5.3221e-04
3.5110e-05 3.5110e-05
1.8990e-06 1.8990e-06
8.4335e-08 8.4335e-08
3.0632e-09 3.0632e-09
9.0183e-11 9.0183e-11
2.1196e-12 2.1196e-12
3.8846e-14 3.8636e-14
5.3504e-16 4.4409e-16
5.2097e-18 0
3.1975e-20 0
9.3024e-23 0
Since the relative accuracy of pi is pi*eps,which is 6.9757e-16,either column
confirms the suspicion that four of the singular values of the 16-by-16 example
equal to floating-point accuracy.
Eigenvalue Trajectories
This example applies several numeric,symbolic,and graphic techniques to
study the behavior of matrix eigenvalues as a parameter in the matrix is
varied,This particular setting involves numerical analysis and perturbation
theory,but the techniques illustrated are more widely applicable.
In this example,you consider a 3-by-3 matrix A whose eigenvalues are 1,2,3,
First,you perturb A by another matrix E and parameter,As t
increases from 0 to 10
-6
,the eigenvalues,,change to
,,.
π
t,AAtE+→
λ
1
1= λ
2
2= λ
3
3=
λ
1
′ 1.5596 0.2726i+≈λ
2
′ 1.5596 0.2726i–≈λ
3
′ 2.8808≈
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-78
This,in turn,means that for some value of,the perturbed
matrix has a double eigenvalue,The example shows
how to find the value of t,called,where this happens.
The starting point is a MATLAB test example,known as gallery(3).
A = gallery(3)
A =
-149 -50 -154
537 180 546
-27 -9 -25
This is an example of a matrix whose eigenvalues are sensitive to the effects of
roundoff errors introduced during their computation,The actual computed
eigenvalues may vary from one machine to another,but on a typical
workstation,the statements
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
λ(1) λ(2) λ(3)
λ’(1)
λ’(2)
λ’(3)
t τ 0 τ 10
6–
<<,=
At() AtE+= λ
1
λ
2
=
τ
Linear Algebra
10-79
format long
e = eig(A)
produce
e =
1.00000000001122
1.99999999999162
2.99999999999700
Of course,the example was created so that its eigenvalues are actually 1,2,
and 3,Note that three or four digits have been lost to roundoff,This can be
easily verified with the toolbox,The statements
B = sym(A);
e = eig(B)'
p = poly(B)
f = factor(p)
produce
e =
[1,2,3]
p =
x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
f =
(x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3)
Are the eigenvalues sensitive to the perturbations caused by roundoff error
because they are,close together”? Ordinarily,the values 1,2,and 3 would be
regarded as,well separated.” But,in this case,the separation should be viewed
on the scale of the original matrix,If A were replaced by A/1000,the
eigenvalues,which would be,001,.002,.003,would,seem” to be closer
together.
But eigenvalue sensitivity is more subtle than just,closeness.” With a carefully
chosen perturbation of the matrix,it is possible to make two of its eigenvalues
coalesce into an actual double root that is extremely sensitive to roundoff and
other errors.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-80
One good perturbation direction can be obtained from the outer product of the
left and right eigenvectors associated with the most sensitive eigenvalue,The
following statement creates
E = [130,-390,0;43,-129,0;133,-399,0]
the perturbation matrix
E =
130 -390 0
43 -129 0
133 -399 0
The perturbation can now be expressed in terms of a single,scalar parameter
t,The statements
syms x t
A = A+t*E
replace A with the symbolic representation of its perturbation:
A =
[-149+130*t,-50-390*t,-154]
[ 537+43*t,180-129*t,546]
[ -27+133*t,-9-399*t,-25]
Computing the characteristic polynomial of this new A
p = poly(A)
gives
p =
x^3-6*x^2+11*x-t*x^2+492512*t*x-6-1221271*t
Prettyprinting
pretty(collect(p,x))
shows more clearly that p is a cubic in x whose coefficients vary linearly with t.
3 2
x + (- t - 6) x + (492512 t + 11) x - 6 - 1221271 t
Linear Algebra
10-81
It turns out that when t is varied over a very small interval,from 0 to 1.0e-6,
the desired double root appears,This can best be seen graphically,The first
figure shows plots of p,considered as a function of x,for three different values
of t,t = 0,t = 0.5e-6,and t = 1.0e-6,For each value,the eigenvalues are
computed numerically and also plotted:
x =,8:.01:3.2;
for k = 0:2
c = sym2poly(subs(p,t,k*0.5e-6));
y = polyval(c,x);
lambda = eig(double(subs(A,t,k*0.5e-6)));
subplot(3,1,3-k)
plot(x,y,'-',x,0*x,':',lambda,0*lambda,'o')
axis([.8 3.2 -.5,5])
text(2.25,.35,['t = ' num2str( k*0.5e-6 )]);
end
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 5e?007
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 1e?006
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-82
The bottom subplot shows the unperturbed polynomial,with its three roots at
1,2,and 3,The middle subplot shows the first two roots approaching each
other,In the top subplot,these two roots have become complex and only one
real root remains.
The next statements compute and display the actual eigenvalues
e = eig(A);
pretty(e)
showing that e(2) and e(3) form a complex conjugate pair:
[ 2 ]
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t ]
[1/3 %1 - 3 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2]
[ 1/3 ]
[ %1 ]
[ 2
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t
[- 1/6 %1 + 3/2 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2
[ 1/3
[ %1
/ 2\]
1/2 | 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t |]
+ 1/2 I 3 |1/3 %1 + 3 -------------------------|]
| 1/3 |]
\ %1 /]
[ 2
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t
[- 1/6 %1 + 3/2 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2
[ 1/3
[ %1
/ 2\]
1/2 | 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t |]
- 1/2 I 3 |1/3 %1 + 3 -------------------------|]
| 1/3 |]
\ %1 /]
Linear Algebra
10-83
2 3 3
%1,= -2216286 t + 3189393 t + t + 3 (358392752910068940 t
2 4 1/2
- 1052829647418 t - 181922388795 t + 4432572 t - 3)
Next,the symbolic representations of the three eigenvalues are evaluated at
many values of t
tvals = (2:-.02:0)' * 1.e-6;
r = size(tvals,1);
c = size(e,1);
lambda = zeros(r,c);
for k = 1:c
lambda(:,k) = double(subs(e(k),t,tvals));
end
plot(lambda,tvals)
xlabel('\lambda'); ylabel('t');
title('Eigenvalue Transition')
to produce a plot of their trajectories.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-84
Above t=0.8e
-6
,the graphs of two of the eigenvalues intersect,while below
t =0.8e
-6
,two real roots become a complex conjugate pair,What is the precise
value of t that marks this transition? Let denote this value of t.
One way to find is based on the fact that,at a double root,both the function
and its derivative must vanish,This results in two polynomial equations to be
solved for two unknowns,The statement
sol = solve(p,diff(p,'x'))
solves the pair of algebraic equations p=0 and dp/dx = 0 and produces
sol =
t,[4x1 sym]
x,[4x1 sym]
Find now by
format short
tau = double(sol.t(2))
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
x 10
6
λ
t
Eigenvalue Transition
τ
τ
τ
Linear Algebra
10-85
which reveals that the second element of sol.t is the desired value of,
tau =
7.8379e-07
Therefore,the second element of sol.x
sigma = double(sol.x(2))
is the double eigenvalue
sigma =
1.5476
To verify that this value of does indeed produce a double eigenvalue at
,substitute for t in the perturbed matrix and find
the eigenvalues of,That is,
e = eig(double(subs(A,t,tau)))
e =
1.5476 + 0.0000i
1.5476 - 0.0000i
2.9048
confirms that is a double eigenvalue of for t = 7.8379e-07.
τ
τ
σ 1.5476= τ At() AtE+=
At()
σ 1.5476= At()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-86
Solving Equations
Solving Algebraic Equations
If S is a symbolic expression,
solve(S)
attempts to find values of the symbolic variable in S (as determined by
findsym) for which S is zero,For example,
syms a b c x
S = a*x^2 + b*x + c;
solve(S)
uses the familiar quadratic formula to produce
ans =
[1/2/a*(-b+(b^2-4*a*c)^(1/2))]
[1/2/a*(-b-(b^2-4*a*c)^(1/2))]
This is a symbolic vector whose elements are the two solutions.
If you want to solve for a specific variable,you must specify that variable as an
additional argument,For example,if you want to solve S for b,use the
command
b = solve(S,b)
which returns
b =
-(a*x^2+c)/x
Note that these examples assume equations of the form,If you need
to solve equations of the form,you must use quoted strings,In
particular,the command
s = solve('cos(2*x)+sin(x)=1')
fx() 0=
fx() qx()=
Solving Equations
10-87
returns a vector with four solutions.
s =
[ 0]
[ pi]
[ 1/6*pi]
[ 5/6*pi]
Several Algebraic Equations
This section explains how to solve systems of equations using the Symbolic
Math Toolbox,As an example,suppose you have the system
and you want to solve for x and y,First create the necessary symbolic objects.
syms x y alpha
There are several ways to address the output of solve,One is to use a
two-output call
[x,y] = solve(x^2*y^2,x-y/2-alpha)
which returns
x =
[ 0]
[ 0]
[ alpha]
[ alpha]
y =
[ -2*alpha]
[ -2*alpha]
[ 0]
[ 0]
Consequently,the solution vector
v = [x,y]
x
2
y
2
0=
x
y
2
---– α=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-88
appears to have redundant components,This is due to the first equation
,which has two solutions in x and y:,,Changing the
equations to
eqs1 = 'x^2*y^2=1,x-y/2-alpha'
[x,y] = solve(eqs1)
produces four distinct solutions:
x =
[ 1/2*alpha+1/2*(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha-1/2*(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha+1/2*(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha-1/2*(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
y =
[ -alpha+(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha-(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha+(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha-(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
Since you did not specify the dependent variables,solve uses findsym to
determine the variables.
This way of assigning output from solve is quite successful for,small” systems,
Plainly,if you had,say,a 10-by-10 system of equations,typing
[x1,x2,x3,x4,x5,x6,x7,x8,x9,x10] = solve(...)
is both awkward and time consuming,To circumvent this difficulty,solve can
return a structure whose fields are the solutions,In particular,consider the
system u^2-v^2 = a^2,u + v = 1,a^2-2*a = 3,The command
S = solve('u^2-v^2 = a^2','u + v = 1','a^2-2*a = 3')
returns
S =
a,[2x1 sym]
u,[2x1 sym]
v,[2x1 sym]
x
2
y
2
0=
x 0±= y 0±=
Solving Equations
10-89
The solutions for a reside in the,a-field” of S,That is,
S.a
produces
ans =
[ 3]
[ -1]
Similar comments apply to the solutions for u and v,The structure S can now
be manipulated by field and index to access a particular portion of the solution,
For example,if you want to examine the second solution,you can use the
following statement
s2 = [S.a(2),S.u(2),S.v(2)]
to extract the second component of each field.
s2 =
[ -1,1,0]
The following statement
M = [S.a,S.u,S.v]
creates the solution matrix M
M =
[ 3,5,-4]
[ -1,1,0]
whose rows comprise the distinct solutions of the system.
Linear systems of simultaneous equations can also be solved using matrix
division,For example,
clear u v x y
syms u v x y
S = solve(x+2*y-u,4*x+5*y-v);
sol = [S.x;S.y]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-90
and
A = [1 2; 4 5];
b = [u; v];
z = A\b
result in
sol =
[ -5/3*u+2/3*v]
[ 4/3*u-1/3*v]
z =
[ -5/3*u+2/3*v]
[ 4/3*u-1/3*v]
Thus s and z produce the same solution,although the results are assigned to
different variables.
Single Differential Equation
The function dsolve computes symbolic solutions to ordinary differential
equations,The equations are specified by symbolic expressions containing the
letter D to denote differentiation,The symbols D2,D3,..,DN,correspond to the
second,third,...,Nth derivative,respectively,Thus,D2y is the Symbolic Math
Toolbox equivalent of,The dependent variables are those preceded by
D and the default independent variable is t,Note that names of symbolic
variables should not contain D,The independent variable can be changed from
t to some other symbolic variable by including that variable as the last input
argument.
Initial conditions can be specified by additional equations,If initial conditions
are not specified,the solutions contain constants of integration,C1,C2,etc.
The output from dsolve parallels the output from solve,That is,you can call
dsolve with the number of output variables equal to the number of dependent
variables or place the output in a structure whose fields contain the solutions
of the differential equations.
d
2
ydt
2
Solving Equations
10-91
Example 1
The following call to dsolve
dsolve('Dy=1+y^2')
uses y as the dependent variable and t as the default independent variable.
The output of this command is
ans =
tan(t+C1)
To specify an initial condition,use
y = dsolve('Dy=1+y^2','y(0)=1')
This produces
y =
tan(t+1/4*pi)
Notice that y is in the MATLAB workspace,but the independent variable t is
not,Thus,the command diff(y,t) returns an error,To place t in the
workspace,type syms t.
Example 2
Nonlinear equations may have multiple solutions,even when initial conditions
are given:
x = dsolve('(Dx)^2+x^2=1','x(0)=0')
results in
x =
[ sin(t)]
[ -sin(t)]
Example 3
Here is a second order differential equation with two initial conditions,The
commands
y = dsolve('D2y=cos(2*x)-y','y(0)=1','Dy(0)=0','x');
simplify(y)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-92
produce
ans =
4/3*cos(x)-2/3*cos(x)^2+1/3
The key issues in this example are the order of the equation and the initial
conditions,To solve the ordinary differential equation
simply type
u = dsolve('D3u=u','u(0)=1','Du(0)=-1','D2u(0) = pi','x')
Use D3u to represent and D2u(0) for,
Several Differential Equations
The function dsolve can also handle several ordinary differential equations in
several variables,with or without initial conditions,For example,here is a pair
of linear,first-order equations.
S = dsolve('Df = 3*f+4*g','Dg = -4*f+3*g')
The computed solutions are returned in the structure S,You can determine the
values of f and g by typing
f = S.f
f =
exp(3*t)*(C1*sin(4*t)+C2*cos(4*t))
g = S.g
g =
exp(3*t)*(C1*cos(4*t)-C2*sin(4*t))
If you prefer to recover f and g directly as well as include initial conditions,
type
[f,g] = dsolve('Df=3*f+4*g,Dg =-4*f+3*g','f(0) = 0,g(0) = 1')
x
3
3
d
d u
u=
u 0() 1 u′ 0(),1,u″ 0()– π== =
d
3
udx
3
u′′ 0()
Solving Equations
10-93
f =
exp(3*t)*sin(4*t)
g =
exp(3*t)*cos(4*t)
This table details some examples and Symbolic Math Toolbox syntax,Note that
the final entry in the table is the Airy differential equation whose solution is
referred to as the Airy function.
The Airy function plays an important role in the mathematical modeling of the
dispersion of water waves,
Differential Equation MATLAB Command
y = dsolve('Dy+4*y = exp(-t)',
'y(0) = 1')
y = dsolve('D2y+4*y = exp(-2*x)',
'y(0)=0','y(pi) = 0','x')
(The Airy equation)
y = dsolve('D2y = x*y','y(0) = 0',
'y(3) = besselk(1/3,2*sqrt(3))/pi',
'x')
td
dy
4yt()+ e
t–
=
y 0() 1=
x
2
2
d
d y
4yx()+ e
2x–
=
y 0() 0 y π() 0=,=
x
2
2
d
d y
xy x()=
y 0() 0 y 3()
1
π
---K
1
3
---
23()=,=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-94
Index-1
Index
Symbols
,operator 4-7
@sym directory 9-15
\ 10-64
A
abstract functions 9-13
administrator status on OS X 2-8
Airy differential equation 10-93
Airy function 10-93
algorithms
vectorizing 6-30
animation 5-71
annotating plots 5-16
ans function 4-4
application program interface (API) 3-3
Array Editor 8-13
array operators 4-22
arrays
cell 6-10
character 6-12
columnwise organization 4-24
creating in M-files 4-15
deleting rows and columns 4-17
elements 4-10
generating with functions and operators 4-14
listing contents 4-10
loading from external data files 4-15
and matrices 4-21
multidimensional 6-8
notation for elements 4-10
preallocating 6-30
structure 6-15
variable names 4-10
arrow keys for editing commands 4-30
aspect ratio of axes 5-48
AVI files 5-71
axes
managing 5-48
visibility 5-49
axis 5-49
axis function 5-48
B
backslash operator 10-64
Bessel functions
differentiating 10-5
integrating 10-13
besselj 10-5
besselk 10-93
bit map 5-59
blockset 3-4
books
MATLAB related 1-9
break function 6-6
built-in functions
defined 4-12
C
calculus 10-2
example 10-20
extended example 10-28
callbacks 7-6
case function 6-4
catch function 6-7
cell arrays 6-10
char function 6-14
character arrays 6-12
characteristic polynomial 4-21
circulant matrix 9-13
Index
Index-2
clear 9-12
clearing variables 9-12
collect 10-42
colon operator 4-7
colormap 5-54
colors
lines for plotting 5-41
column space 10-65
Command History 8-6
command line
editing 4-30
Command Window 8-5
comp.soft-sys.matlab 1-10
complex numbers
plotting 5-43
complex symbolic variables 9-12
concatenation 4-16
strings 6-13
configuring additional products
on Windows 2-4
conj 9-12
constants
special 4-12
continue function 6-5
continuing statements on multiple lines 4-30
control keys for editing commands 4-30
converting symbolic matrices to numeric form
9-11
current directory 8-10
Current Directory browser 8-10
D
data source 5-27
debugging M-files 8-14
decimal symbolic expressions 9-10
default symbolic variable 9-9
definite integration 10-12
deleting array elements 4-17
demos
MATLAB 1-6
running from the Start button 8-3
desktop for MATLAB 3-8
desktop tools 8-1
determinant of matrix 4-19
diag function 4-4
diff 10-2
differentiation 10-2
digits 9-11
documentation 8-7
Mac OS X 2-14
double
converting to floating-point with 10-60
dsolve 10-90
E
editing command lines 4-30
Editor/Debugger 8-14
eig 10-67
eigenvalue 4-20
eigenvalue trajectories 10-77
eigenvalues 10-67
computing 10-67
eigenvector 4-20
elements of arrays 4-10
entering matrices 4-3
eps 9-10
erase mode 5-71
eval function 6-26
executing MATLAB 3-7
exiting MATLAB 3-7
expand 10-43
exporting graphs 5-35
Index
Index-3
expressions
evaluating 6-26
examples 4-13
using in MATLAB 4-10
F
factor
example 10-44
factorial function 9-13
figure function 5-46
figure tools 5-7
figure windows 5-46
with multiple plots 5-46
find function 4-27
finding object handles 5-69
fliplr function 4-6
floating-point arithmetic 10-57
IEEE 10-58
floating-point numbers 4-11
floating-point symbolic expressions 9-10
flow control 6-2
for loop 6-4
format
of output display 4-28
format 10-57
format function 4-28
function functions 6-27
function handles
defined 6-27
using 6-29
function keyword 6-21
function M-files 6-18
naming 6-20
function of two variables 5-52
functions
built-in,defined 4-12
defined 6-20
finding specific 1-7
how to find 4-11
running 8-5
variable number of arguments 6-21
G
Givens transformation 10-62
global variables 6-24
golden ratio 9-5
graphical user interface
creating 7-1
laying out 7-3
programming 7-6
graphics
files 5-60
Handle Graphics 5-62
objects 5-63
printing 5-60
grids 5-49
GUIDE 7-1
H
Handle Graphics 5-62
defined 3-3
finding handles 5-69
Help
accessing on Linux 2-21
accessing on Mac OS X 2-14
accessing on Windows 2-14
help
sources of 1-9
via newsgroup 1-10
Help browser 8-7
help functions 8-9
Index
Index-4
Hilbert matrix 9-11
hold function 5-44
horner
example 10-43
I
IEEE floating-point arithmetic 10-58
if function 6-2
images 5-58
imaginary numbers 4-10
installation root directory
specifying on Linux 2-18
installing MATLAB
on Linux 2-16
on Mac OS X 2-8
on Windows 2-3
installing toolboxes
on Linux 2-21
on Mac OS X 2-14
on Windows 2-5
int 10-11
integration 10-11
definite 10-12
with real constants 10-13
J
jacobian 10-6
Jacobian matrix 10-6
jordan
example 10-73
Jordan canonical form 10-73
K
keys for editing in Command Window 4-30
L
learning MATLAB 1-6
legend
adding to plot 5-40
legend function 5-40
library
mathematical function 3-3
lighting 5-55
limit 10-8
limits 10-8
axes 5-48
undefined 10-10
line continuation 4-30
line styles of plots 5-41
linear algebra 10-62
Linux
installing MATLAB 2-16
load function 4-15
loading arrays 4-15
local variables 6-21
log of functions used 8-6
logical vectors 4-26
M
Mac OS X
documentation 2-14
installing MATLAB 2-8
machine epsilon 9-10
Maclaurin series 10-19
magic function 4-8
magic square 4-4
Maple 9-2
Maple functions
accessing 9-13
markers 5-41
MAT-file 5-58
Index
Index-5
mathematical function library 3-3
mathematical functions
listing advanced 4-11
listing elementary 4-11
listing matrix 4-11
MathWorks Store
purchasing products from 1-9
MathWorks Web site 1-9
MATLAB
application program interface 3-3
books 1-9
calling C subroutine on Linux 2-15
calling C subroutine on Mac OS X 2-7
calling C subroutine on Windows 2-3
calling Fortran subroutine on Linux 2-15
calling Fortran subroutine on Mac OS X 2-7
calling Fortran subroutine on Windows 2-3
demos 1-6
desktop 3-8
executing 3-7
exiting 3-7
history 3-2
how to learn 1-6
installing on Linux 2-16
installing on Mac OS X 2-8
installing on Windows 2-3
language 3-3
mathematical function library 3-3
overview 3-2
quitting 3-7
running 3-7
shutting down 3-7
starting 3-7
starting on Linux 2-20
MATLAB Central 1-10
matlab command
setting up symbolic link on Linux 2-20
MATLAB user newsgroup 8-9
matrices 4-18
creating 4-14
entering 4-3
matrix 4-2
antidiagonal 4-6
condition number 10-65
determinant 4-19
main diagonal 4-5
multiplication 4-18
singular 4-19
swapping columns 4-8
symmetric 4-18
transpose 4-4
mesh plot 5-52
mex command
setting up symbolic link on Linux 2-20
MEX-file
Linux 2-15
Mac OS X 2-7
supported Windows compilers 2-3
Windows 2-2
M-files
and toolboxes 3-3
creating 6-18
editing 8-14
for creating arrays 4-15
function 6-18
script 6-18
Microsoft Word and access to MATLAB 8-19
M-Lint Code Checker 8-16
movies 5-73
multidimensional arrays 6-8
multiple data sets
plotting 5-40
multiple plots per figure 5-46
multivariate data
Index
Index-6
organizing 4-24
N
newsgroup 1-10
newsgroup for MATLAB users 8-9
Notebook 8-19
null space 10-65
numbers 4-10
floating-point 4-11
numeric symbolic expressions 9-10
O
object properties 5-65
objects
finding handles 5-69
graphics 5-63
online help
viewing 8-7
operators 4-11
colon 4-7
output
controlling format 4-28
suppressing 4-30
overlaying plots 5-44
P
path 8-11
plot function 5-38
plots
editing 5-16
plotting
adding legend 5-40
adding plots 5-44
basic 5-38
complex data 5-43
complex numbers 5-43
contours 5-44
editing 5-16
functions 5-38
line colors 5-41
line styles 5-41
lines and markers 5-41
mesh and surface 5-52
multiple data sets 5-40
multiple plots 5-46
overview 5-2
tools 5-9
poly 10-68
PostScript 5-61
preallocation 6-30
presentation graphics 5-29
pretty
example 10-19
print function 5-60
Printing 5-33
printing
example 5-33
graphics 5-60
product
registration 1-10
professional version
differences with Student Version 1-11
Profiler 8-18
Property Editor
interface 5-19
Property Inspector 5-18
Q
quitting MATLAB 3-7
Index
Index-7
R
rational arithmetic 10-58
rational symbolic expressions 9-10
real property 9-12
real symbolic variables 9-12
reference information
obtaining 1-7
registering your software 1-10
return function 6-7
revision control systems
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
root directory
specifying on Linux 2-18
Rosser matrix 10-69
running functions 8-5
running MATLAB 3-7
S
scalar expansion 4-25
scientific notation 4-10
screens
installation data 2-20
root directory on Linux 2-18
scripts 6-19
search path 8-11
semicolon to suppress output 4-30
shutting down MATLAB 3-7
simple 10-46
simplifications 10-41
simplify 10-46
Simulink 3-4
simultaneous differential equations
solving 10-92
simultaneous linear equations
solving systems of 10-64
singular matrix 4-19
singular value decomposition 10-74
solve 10-86
solving equations 10-86
algebraic 10-86
ordinary differential 10-90
source control systems
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
special constants
infinity 4-12
not-a-number 4-12
specialized graphs 5-45
spherical coordinates 10-6
Start button 8-3
starting MATLAB 3-7
startup.m file
Windows 2-4
Stateflow 3-4
statements
continuing on multiple lines 4-30
executing 6-26
status
administrator on OS X 2-8
strings
concatenating 6-13
structures 6-15
Student Version
differences with professional version 1-11
MATLAB differences 1-11
Simulink differences 1-11
Symbolic Math Toolbox differences 1-12
subexpr 10-50
subexpressions 10-50
subplot function 5-46
subs 10-52
subscripting
with logical vectors 4-26
subscripts 4-6
Index
Index-8
substitutions 10-50
sum function 4-4
summation
symbolic 10-18
support
sources of 1-9
suppressing output 4-30
surface plot 5-52
svd 10-75
switch function 6-4
sym 9-5
symbolic expressions 10-86
creating 9-5
decimal 9-10
floating-point 9-10
numeric 9-10
rational 9-10
symbolic links
setting up 2-20
symbolic math functions
creating 9-15
Symbolic Math Toolbox
learning 1-7
symbolic matrix
computing eigenvalue of 10-70
converting to numeric form 9-11
creating 9-13
differentiating 10-5
symbolic objects
about 9-3
symbolic summation 10-18
symbolic variables
complex 9-12
creating 9-5
real 9-12
symmetric matrix 4-18
syms 9-6
symsum 10-18
system requirements
Linux 2-15
Mac OS X 2-7
Windows 2-2
T
taylor 10-18
Taylor series 10-18
technical support 1-10
text
entering in MATLAB 6-12
TIFF 5-61
title
figure 5-49
toolboxes 3-2
installing on Linux 2-21
installing on Mac OS X 2-14
installing on Windows 2-5
tools in the desktop 8-1
transpose function 4-4
troubleshooting 1-8
try function 6-7
V
variable-precision arithmetic 10-57
variable-precision numbers 10-59
variables 4-10
global 6-24
local 6-21
vectorization 6-30
vectors 4-2
logical 4-26
preallocating 6-30
version control systems
Index
Index-9
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
visibility of axes 5-49
vpa 10-59
W
while loop 6-5
Windows
installing MATLAB 2-3
windows for plotting 5-46
windows in MATLAB 3-8
wireframe
surface 5-52
Word and access to MATLAB 8-19
word processing access to MATLAB 8-19
workspace 8-12
Workspace browser 8-12
www.mathworks.com 1-9
www.mathworks.com/academia 1-9
www.mathworks.com/store 1-9
www.mathworks.com/support/books 1-9
X
xor erase mode 5-71
Index
Index-10
Learning
资料来源于网络,由翱翔Aokee.com整理,科研中国SciEi.com提供下载。取之于网络,用之于网络,为科学研究事业发展尽一份力。版权归原作者所有,请读者勿用作商业用途,否则后果自负。
科研中国-中国科研网是科研交流网站,希望广大科研工作者、学术期刊社,以及科研院、校、所与科研中国进行合作!欢迎各领域专家和研究生,以及高校科研院所企业的科研人员来科研中国进行交流!
科研中国:http://www.SciEi.com,让中国引领世界共同进步。Email:chinamaker@sohu.com。
How to Contact The MathWorks:
www.mathworks.com Web
comp.soft-sys.matlab Newsgroup
suggest@mathworks.com Product enhancement suggestions
bugs@mathworks.com Bug reports
doc@mathworks.com Documentation error reports
ISBN 0-9755787-090000
Learning MATLAB
COPYRIGHT 1984 - 2004 by The MathWorks,Inc,
The software described in this document is furnished under a license agreement,The software may be used
or copied only under the terms of the license agreement,No part of this manual may be photocopied or repro-
duced in any form without prior written consent from The MathWorks,Inc.
FEDERAL ACQUISITION,This provision applies to all acquisitions of the Program and Documentation by,
for,or through the federal government of the United States,By accepting delivery of the Program or
Documentation,the government hereby agrees that this software or documentation qualifies as commercial
computer software or commercial computer software documentation as such terms are used or defined in
FAR 12.212,DFARS Part 227.72,and DFARS 252.227-7014,Accordingly,the terms and conditions of this
Agreement and only those rights specified in this Agreement,shall pertain to and govern the use,
modification,reproduction,release,performance,display,and disclosure of the Program and Documentation
by the federal government (or other entity acquiring for or through the federal government) and shall
supersede any conflicting contractual terms or conditions,If this License fails to meet the government's
needs or is inconsistent in any respect with federal procurement law,the government agrees to return the
Program and Documentation,unused,to The MathWorks,Inc,
MATLAB,Simulink,Stateflow,Handle Graphics,and Real-Time Workshop are registered
trademarks,and TargetBox is a trademark of The MathWorks,Inc.
Other product or brand names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Printing History,August 1999 First printing New manual
January 2001 Second printing Revised for MATLAB 6.0 (Release 12)
November 2002 Third printing Revised for MATLAB 6.5 (Release 13)
July 2004 Fourth printing Revised for MATLAB 7.0 (Release 14)
i
Contents
1
Introducing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Quick Start,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-2
About the Student Version,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-3
Student Use Policy,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-3
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-5
Getting Started with MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-6
Finding Reference Information,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-7
Troubleshooting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-8
Other Resources,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Web Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Academia Web Site,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MATLAB and Simulink Based Books,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MathWorks Store,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-9
MATLAB Central — File Exchange/Newsgroup Access,,,,,1-10
Technical Support,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-10
Product Registration,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-10
Differences Between the Student and
Professional Versions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
Simulink,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-11
Symbolic Math Toolbox,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,1-12
ii Contents
2
Installing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Installing on Windows,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-2
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-2
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-3
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-5
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-6
Installing on Mac OS X,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-7
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-7
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-8
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Mac OS X Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-14
Installing on Linux,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-15
System Requirements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-15
Installing MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-16
Installing Additional Toolboxes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-21
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help),,,,,,,,,,,,,,2-21
3
Introduction
About MATLAB and Simulink,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-2
What Is MATLAB?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-2
What Is Simulink?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-4
MATLAB Documentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-5
MATLAB Online Help,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-5
Starting and Quitting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
Starting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
Quitting MATLAB,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-7
MATLAB Desktop,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,3-8
iii
4
Matrices and Arrays
Matrices and Magic Squares,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-2
Entering Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-3
sum,transpose,and diag,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-4
Subscripts,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-6
The Colon Operator,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-7
The magic Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-8
Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Numbers,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-10
Operators,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-11
Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-11
Examples of Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-13
Working with Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-14
Generating Matrices,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-14
The load Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-15
M-Files,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-15
Concatenation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-16
Deleting Rows and Columns,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-17
More About Matrices and Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-18
Linear Algebra,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-18
Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-21
Multivariate Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-24
Scalar Expansion,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-25
Logical Subscripting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-26
The find Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-27
Controlling Command Window Input and Output,,,,,,,4-28
The format Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-28
Suppressing Output,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
Entering Long Statements,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
Command Line Editing,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,4-30
iv Contents
5
Graphics
Overview of MATLAB Plotting,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-2
The Plotting Process,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-2
Graph Components,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-5
Figure Tools,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-7
Arranging Graphs Within a Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-13
Selecting Plot Types,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-14
Editing Plots,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-16
Plot Editing Mode,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-16
Using Functions to Edit Graphs,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-19
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-20
Modifying the Graph Data Source,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-27
Preparing Graphs for Presentation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-29
Modify the Graph to Enhance the Presentation,,,,,,,,,,,5-30
Printing the Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-33
Exporting the Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-35
Basic Plotting Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-38
Creating a Plot,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-38
Multiple Data Sets in One Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-40
Specifying Line Styles and Colors,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-41
Plotting Lines and Markers,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-41
Imaginary and Complex Data,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-43
Adding Plots to an Existing Graph,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-44
Figure Windows,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-46
Multiple Plots in One Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-46
Controlling the Axes,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-48
Axis Labels and Titles,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-49
Saving Figures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-51
Mesh and Surface Plots,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-52
Visualizing Functions of Two Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-52
Images,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-58
Reading and Writing Images,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-59
v
Printing Graphics,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-60
Handle Graphics,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-62
Using the Handle,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-62
Graphics Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-63
Setting Object Properties,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-65
Specifying the Axes or Figure,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-68
Finding the Handles of Existing Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-69
Animations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-71
Erase Mode Method,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-71
Creating Movies,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,5-73
6
Programming
Flow Control,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-2
if,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-2
switch and case,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-4
for,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-4
while,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-5
continue,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-5
break,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-6
try - catch,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-7
return,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-7
Other Data Structures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-8
Multidimensional Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-8
Cell Arrays,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-10
Characters and Text,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-12
Structures,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-15
Scripts and Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-18
Scripts,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-19
Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-20
Types of Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-22
Global Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-24
vi Contents
Passing String Arguments to Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-25
The eval Function,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-26
Function Handles,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-27
Function Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-27
Vectorization,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-30
Preallocation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,6-30
7
Creating Graphical User Interfaces
What Is GUIDE?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-2
Laying Out a GUI,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-3
Starting GUIDE,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-3
The Layout Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-4
Programming a GUI,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,7-6
8
Desktop Tools and Development Environment
Desktop Overview,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-2
Arranging the Desktop,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-3
Start Button,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-3
Command Window and Command History,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-5
Command Window,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-5
Command History,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-6
Help Browser,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-7
Current Directory Browser and Search Path,,,,,,,,,,,8-10
Current Directory,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-10
Search Path,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-11
vii
Workspace Browser and Array Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-12
Workspace Browser,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-12
Array Editor,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-13
Editor/Debugger,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-14
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-16
M-Lint Code Check Report,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-16
Profiler Report,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-18
Other Development Environment Features,,,,,,,,,,,,,8-19
9
Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-2
Symbolic Objects,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-3
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,9-5
The findsym Command,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-7
The subs Command,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-8
The Default Symbolic Variable,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-9
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-10
Constructing Real and Complex Variables,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-12
Creating Abstract Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-13
Creating Symbolic Math Functions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
Using Symbolic Expressions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
Creating an M-File,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,9-15
viii Contents
10
Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
Calculus,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-2
Differentiation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-2
Limits,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-8
Integration,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-11
Symbolic Summation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-18
Taylor Series,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-18
Calculus Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-20
Extended Calculus Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-28
Simplifications and Substitutions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-41
Simplifications,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-41
Substitutions,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-50
Variable-Precision Arithmetic,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-57
Example,Using the Different Kinds of Arithmetic,,,,,,,,10-58
Another Example,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-60
Linear Algebra,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-62
Basic Algebraic Operations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-62
Linear Algebraic Operations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-63
Eigenvalues,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-67
Jordan Canonical Form,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-73
Singular Value Decomposition,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-74
Eigenvalue Trajectories,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-77
Solving Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-86
Solving Algebraic Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-86
Several Algebraic Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-87
Single Differential Equation,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-90
Several Differential Equations,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,,10-92
Index
1
Introducing the
MATLAB & Simulink
Student Version
This chapter introduces the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version and provides resources for using
it.
Quick Start (p,1-2) Syllabus for new users of MATLAB
About the Student Version (p,1-3) Description of the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
Obtaining Additional MathWorks
Products (p,1-5)
How to acquire other products for use with the MATLAB
& Simulink Student Version
Getting Started with MATLAB (p,1-6) Basic steps for using MATLAB
Finding Reference Information (p,1-7) How to learn more about MATLAB and related products
Troubleshooting (p,1-8) Getting information and reporting problems
Other Resources (p,1-9) Additional sources of information for the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version
Differences Between the Student and
Professional Versions (p,1-11)
Product differences
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-2
Quick Start
If you need help installing the software,see Chapter 2,“Installing the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.”
At the heart of MATLAB
is a programming language you must learn before
you can fully exploit its power,You can learn the basics of MATLAB quickly,
and mastery comes shortly after,You will be rewarded with high-productivity,
high-creativity computing power that will change the way you work.
If you are new to MATLAB,you should start by reading Chapter 4,“Matrices
and Arrays.” The most important things to learn are how to enter matrices,
how to use the,(colon) operator,and how to invoke functions,After you master
the basics,you should read the rest of the MATLAB chapters in this book and
run the demos:
Chapter 3,“Introduction”
Introduces MATLAB and the MATLAB desktop.
Chapter 4,“Matrices and Arrays”
Introduces matrices and arrays,how to enter and generate them,how to
operate on them,and how to control Command Window input and output.
Chapter 5,“Graphics”
Introduces MATLAB graphic capabilities and the tools that let you
customize your graphs to suit your specific needs.
Chapter 6,“Programming”
Describes how to use the MATLAB language to create scripts and functions,
and manipulate data structures,such as cell arrays and multidimensional
arrays.
About the Student Version
1-3
About the Student Version
MATLAB and Simulink
are the premier software packages for technical
computing in education and industry,The MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version provides all of the features of professional MATLAB,with no
limitations,and the full functionality of professional Simulink,with model
sizes up to 1000 blocks,The Student Version gives you immediate access to
high-performance numeric computing,modeling,and simulation power.
MATLAB allows you to focus on your course work and applications rather than
on programming details,It enables you to solve many numerical problems in a
fraction of the time it would take you to write a program in a lower-level
language such as C,C++,or Fortran,MATLAB helps you better understand
and apply concepts in applications ranging from engineering and mathematics
to chemistry,biology,and economics.
Simulink is an interactive tool for modeling,simulating,and analyzing
dynamic systems,including controls,signal processing,communications,and
other complex systems.
The Symbolic Math Toolbox,also included with the Student Version,is based
on the Maple
8 symbolic math engine and lets you perform symbolic
computations and variable-precision arithmetic.
MATLAB products are used in a broad range of industries,including
automotive,aerospace,electronics,environmental,telecommunications,
computer peripherals,finance,and medicine,More than one million technical
professionals at the world’s most innovative technology companies,
government research labs,financial institutions,and at more than 3,500
universities,rely on MATLAB and Simulink as the fundamental tools for their
engineering and scientific work.
Student Use Policy
This MATLAB & Simulink Student Version License is for use in conjunction
with courses offered at degree-granting institutions,The MathWorks offers
this license as a special service to the student community and asks your help
in seeing that its terms are not abused.
To use this Student License,you must be a student either enrolled in a
degree-granting institution or participating in a continuing education program
at a degree-granting educational university.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-4
You may not use this Student License at a company or government lab,Also,
you may not use it for commercial or industrial purposes,In these cases,you
can acquire the appropriate professional version of the software by contacting
The MathWorks.
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products
1-5
Obtaining Additional MathWorks Products
Many college courses recommend MATLAB as standard instructional
software,In some cases,the courses may require particular toolboxes,
blocksets,or other products,Toolboxes and blocksets are add-on products that
extend MATLAB and Simulink with domain-specific capabilities,Many of
these products are available for student use,You may purchase and download
these additional products at special student prices from the MathWorks Store
at www.mathworks.com/store.
Some of the products you can purchase include
Bioinformatics Toolbox
Communications Blockset
Control System Toolbox
Fixed-Point Toolbox
Fuzzy Logic Toolbox
Image Processing Toolbox
Neural Network Toolbox
Optimization Toolbox
Signal Processing Toolbox
Statistics Toolbox
Stateflow
(A demo version of Stateflow is included with your MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version.)
For an up-to-date list of available products and their product dependencies,
visit the MathWorks Store.
Note The toolboxes and blocksets that are available for the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version have the same functionality as the professional
versions,The only restrictions are those described in,Differences Between the
Student and Professional Versions” on page 1-11,Also,the student versions of
the toolboxes and blocksets will work only with the Student Version,Likewise,
the professional versions of the toolboxes and blocksets will not work with the
Student Version.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-6
Getting Started with MATLAB
What I Want What I Should Do
I need to install MATLAB,See Chapter 2,“Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version.”
I want to start MATLAB,On all operating systems,your MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version CD must be in your CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
(Microsoft Windows) Double-click the MATLAB icon on your
desktop.
(Macintosh OS X) Double-click the MATLAB icon on your desktop.
(Linux) Enter the matlab command at the command prompt.
I’m new to MATLAB and
want to learn it quickly.
Start by reading Chapter 3,“Introduction,” through Chapter 6,
“Programming,” in this book,The most important things to learn
are how to enter matrices,how to use the,(colon) operator,and
how to invoke functions,You will also get a brief overview of
graphics and programming in MATLAB,After you master the
basics,you can access the rest of the documentation through the
online help facility (Help).
I want to look at some
samples of what you can do
with MATLAB.
There are numerous demonstrations included with MATLAB,
You can see the demos by clicking Demos in the Help browser or
selecting Demos from the Help menu,There are demos of
mathematics,graphics,visualization,and much more,You also
will find a large selection of demos at
www.mathworks.com/demos.
Finding Reference Information
1-7
Finding Reference Information
What I Want What I Should Do
I want to know how to use a
specific function.
Use the online help facility (Help),To access Help,use the
command helpbrowser or use the Help menu.,MATLAB
Functions,Volume 1 (A-E),Volume 2 (F-O),and Volume 3 (P-Z)”
are also available in PDF format from Printing the
Documentation Set on the MATLAB product page.
I want to find a function for
a specific purpose,but I
don’t know the function
name.
There are several choices:
From Help,browse the MATLAB functions by choosing
Functions — Categorical List or Functions — Alphabetical
List.
Use lookfor (e.g.,lookfor inverse) from the command line.
Use Index or Search from Help.
I want to learn about a
specific topic such as sparse
matrices,ordinary
differential equations,or cell
arrays.
Use Help to locate the appropriate sections in the MATLAB
documentation,for example,MATLAB -> Mathematics ->
Sparse Matrices.
I want to know what
functions are available in a
general area.
Use Help to view Functions — Categorical List under
MATLAB,Help provides access to the reference pages for the
hundreds of functions included with MATLAB.
I want to learn about the
Symbolic Math Toolbox.
See Chapter 9,“Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox,” and
Chapter 10,“Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox,” in this book,
For complete descriptions of the Symbolic Math Toolbox
functions,use Help and select Function — Categorical List or
Function — Alphabetical List from the Symbolic Math Toolbox
documentation.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-8
Troubleshooting
What I Want What I Should Do
I have a specific MATLAB
problem I want help with.
From Help,select Support and Web Services and then choose
Technical Support.
I want to report a bug or
make a suggestion.
Use Help or send e-mail to bugs@mathworks.com or
suggest@mathworks.com.
Other Resources
1-9
Other Resources
Documentation
When you install the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on your computer,
you automatically install the complete online documentation for these
products,Access this documentation set from Help.
Note References to UNIX in the documentation include both Linux and
Mac OS X.
Web-Based Documentation
Documentation for all MathWorks products is online and available from the
Support area of the MathWorks Web site,In addition to tutorials and function
reference pages,you can find PDF versions of all the manuals.
MathWorks Web Site
At www.mathworks.com,you’ll find information about MathWorks products and
how they are used in education and industry,product demos,and MATLAB
and Simulink based books.
MathWorks Academia Web Site
At www.mathworks.com/academia,you’ll find resources for various branches of
engineering,mathematics,and science.
MATLAB and Simulink Based Books
At www.mathworks.com/support/books,you’ll find an up-to-date list of
MATLAB and Simulink based books.
MathWorks Store
At www.mathworks.com/store,you can purchase add-on products and
documentation.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-10
MATLAB Central — File Exchange/Newsgroup
Access
At www.mathworks.com/matlabcentral,you can access the MATLAB Usenet
newsgroup (comp.soft-sys.matlab) as well as an extensive library of
user-contributed files called the MATLAB Central File Exchange,MATLAB
Central is also home to the Link Exchange where you can share your favorite
links to various educational,personal,and commercial MATLAB Web sites.
The comp.soft-sys.matlab newsgroup is for professionals and students who
use MATLAB and have questions or comments about it and its associated
software,This is an important resource for posing questions and answering
those of others,MathWorks staff also participates actively in this newsgroup.
Technical Support
At www.mathworks.com/support,you can get technical support.
Telephone and e-mail access to our technical support staff is not available for
students running the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version unless you are
experiencing difficulty installing or downloading MATLAB or related products,
There are numerous other vehicles of technical support that you can use,The
“Additional Sources of Information” section in the CD holder identifies the
ways to obtain support.
After checking the available MathWorks sources for help,if you still cannot
resolve your problem,please contact your instructor,Your instructor should be
able to help you,but if not,there is telephone and e-mail technical support for
registered instructors who have adopted the MATLAB & Simulink Student
Version in their courses.
Product Registration
At www.mathworks.com/academia/student_version/register.html,you can
register your MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.
Differences Between the Student and Professional Versions
1-11
Differences Between the Student and Professional Versions
MATLAB
The Student Version provides full support for all MATLAB language features
as well as graphics,external interface and Application Program Interface (API)
support,and access to every other feature of the professional version of
MATLAB.
MATLAB Differences
There are a few small differences between the Student Version and the
professional version of MATLAB:
The MATLAB prompt in the Student Version is
EDU>>
The window title bars include the words
<Student Version>
All printouts contain the footer
Student Version of MATLAB
This footer will always appear in your printouts.
The Check for Updates menu option on the desktop tools is not available in
the Student Version.
The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your CD-ROM
drive to start MATLAB,Once MATLAB starts,you can remove the CD.
Simulink
The Student Version contains the complete Simulink product,which is used
with MATLAB to model,simulate,and analyze dynamic systems.
Simulink Differences
Models are limited to 1000 blocks.
1 Introducing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
1-12
Note You may encounter some demos that use more than 1000 blocks,In
these cases,a dialog will display stating that the block limit has been
exceeded and the demo will not run.
The window title bars include the words
<Student Version>
All printouts contain the footer
Student Version of MATLAB
This footer will always appear in your printouts.
Note The Using Simulink documentation,which is accessible from the Help
browser,contains all of the information in the Learning Simulink book plus
additional advanced information.
Symbolic Math Toolbox
The Symbolic Math Toolbox included with this Student Version lets you access
all of the functions in the professional version of the Symbolic Math Toolbox
except maple,mapleinit,mfun,mfunlist,and mhelp,For more information
about the Symbolic Math Toolbox,see its documentation.
2
Installing the MATLAB &
Simulink Student Version
This chapter describes how to install the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version.
Installing on Windows (p,2-2) Steps to install the Student Version on Microsoft
Windows machines
Installing on Mac OS X (p,2-7) Steps to install the Student Version on Macintosh OS X
machines
Installing on Linux (p,2-15) Steps to install the Student Version on Linux machines
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-2
Installing on Windows
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Windows computer,It also
provides step-by-step instructions for installing the software and
documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Pentium III,IV,Xeon,Pentium M,AMD Athlon,Athlon XP,or Athlon
MP-based personal computer
Microsoft Windows XP,Windows 2000 (with Service Pack 3 or 4),or
Windows NT 4.0 (with Service Pack 5 or 6a)
16-,24-,or 32-bit OpenGL capable graphics adapter
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Disk space varies depending on size of partition,The MathWorks Installer
will inform you of the disk space requirement for your particular partition,
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB.
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
Netscape Navigator 4.0 or later,or Microsoft Internet Explorer 4.0 or later is
required.
Adobe Acrobat Reader 3.0 or later is required to view and print the MATLAB
online documentation that is in PDF format.
Office 2000 or Office XP is required to run MATLAB Notebook.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
Installing on Windows
2-3
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
This list summarizes the steps in the standard installation procedure,You can
perform the installation by simply following the instructions in the dialog
boxes presented by the installation program; it walks you through this process:
1 Exit any existing copies of MATLAB you have running.
2 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in your CD-ROM
drive,To start the installation program,run setup.exe from the CD.
3 Read the Welcome screen,then click Next.
4 Enter your name and school name,then click Next.
5 Review the software licensing agreement and,if you agree with the terms,
select Yes and click Next.
6 Review the Student Use Policy and,if you satisfy the terms,select Yes and
click Next.
7 Choose your installation type,Typical installation installs all products;
custom installation lets you select which products to install,Select the
installation type and click Next.
8 The Folder Selection dialog box lets you specify the name of the folder into
which you want to install MATLAB,You can accept the default destination
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-4
folder or specify the name of a different installation folder,If the folder
doesn’t exist,the installer creates it,To continue with the installation,click
Next.
9 The Confirmation dialog box lets you confirm your installation options,To
change a setting,click the Back button,To proceed with the installation,
click Install.
Note The installation process installs the online documentation for each
product you install,This does not include documentation in PDF format,
which is only available at the MathWorks Web site.
10 When the installation is complete,verify the installation by starting
MATLAB and running one of the demo programs,To start MATLAB,
double-click on the MATLAB icon that the installer creates on your desktop,
To run the demo programs,select Demos from Help.
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
11 Customize any MATLAB environment options,if desired,For example,to
include welcome messages,default definitions,or any MATLAB expressions
that you want executed every time MATLAB is invoked,create a file named
startup.m in the $MATLAB\toolbox\local folder,where $MATLAB is the
name of your MATLAB installation folder,Every time you start MATLAB,
it executes the commands in the startup.m file.
12 Perform any additional configuration by typing the appropriate command at
the MATLAB command prompt,For example,to configure the MATLAB
Notebook,type notebook -setup,To configure a compiler to work with the
MATLAB External Interface,type mex -setup.
Installing on Windows
2-5
For More Information The Installation Guide for Windows documentation
provides additional installation information,This manual is available from
Help.
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer.
When you download a toolbox,you receive an installation program for the
toolbox,To install the toolbox and its documentation,run the installation
program by double-clicking on the installer icon,After you successfully install
the toolbox,all of its functionality and documentation will be available to you
when you start MATLAB.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-6
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB Command Window,You can also type
helpbrowser at the MATLAB prompt,The Help browser appears.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-7
Installing on Mac OS X
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Macintosh computer,It also
provides step-by-step instructions for installing the software and
documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Power Macintosh with G4 or G5 processor
Mac OS X version 10.3.2
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB of disk
space.
X11 (X server) for Mac OS X
16-bit graphics or higher adaptor and display (24 bit recommended)
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Netscape Navigator 4.7 or later,or Microsoft Internet Explorer 5.1 or later,
is required.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-8
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
The following sections describe the steps you must follow to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Macintosh computer.
Note If you want to install MATLAB in a particular directory,you must have
the appropriate permissions,For example,to install MATLAB in the
Applications directory,you must have administrator status,To create
symbolic links in a particular directory,you must have the appropriate
permissions,For information on setting permissions (privileges),see
Macintosh Help (Command+? from the desktop).
1 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in the CD-ROM drive,
When the CD’s icon appears on the desktop,double-click the icon to display
the CD’s contents.
2 Double-click the InstallForMacOSX icon to begin the installation.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-9
3 To install the MathWorks products,you must enter a username and
password for an administrator,Enter the username and password in the
Authenticate dialog box and then click OK.
Note The user account you set up when you configured your Mac is an
administrator account,If you don’t know the username and password for an
administrator,check with the person who administers your Macintosh.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-10
4 When the Important Information window appears,review its contents,
Click Continue to proceed with the installation.
Note You will not be able to run the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
until you install X11 for Mac OS X.
5 The Software License Agreement is displayed,If you agree to its terms,you
can continue the installation.
6 The Student Use Policy is displayed,If you qualify for the student license
and agree to its terms,click Accept.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-11
7 The default installation location is MATLAB_SV7 in the Applications folder
on your system disk,To accept the default,click Continue,To change the
location,click Choose Folder and then navigate to the desired location.
Note Your installation directory name cannot contain spaces,the @ character,
or the $ character,Also,you cannot have a directory named private as part of
the installation path,To create this directory in this location on your system,
you must have administrator privileges,For information on setting privileges,
see Macintosh Help (Command+? from the desktop).
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-12
8 Select the products you want to install from the list of products available for
installation and then click Continue.
Note The installation process installs the online documentation for each
product you install,This does not include documentation in PDF format,
which is only available at the MathWorks Web site.
Installing on Mac OS X
2-13
9 When the installation successfully completes,the installer displays the
following Installation Complete window,This gives you options for
accessing MATLAB,Check your desired options and click Finish to
complete the installation.
10 Verify the installation by starting MATLAB and running one of the demo
programs,To start MATLAB,double-click on the MATLAB icon that the
installer creates on your desktop,To run the demo programs,select Demos
from Help.
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-14
For More Information The Installation Guide for Mac OS X documentation
provides additional installation information,This manual is available from
Help.
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer.
When you download a toolbox,you receive a file for the toolbox,Double-clicking
on the downloaded file’s icon creates a folder that contains the installation
program for the toolbox,To install the toolbox and its documentation,run the
installation program by double-clicking on its icon,After you successfully
install the toolbox,all of its functionality and documentation will be available
to you when you start MATLAB.
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB Command Window,You can also type
helpbrowser at the MATLAB prompt,The Help browser appears.
Mac OS X Documentation
In general,the documentation for MathWorks products is not specific for
individual platforms unless the product is available only on a particular
platform,For the Macintosh,when you access a product’s documentation either
in print or online through the Help browser,make sure you refer to the UNIX
platform if there is different documentation for different platforms.
For More Information The Installation Guide for Mac OS X documentation
provides Macintosh-specific information for this release of MATLAB and its
related products.
Installing on Linux
2-15
Installing on Linux
This section describes the system requirements necessary to install the
MATLAB & Simulink Student Version on a Linux computer,It also provides
step-by-step instructions for installing the software and documentation.
System Requirements
Note For the most up-to-date information about system requirements,see
the system requirements page,available in the Support area at the
MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
MATLAB and Simulink
Pentium III,Pentium IV,AMD Athlon,Athlon XP,Athlon MP,AMD
Opteron (Note,Runs MATLAB in 32 bit emulation mode)
Linux — built using Kernel 2.4.x and glibc (glibc6) 2.2.5
MATLAB and its online help alone require approximately 400 MB of disk
space.
256 MB RAM minimum,512 MB RAM recommended
64 MB swap space
16,24 or 32-bit OpenGL capable graphics adapter
CD-ROM drive for installation and program startup
Netscape Navigator 4.0 or later
Adobe Acrobat Reader 3.0 or later is required to view and print the MATLAB
online documentation that is in PDF format.
MEX-Files
MEX-files are dynamically linked subroutines that MATLAB can
automatically load and execute,They provide a mechanism by which you can
call your own C and Fortran subroutines from MATLAB as if they were built-in
functions.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-16
For More Information,External Interfaces” in the MATLAB
documentation provides information on how to write MEX-files.,External
Interfaces Reference” in the MATLAB documentation describes the collection
of these functions,Both of these are available from Help.
If you plan to build your own MEX-files,you will need a supported compiler,
For the most up-to-date information about compilers,see the support area at
the MathWorks Web site (www.mathworks.com).
Installing MATLAB
The following instructions describe how to install the MATLAB & Simulink
Student Version on a Linux computer.
Note On most systems,you will need root privileges to perform certain steps
in the installation procedure,
1 Insert the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD in the CD-ROM drive.
If your CD-ROM drive is not accessible to your operating system,you will
need to mount the CD-ROM drive on your system,Create a directory to be
the mount point for it.
mkdir /cdrom
Mount a CD-ROM drive using the command
$ mount /cdrom
If your system requires that you have root privileges to mount a CD-ROM
drive,this command should work on most systems,
# mount -t iso9660 /dev/cdrom /cdrom
To enable nonroot users to mount a CD-ROM drive,include the exec option
in the entry for CD-ROM drives in your /etc/fstab file,as in the following
example,
Installing on Linux
2-17
/dev/cdrom /cdrom iso9660 noauto,ro,user,exec 0 0
Note,however,that this option is often omitted from the /etc/fstab file for
security reasons,
2 Create an installation directory and move to it,using the cd command,For
example,if you are going to install into the location /usr/local/matlab7,
use the commands
cd /usr/local
mkdir matlab7
cd matlab7
Subsequent instructions in this section refer to this directory as $MATLAB.
3 Start the MathWorks Installer by running the install script.
/cdrom/install_unix.sh
The MathWorks Installer displays the welcome dialog box,Click OK to
proceed with the installation.
Note If you need additional help on any step during this installation process,
click the Help button at the bottom of the dialog box.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-18
4 The Software License Agreement is displayed,If you agree to its terms,you
can continue the installation.
5 Verify the name of the directory in which you want to install MATLAB in the
MATLAB Root Directory dialog box,You can edit the pathname in this
dialog box,If the MATLAB root directory is correct,click OK to proceed with
the installation.
6 View your License File,Click OK to proceed with the installation.
Installing on Linux
2-19
7 Select the products you want to install in the Installation Options dialog
box.
The products you are licensed to install are listed in the Items to install list
box,If you do not want to install a product,select it in the list and click
Remove,The installer moves the product to the Items not to install list,
To install the complete MATLAB & Simulink Student Version,keep all the
products listed in the Items to install list.
After you select the products you want to install,click OK to proceed with
the installation.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-20
8 Specify in the Installation Data dialog box the directory in which you want
to install symbolic links to the matlab and mex scripts,Choose a directory
that is common to all users’ paths,such as /usr/local/bin,You must be
logged in as root to do this,If you choose not to set up these links,you can
still run MATLAB; however,you must specify the full path to the MATLAB
start-up script,Click OK to proceed with the installation.
9 Start the installation by clicking OK in the Begin Installation dialog box,
During the installation,the installer displays information about the status
of the installation,
10 After the installation is complete,the installer displays the Installation
Complete dialog box,Click Exit to terminate the installer program.
11 When the installation is complete,verify the installation by starting
MATLAB and running one of the demo programs,
To start MATLAB,enter the matlab command,If you did not set up symbolic
links in a directory on your path,you must provide the full pathname to the
matlab command
$MATLAB/bin/matlab
where $MATLAB represents your MATLAB installation directory.
Note To start MATLAB,the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must
be in your CD-ROM drive.
Installing on Linux
2-21
Installing Additional Toolboxes
To purchase additional toolboxes,visit the MathWorks Store at
(www.mathworks.com/store),Once you purchase a toolbox,the product and its
online documentation are downloaded to your computer,When you download a
toolbox on Linux,you receive a tar file (a standard,compressed archive
format),
To install the toolbox and documentation,you must
1 Place the tar file in your installation directory ($MATLAB) and extract the
files from the archive,Use the following syntax.
tar -xf filename
2 Start the MathWorks Installer.
install
After you successfully install the toolbox and documentation,all of its
functionality will be available to you when you start MATLAB.
Accessing the Online Documentation (Help)
To access the online documentation (Help),select Full Product Family Help
from the Help menu in the MATLAB desktop,You can also type helpbrowser
at the MATLAB prompt.
2 Installing the MATLAB & Simulink Student Version
2-22
3
Introduction
This chapter introduces MATLAB and Simulink,the documentation set,how to start and stop
MATLAB,and the MATLAB desktop.
About MATLAB and Simulink (p,3-2) Overview of the products
MATLAB Documentation (p,3-5) Overview of the documentation set
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
(p,3-7)
Steps to run and exit MATLAB
3 Introduction
3-2
About MATLAB and Simulink
What Is MATLAB?
MATLAB is a high-performance language for technical computing,It
integrates computation,visualization,and programming in an easy-to-use
environment where problems and solutions are expressed in familiar
mathematical notation,Typical uses include
Math and computation
Algorithm development
Data acquisition
Modeling,simulation,and prototyping
Data analysis,exploration,and visualization
Scientific and engineering graphics
Application development,including graphical user interface building
MATLAB is an interactive system whose basic data element is an array that
does not require dimensioning,This allows you to solve many technical
computing problems,especially those with matrix and vector formulations,in
a fraction of the time it would take to write a program in a scalar noninteractive
language such as C or Fortran.
The name MATLAB stands for matrix laboratory,MATLAB was originally
written to provide easy access to matrix software developed by the LINPACK
and EISPACK projects,Today,MATLAB engines incorporate the LAPACK
and BLAS libraries,embedding the state of the art in software for matrix
computation,
MATLAB has evolved over a period of years with input from many users,In
university environments,it is the standard instructional tool for introductory
and advanced courses in mathematics,engineering,and science,In industry,
MATLAB is the tool of choice for high-productivity research,development,and
analysis,
Toolboxes
MATLAB features a family of add-on application-specific solutions called
toolboxes,Very important to most users of MATLAB,toolboxes allow you to
learn and apply specialized technology,Toolboxes are comprehensive
About MATLAB and Simulink
3-3
collections of MATLAB functions (M-files) that extend the MATLAB
environment to solve particular classes of problems,Areas in which toolboxes
are available include signal processing,control systems,neural networks,
fuzzy logic,wavelets,simulation,and many others.
The MATLAB System
The MATLAB system consists of five main parts:
Development Environment,This is the set of tools and facilities that help you use
MATLAB functions and files,Many of these tools are graphical user interfaces,
It includes the MATLAB desktop and Command Window,a command history,
an editor and debugger,and browsers for viewing help,the workspace,files,
and the search path.
The MATLAB Mathematical Function Library,This is a vast collection of computational
algorithms ranging from elementary functions,like sum,sine,cosine,and
complex arithmetic,to more sophisticated functions like matrix inverse,matrix
eigenvalues,Bessel functions,and fast Fourier transforms,
The MATLAB Language,This is a high-level matrix/array language with control
flow statements,functions,data structures,input/output,and object-oriented
programming features,It allows both,programming in the small” to rapidly
create quick and dirty throw-away programs,and,programming in the large”
to create large and complex application programs,
Graphics,MATLAB has extensive facilities for displaying vectors and matrices
as graphs,as well as annotating and printing these graphs,It includes
high-level functions for two-dimensional and three-dimensional data
visualization,image processing,animation,and presentation graphics,It also
includes low-level functions that allow you to fully customize the appearance of
graphics as well as to build complete graphical user interfaces on your
MATLAB applications.
The MATLAB Application Program Interface (API),This is a library that allows you to
write C and Fortran programs that interact with MATLAB,It includes
facilities for calling routines from MATLAB (dynamic linking),calling
MATLAB as a computational engine,and for reading and writing MAT-files.
3 Introduction
3-4
What Is Simulink?
Simulink is an interactive environment for modeling,simulating,and
analyzing dynamic,multidomain systems,It lets you build a block diagram,
simulate the system’s behavior,evaluate its performance,and refine the
design,Simulink integrates seamlessly with MATLAB,providing you with
immediate access to an extensive range of analysis and design tools,These
benefits make Simulink the tool of choice for control system design,DSP
design,communications system design,and other simulation applications.
Blocksets are collections of application-specific blocks that support multiple
design areas,including electrical power-system modeling,digital signal
processing,fixed-point algorithm development,and more,These blocks can be
incorporated directly into your Simulink models.
Real-Time Workshop? is a program that generates optimized,portable,and
customizable ANSI C code from Simulink models,Generated code can run on
PC hardware,DSPs,microcontrollers on bare-board environments,and with
commercial or proprietary real-time operating systems.
What Is Stateflow?
Stateflow is an interactive design tool for modeling and simulating complex
reactive systems,Tightly integrated with Simulink and MATLAB,Stateflow
provides Simulink users with an elegant solution for designing embedded
systems by giving them an efficient way to incorporate complex control and
supervisory logic within their Simulink models.
With Stateflow,you can quickly develop graphical models of event-driven
systems using finite state machine theory,statechart formalisms,and flow
diagram notation,Together,Stateflow and Simulink serve as an executable
specification and virtual prototype of your system design.
Note Your MATLAB & Simulink Student Version includes a demo version of
Stateflow.
MATLAB Documentation
3-5
MATLAB Documentation
MATLAB provides extensive documentation,in both printed and online
format,to help you learn about and use all of its features,If you are a new user,
start with the MATLAB specific sections in this book,It covers all the primary
MATLAB features at a high level,including many examples.
The MATLAB online help provides task-oriented and reference information
about MATLAB features,MATLAB documentation is also available in printed
form and in PDF format.
MATLAB Online Help
To view the online documentation,select MATLAB Help from the Help menu
in MATLAB,The MATLAB documentation is organized into these main topics:
Desktop Tools and Development Environment — Startup and shutdown,the
desktop,and other tools that help you use MATLAB
Mathematics — Mathematical operations and data analysis
Programming — The MATLAB language and how to develop MATLAB
applications
Graphics — Tools and techniques for plotting,graph annotation,printing,
and programming with Handle Graphics
3-D Visualization — Visualizing surface and volume data,transparency,and
viewing and lighting techniques
Creating Graphical User Interfaces — GUI-building tools and how to write
callback functions
External Interfaces — MEX-files,the MATLAB engine,and interfacing to
Java,COM,and the serial port
MATLAB also includes reference documentation for all MATLAB functions:
Functions — Categorical List — Lists all MATLAB functions grouped into
categories
Handle Graphics Property Browser — Provides easy access to descriptions of
graphics object properties
External Interfaces Reference — Covers those functions used by the
MATLAB external interfaces,providing information on syntax in the calling
language,description,arguments,return values,and examples
3 Introduction
3-6
The MATLAB online documentation also includes
Examples — An index of examples included in the documentation
Release Notes — New features and known problems in the current release
Printable Documentation — PDF versions of the documentation suitable for
printing
For more information about using the Help browser,see Chapter 8,“Desktop
Tools and Development Environment.”
Note References to UNIX in the documentation include both Linux and
Mac OS X.
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
3-7
Starting and Quitting MATLAB
Note The MATLAB & Simulink Student Version CD must be in your
CD-ROM drive to start MATLAB.
Starting MATLAB
On Windows platforms,start MATLAB by double-clicking the MATLAB
shortcut icon on your Windows desktop.
On Mac OS X platforms,start MATLAB by double-clicking the MATLAB icon
on your desktop.
On Linux platforms,start MATLAB by typing matlab at the operating system
prompt.
You can customize MATLAB startup,For example,you can change the
directory in which MATLAB starts or automatically execute MATLAB
statements in a script file named startup.m.
For More Information See,Starting MATLAB” in the Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
Quitting MATLAB
To end your MATLAB session,select File -> Exit MATLAB in the desktop,or
type quit in the Command Window,You can run a script file named finish.m
each time MATLAB quits that,for example,executes functions to save the
workspace,or displays a quit confirmation dialog box.
For More Information See,Quitting MATLAB” in the Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
3 Introduction
3-8
MATLAB Desktop
When you start MATLAB,the MATLAB desktop appears,containing tools
(graphical user interfaces) for managing files,variables,and applications
associated with MATLAB.
The following illustration shows the default desktop,You can customize the
arrangement of tools and documents to suit your needs,For more information
about the desktop tools,see Chapter 8,“Desktop Tools and Development
Environment.”
Enter MATLAB functions at the Command Window prompt.
The Command History maintains a record of
the MATLAB functions you ran.
4
Matrices and Arrays
This chapter introduces you to MATLAB by teaching you how to handle matrices.
Matrices and Magic Squares (p,4-2) Enter matrices,perform matrix operations,and access
matrix elements.
Expressions (p,4-10) Work with variables,numbers,operators,functions,and
expressions.
Working with Matrices (p,4-14) Generate matrices,load matrices,create matrices from
M-files and concatenation,and delete matrix rows and
columns.
More About Matrices and Arrays
(p,4-18)
Use matrices for linear algebra,work with arrays,
multivariate data,scalar expansion,and logical
subscripting,and use the find function.
Controlling Command Window Input
and Output (p,4-28)
Change output format,suppress output,enter long lines,
and edit at the command line.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-2
Matrices and Magic Squares
In MATLAB,a matrix is a rectangular array of numbers,Special meaning is
sometimes attached to 1-by-1 matrices,which are scalars,and to matrices with
only one row or column,which are vectors,MATLAB has other ways of storing
both numeric and nonnumeric data,but in the beginning,it is usually best to
think of everything as a matrix,The operations in MATLAB are designed to be
as natural as possible,Where other programming languages work with
numbers one at a time,MATLAB allows you to work with entire matrices
quickly and easily,A good example matrix,used throughout this book,appears
in the Renaissance engraving Melencolia I by the German artist and amateur
mathematician Albrecht Dürer.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-3
This image is filled with mathematical symbolism,and if you look carefully,
you will see a matrix in the upper right corner,This matrix is known as a magic
square and was believed by many in Dürer’s time to have genuinely magical
properties,It does turn out to have some fascinating characteristics worth
exploring.
Entering Matrices
The best way for you to get started with MATLAB is to learn how to handle
matrices,Start MATLAB and follow along with each example,
You can enter matrices into MATLAB in several different ways:
Enter an explicit list of elements.
Load matrices from external data files.
Generate matrices using built-in functions.
Create matrices with your own functions in M-files.
Start by entering Dürer’s matrix as a list of its elements,You only have to
follow a few basic conventions:
Separate the elements of a row with blanks or commas.
Use a semicolon,;,to indicate the end of each row,
Surround the entire list of elements with square brackets,[ ].
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-4
To enter Dürer’s matrix,simply type in the Command Window
A = [16 3 2 13; 5 10 11 8; 9 6 7 12; 4 15 14 1]
MATLAB displays the matrix you just entered,
A =
16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1
This matrix matches the numbers in the engraving,Once you have entered the
matrix,it is automatically remembered in the MATLAB workspace,You can
refer to it simply as A,Now that you have A in the workspace,take a look at
what makes it so interesting,Why is it magic?
sum,transpose,and diag
You are probably already aware that the special properties of a magic square
have to do with the various ways of summing its elements,If you take the sum
along any row or column,or along either of the two main diagonals,you will
always get the same number,Let us verify that using MATLAB,The first
statement to try is
sum(A)
MATLAB replies with
ans =
34 34 34 34
When you do not specify an output variable,MATLAB uses the variable ans,
short for answer,to store the results of a calculation,You have computed a row
vector containing the sums of the columns of A,Sure enough,each of the
columns has the same sum,the magic sum,34,
How about the row sums? MATLAB has a preference for working with the
columns of a matrix,so the easiest way to get the row sums is to transpose the
matrix,compute the column sums of the transpose,and then transpose the
result,The transpose operation is denoted by an apostrophe or single quote,',
It flips a matrix about its main diagonal and it turns a row vector into a column
vector.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-5
So
A'
produces
ans =
16 5 9 4
3 10 6 15
2 11 7 14
13 8 12 1
And
sum(A')'
produces a column vector containing the row sums
ans =
34
34
34
34
The sum of the elements on the main diagonal is obtained with the sum and the
diag functions.
diag(A)
produces
ans =
16
10
7
1
and
sum(diag(A))
produces
ans =
34
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-6
The other diagonal,the so-called antidiagonal,is not so important
mathematically,so MATLAB does not have a ready-made function for it,But a
function originally intended for use in graphics,fliplr,flips a matrix from left
to right.
sum(diag(fliplr(A)))
ans =
34
You have verified that the matrix in Dürer’s engraving is indeed a magic
square and,in the process,have sampled a few MATLAB matrix operations,
The following sections continue to use this matrix to illustrate additional
MATLAB capabilities.
Subscripts
The element in row i and column j of A is denoted by A(i,j),For example,
A(4,2) is the number in the fourth row and second column,For our magic
square,A(4,2) is 15,So to compute the sum of the elements in the fourth
column of A,type
A(1,4) + A(2,4) + A(3,4) + A(4,4)
This produces
ans =
34
but is not the most elegant way of summing a single column.
It is also possible to refer to the elements of a matrix with a single subscript,
A(k),This is the usual way of referencing row and column vectors,But it can
also apply to a fully two-dimensional matrix,in which case the array is
regarded as one long column vector formed from the columns of the original
matrix,So,for our magic square,A(8) is another way of referring to the value
15 stored in A(4,2).
If you try to use the value of an element outside of the matrix,it is an error.
t = A(4,5)
Index exceeds matrix dimensions.
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-7
On the other hand,if you store a value in an element outside of the matrix,the
size increases to accommodate the newcomer.
X = A;
X(4,5) = 17
X =
16 3 2 13 0
5 10 11 8 0
9 6 7 12 0
4 15 14 1 17
The Colon Operator
The colon,:,is one of the most important MATLAB operators,It occurs in
several different forms,The expression
1:10
is a row vector containing the integers from 1 to 10,
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
To obtain nonunit spacing,specify an increment,For example,
100:-7:50
is
100 93 86 79 72 65 58 51
and
0:pi/4:pi
is
0 0.7854 1.5708 2.3562 3.1416
Subscript expressions involving colons refer to portions of a matrix.
A(1:k,j)
is the first k elements of the jth column of A,So
sum(A(1:4,4))
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-8
computes the sum of the fourth column,But there is a better way,The colon by
itself refers to all the elements in a row or column of a matrix and the keyword
end refers to the last row or column,So
sum(A(:,end))
computes the sum of the elements in the last column of A.
ans =
34
Why is the magic sum for a 4-by-4 square equal to 34? If the integers from 1 to
16 are sorted into four groups with equal sums,that sum must be
sum(1:16)/4
which,of course,is
ans =
34
The magic Function
MATLAB actually has a built-in function that creates magic squares of almost
any size,Not surprisingly,this function is named magic.
B = magic(4)
B =
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
This matrix is almost the same as the one in the Dürer engraving and has all
the same,magic” properties; the only difference is that the two middle columns
are exchanged.
To make this B into Dürer’s A,swap the two middle columns.
A = B(:,[1 3 2 4])
Matrices and Magic Squares
4-9
This says,for each of the rows of matrix B,reorder the elements in the order 1,
3,2,4,It produces
A =
16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1
Why would Dürer go to the trouble of rearranging the columns when he could
have used MATLAB ordering? No doubt he wanted to include the date of the
engraving,1514,at the bottom of his magic square.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-10
Expressions
Like most other programming languages,MATLAB provides mathematical
expressions,but unlike most programming languages,these expressions
involve entire matrices,The building blocks of expressions are
,Variables” on page 4-10
,Numbers” on page 4-10
,Operators” on page 4-11
,Functions” on page 4-11
See also,Examples of Expressions” on page 4-13.
Variables
MATLAB does not require any type declarations or dimension statements,
When MATLAB encounters a new variable name,it automatically creates the
variable and allocates the appropriate amount of storage,If the variable
already exists,MATLAB changes its contents and,if necessary,allocates new
storage,For example,
num_students = 25
creates a 1-by-1 matrix named num_students and stores the value 25 in its
single element.
Variable names consist of a letter,followed by any number of letters,digits,or
underscores,MATLAB uses only the first 31 characters of a variable name,
MATLAB is case sensitive; it distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase
letters,A and a are not the same variable,To view the matrix assigned to any
variable,simply enter the variable name.
Numbers
MATLAB uses conventional decimal notation,with an optional decimal point
and leading plus or minus sign,for numbers,Scientific notation uses the letter
e to specify a power-of-ten scale factor,Imaginary numbers use either i or j as
a suffix,Some examples of legal numbers are
3 -99 0.0001
9.6397238 1.60210e-20 6.02252e23
1i -3.14159j 3e5i
Expressions
4-11
All numbers are stored internally using the long format specified by the IEEE
floating-point standard,Floating-point numbers have a finite precision of
roughly 16 significant decimal digits and a finite range of roughly 10
-308
to
10
+308
.
Operators
Expressions use familiar arithmetic operators and precedence rules,
Functions
MATLAB provides a large number of standard elementary mathematical
functions,including abs,sqrt,exp,and sin,Taking the square root or
logarithm of a negative number is not an error; the appropriate complex result
is produced automatically,MATLAB also provides many more advanced
mathematical functions,including Bessel and gamma functions,Most of these
functions accept complex arguments,For a list of the elementary mathematical
functions,type
help elfun
For a list of more advanced mathematical and matrix functions,type
help specfun
help elmat
+ Addition
- Subtraction
* Multiplication
/ Division
\ Left division (described in,Matrices and Linear
Algebra” in the MATLAB documentation)
^ Power
' Complex conjugate transpose
( ) Specify evaluation order
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-12
Some of the functions,like sqrt and sin,are built in,Built-in functions are
part of the MATLAB core so they are very efficient,but the computational
details are not readily accessible,Other functions,like gamma and sinh,are
implemented in M-files.
There are some differences between built-in functions and other functions,For
example,for built-in functions,you cannot see the code,For other functions,
you can see the code and even modify it if you want.
Several special functions provide values of useful constants,
Infinity is generated by dividing a nonzero value by zero,or by evaluating well
defined mathematical expressions that overflow,i.e.,exceed realmax,
Not-a-number is generated by trying to evaluate expressions like 0/0 or
Inf-Inf that do not have well defined mathematical values.
The function names are not reserved,It is possible to overwrite any of them
with a new variable,such as
eps = 1.e-6
and then use that value in subsequent calculations,The original function can
be restored with
clear eps
pi 3.14159265…
i Imaginary unit,
j Same as i
eps Floating-point relative precision,
realmin Smallest floating-point number,
realmax Largest floating-point number,
Inf Infinity
NaN Not-a-number
1–
ε 2
52–
=
2
1022–
2 ε–()2
1023
Expressions
4-13
Examples of Expressions
You have already seen several examples of MATLAB expressions,Here are a
few more examples,and the resulting values.
rho = (1+sqrt(5))/2
rho =
1.6180
a = abs(3+4i)
a =
5
z = sqrt(besselk(4/3,rho-i))
z =
0.3730+ 0.3214i
huge = exp(log(realmax))
huge =
1.7977e+308
toobig = pi*huge
toobig =
Inf
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-14
Working with Matrices
This section introduces you to other ways of creating matrices:
,Generating Matrices” on page 4-14
,The load Function” on page 4-15
,M-Files” on page 4-15
,Concatenation” on page 4-16
,Deleting Rows and Columns” on page 4-17
Generating Matrices
MATLAB provides four functions that generate basic matrices.
Here are some examples.
Z = zeros(2,4)
Z =
0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
F = 5*ones(3,3)
F =
5 5 5
5 5 5
5 5 5
N = fix(10*rand(1,10))
N =
9 2 6 4 8 7 4 0 8 4
R = randn(4,4)
zeros All zeros
ones All ones
rand Uniformly distributed random elements
randn Normally distributed random elements
Working with Matrices
4-15
R =
0.6353 0.0860 -0.3210 -1.2316
-0.6014 -2.0046 1.2366 1.0556
0.5512 -0.4931 -0.6313 -0.1132
-1.0998 0.4620 -2.3252 0.3792
The load Function
The load function reads binary files containing matrices generated by earlier
MATLAB sessions,or reads text files containing numeric data,The text file
should be organized as a rectangular table of numbers,separated by blanks,
with one row per line,and an equal number of elements in each row,For
example,outside of MATLAB,create a text file containing these four lines.
16.0 3.0 2.0 13.0
5.0 10.0 11.0 8.0
9.0 6.0 7.0 12.0
4.0 15.0 14.0 1.0
Store the file under the name magik.dat,Then the statement
load magik.dat
reads the file and creates a variable,magik,containing our example matrix.
An easy way to read data into MATLAB in many text or binary formats is to
use Import Wizard,
M-Files
You can create your own matrices using M-files,which are text files containing
MATLAB code,Use the MATLAB Editor or another text editor to create a file
containing the same statements you would type at the MATLAB command
line,Save the file under a name that ends in,m.
For example,create a file containing these five lines.
A = [,..
16.0 3.0 2.0 13.0
5.0 10.0 11.0 8.0
9.0 6.0 7.0 12.0
4.0 15.0 14.0 1.0 ];
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-16
Store the file under the name magik.m,Then the statement
magik
reads the file and creates a variable,A,containing our example matrix.
Concatenation
Concatenation is the process of joining small matrices to make bigger ones,In
fact,you made your first matrix by concatenating its individual elements,The
pair of square brackets,[],is the concatenation operator,For an example,start
with the 4-by-4 magic square,A,and form
B = [A A+32; A+48 A+16]
The result is an 8-by-8 matrix,obtained by joining the four submatrices.
B =
16 3 2 13 48 35 34 45
5 10 11 8 37 42 43 40
9 6 7 12 41 38 39 44
4 15 14 1 36 47 46 33
64 51 50 61 32 19 18 29
53 58 59 56 21 26 27 24
57 54 55 60 25 22 23 28
52 63 62 49 20 31 30 17
This matrix is halfway to being another magic square,Its elements are a
rearrangement of the integers 1:64,Its column sums are the correct value for
an 8-by-8 magic square.
sum(B)
ans =
260 260 260 260 260 260 260 260
But its row sums,sum(B')',are not all the same,Further manipulation is
necessary to make this a valid 8-by-8 magic square.
Working with Matrices
4-17
Deleting Rows and Columns
You can delete rows and columns from a matrix using just a pair of square
brackets,Start with
X = A;
Then,to delete the second column of X,use
X(:,2) = []
This changes X to
X =
16 2 13
5 11 8
9 7 12
4 14 1
If you delete a single element from a matrix,the result is not a matrix anymore,
So,expressions like
X(1,2) = []
result in an error,However,using a single subscript deletes a single element,
or sequence of elements,and reshapes the remaining elements into a row
vector,So
X(2:2:10) = []
results in
X =
16 9 2 7 13 12 1
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-18
More About Matrices and Arrays
This section shows you more about working with matrices and arrays,focusing
on
,Linear Algebra” on page 4-18
,Arrays” on page 4-21
,Multivariate Data” on page 4-24
,Scalar Expansion” on page 4-25
,Logical Subscripting” on page 4-26
,The find Function” on page 4-27
Linear Algebra
Informally,the terms matrix and array are often used interchangeably,More
precisely,a matrix is a two-dimensional numeric array that represents a linear
transformation,The mathematical operations defined on matrices are the
subject of linear algebra.
Dürer’s magic square
A = [16 3 2 13
5 10 11 8
9 6 7 12
4 15 14 1 ]
provides several examples that give a taste of MATLAB matrix operations,You
have already seen the matrix transpose,A',Adding a matrix to its transpose
produces a symmetric matrix.
A + A'
ans =
32 8 11 17
8 20 17 23
11 17 14 26
17 23 26 2
The multiplication symbol,*,denotes the matrix multiplication involving inner
products between rows and columns,Multiplying the transpose of a matrix by
the original matrix also produces a symmetric matrix.
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-19
A'*A
ans =
378 212 206 360
212 370 368 206
206 368 370 212
360 206 212 378
The determinant of this particular matrix happens to be zero,indicating that
the matrix is singular.
d = det(A)
d =
0
The reduced row echelon form of A is not the identity.
R = rref(A)
R =
1 0 0 1
0 1 0 -3
0 0 1 3
0 0 0 0
Since the matrix is singular,it does not have an inverse,If you try to compute
the inverse with
X = inv(A)
you will get a warning message
Warning,Matrix is close to singular or badly scaled.
Results may be inaccurate,RCOND = 9.796086e-018.
Roundoff error has prevented the matrix inversion algorithm from detecting
exact singularity,But the value of rcond,which stands for reciprocal condition
estimate,is on the order of eps,the floating-point relative precision,so the
computed inverse is unlikely to be of much use.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-20
The eigenvalues of the magic square are interesting.
e = eig(A)
e =
34.0000
8.0000
0.0000
-8.0000
One of the eigenvalues is zero,which is another consequence of singularity,
The largest eigenvalue is 34,the magic sum,That is because the vector of all
ones is an eigenvector.
v = ones(4,1)
v =
1
1
1
1
A*v
ans =
34
34
34
34
When a magic square is scaled by its magic sum,
P = A/34
the result is a doubly stochastic matrix whose row and column sums are all 1.
P =
0.4706 0.0882 0.0588 0.3824
0.1471 0.2941 0.3235 0.2353
0.2647 0.1765 0.2059 0.3529
0.1176 0.4412 0.4118 0.0294
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-21
Such matrices represent the transition probabilities in a Markov process,
Repeated powers of the matrix represent repeated steps of the process,For our
example,the fifth power
P^5
is
0.2507 0.2495 0.2494 0.2504
0.2497 0.2501 0.2502 0.2500
0.2500 0.2498 0.2499 0.2503
0.2496 0.2506 0.2505 0.2493
This shows that as approaches infinity,all the elements in the th power,
,approach,
Finally,the coefficients in the characteristic polynomial
poly(A)
are
1 -34 -64 2176 0
This indicates that the characteristic polynomial
is
The constant term is zero,because the matrix is singular,and the coefficient of
the cubic term is -34,because the matrix is magic!
Arrays
When they are taken away from the world of linear algebra,matrices become
two-dimensional numeric arrays,Arithmetic operations on arrays are done
element by element,This means that addition and subtraction are the same for
arrays and matrices,but that multiplicative operations are different,MATLAB
uses a dot,or decimal point,as part of the notation for multiplicative array
operations.
kk
p
k
14?
det A λI–()
λ
4
34λ
3
– 64λ
2
– 2176λ+
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-22
The list of operators includes
If the Dürer magic square is multiplied by itself with array multiplication
A.*A
the result is an array containing the squares of the integers from 1 to 16,in an
unusual order.
ans =
256 9 4 169
25 100 121 64
81 36 49 144
16 225 196 1
Building Tables
Array operations are useful for building tables,Suppose n is the column vector
n = (0:9)';
Then
pows = [n n.^2 2.^n]
+ Addition
- Subtraction
.* Element-by-element multiplication
./ Element-by-element division
.\ Element-by-element left division
.^ Element-by-element power
.' Unconjugated array transpose
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-23
builds a table of squares and powers of 2.
pows =
0 0 1
1 1 2
2 4 4
3 9 8
4 16 16
5 25 32
6 36 64
7 49 128
8 64 256
9 81 512
The elementary math functions operate on arrays element by element,So
format short g
x = (1:0.1:2)';
logs = [x log10(x)]
builds a table of logarithms.
logs =
1.0 0
1.1 0.04139
1.2 0.07918
1.3 0.11394
1.4 0.14613
1.5 0.17609
1.6 0.20412
1.7 0.23045
1.8 0.25527
1.9 0.27875
2.0 0.30103
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-24
Multivariate Data
MATLAB uses column-oriented analysis for multivariate statistical data,Each
column in a data set represents a variable and each row an observation,The
(i,j)th element is the ith observation of the jth variable.
As an example,consider a data set with three variables:
Heart rate
Weight
Hours of exercise per week
For five observations,the resulting array might look like
D = [ 72 134 3.2
81 201 3.5
69 156 7.1
82 148 2.4
75 170 1.2 ]
The first row contains the heart rate,weight,and exercise hours for patient 1,
the second row contains the data for patient 2,and so on,Now you can apply
many MATLAB data analysis functions to this data set,For example,to obtain
the mean and standard deviation of each column
mu = mean(D),sigma = std(D)
mu =
75.8 161.8 3.48
sigma =
5.6303 25.499 2.2107
For a list of the data analysis functions available in MATLAB,type
help datafun
If you have access to the Statistics Toolbox,type
help stats
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-25
Scalar Expansion
Matrices and scalars can be combined in several different ways,For example,
a scalar is subtracted from a matrix by subtracting it from each element,The
average value of the elements in our magic square is 8.5,so
B = A - 8.5
forms a matrix whose column sums are zero.
B =
7.5 -5.5 -6.5 4.5
-3.5 1.5 2.5 -0.5
0.5 -2.5 -1.5 3.5
-4.5 6.5 5.5 -7.5
sum(B)
ans =
0 0 0 0
With scalar expansion,MATLAB assigns a specified scalar to all indices in a
range,For example,
B(1:2,2:3) = 0
zeroes out a portion of B.
B =
7.5 0 0 4.5
-3.5 0 0 -0.5
0.5 -2.5 -1.5 3.5
-4.5 6.5 5.5 -7.5
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-26
Logical Subscripting
The logical vectors created from logical and relational operations can be used
to reference subarrays,Suppose X is an ordinary matrix and L is a matrix of the
same size that is the result of some logical operation,Then X(L) specifies the
elements of X where the elements of L are nonzero.
This kind of subscripting can be done in one step by specifying the logical
operation as the subscripting expression,Suppose you have the following set of
data.
x = [2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 NaN 1.9 1.8 1.5 5.1 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8];
The NaN is a marker for a missing observation,such as a failure to respond to
an item on a questionnaire,To remove the missing data with logical indexing,
use isfinite(x),which is true for all finite numerical values and false for NaN
and Inf.
x = x(isfinite(x))
x =
2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 5.1 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8
Now there is one observation,5.1,which seems to be very different from the
others,It is an outlier,The following statement removes outliers,in this case
those elements more than three standard deviations from the mean,
x = x(abs(x-mean(x)) <= 3*std(x))
x =
2.1 1.7 1.6 1.5 1.9 1.8 1.5 1.8 1.4 2.2 1.6 1.8
For another example,highlight the location of the prime numbers in Dürer’s
magic square by using logical indexing and scalar expansion to set the
nonprimes to 0,(See,The magic Function” on page 4-8.)
A(~isprime(A)) = 0
A =
0 3 2 13
5 0 11 0
0 0 7 0
0 0 0 0
More About Matrices and Arrays
4-27
The find Function
The find function determines the indices of array elements that meet a given
logical condition,In its simplest form,find returns a column vector of indices,
Transpose that vector to obtain a row vector of indices,For example,start
again with Dürer’s magic square,(See,The magic Function” on page 4-8.)
k = find(isprime(A))'
picks out the locations,using one-dimensional indexing,of the primes in the
magic square.
k =
2 5 9 10 11 13
Display those primes,as a row vector in the order determined by k,with
A(k)
ans =
5 3 2 11 7 13
When you use k as a left-hand-side index in an assignment statement,the
matrix structure is preserved.
A(k) = NaN
A =
16 NaN NaN NaN
NaN 10 NaN 8
9 6 NaN 12
4 15 14 1
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-28
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
So far,you have been using the MATLAB command line,typing functions and
expressions,and seeing the results printed in the Command Window,This
section describes
,The format Function” on page 4-28
,Suppressing Output” on page 4-30
,Entering Long Statements” on page 4-30
,Command Line Editing” on page 4-30
The format Function
The format function controls the numeric format of the values displayed by
MATLAB,The function affects only how numbers are displayed,not how
MATLAB computes or saves them,Here are the different formats,together
with the resulting output produced from a vector x with components of
different magnitudes.
Note To ensure proper spacing,use a fixed-width font,such as Courier.
x = [4/3 1.2345e-6]
format short
1.3333 0.0000
format short e
1.3333e+000 1.2345e-006
format short g
1.3333 1.2345e-006
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
4-29
format long
1.33333333333333 0.00000123450000
format long e
1.333333333333333e+000 1.234500000000000e-006
format long g
1.33333333333333 1.2345e-006
format bank
1.33 0.00
format rat
4/3 1/810045
format hex
3ff5555555555555 3eb4b6231abfd271
If the largest element of a matrix is larger than 10
3
or smaller than 10
-3
,
MATLAB applies a common scale factor for the short and long formats,
In addition to the format functions shown above
format compact
suppresses many of the blank lines that appear in the output,This lets you
view more information on a screen or window,If you want more control over
the output format,use the sprintf and fprintf functions.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-30
Suppressing Output
If you simply type a statement and press Return or Enter,MATLAB
automatically displays the results on screen,However,if you end the line with
a semicolon,MATLAB performs the computation but does not display any
output,This is particularly useful when you generate large matrices,For
example,
A = magic(100);
Entering Long Statements
If a statement does not fit on one line,use an ellipsis (three periods),...,
followed by Return or Enter to indicate that the statement continues on the
next line,For example,
s = 1 -1/2 + 1/3 -1/4 + 1/5 - 1/6 + 1/7,..
- 1/8 + 1/9 - 1/10 + 1/11 - 1/12;
Blank spaces around the =,+,and - signs are optional,but they improve
readability.
Command Line Editing
Various arrow and control keys on your keyboard allow you to recall,edit,and
reuse statements you have typed earlier,For example,suppose you mistakenly
enter
rho = (1 + sqt(5))/2
You have misspelled sqrt,MATLAB responds with
Undefined function or variable 'sqt'.
Instead of retyping the entire line,simply press the ↑ key,The statement you
typed is redisplayed,Use the ← key to move the cursor over and insert the
missing r,Repeated use of the ↑ key recalls earlier lines,Typing a few
characters and then the ↑ key finds a previous line that begins with those
characters,You can also copy previously executed statements from the
Command History,For more information,see,Command History” on page 8-6.
Following is the list of arrow and control keys you can use in the Command
Window,If the preference you select for Command line key bindings is
Emacs (MATLAB standard),you can also use the Ctrl+key combinations
Controlling Command Window Input and Output
4-31
shown,See also general keyboard shortcuts for desktop tools in the Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation.
Key Control Key for Emacs
(MATLAB standard)
Preference
Operation
Ctrl+P Recall previous line,Works only at command line.
Ctrl+N Recall next line,Works only at command line if
you previously used the up arrow or Ctrl+P.
Ctrl+B Move back one character.
Ctrl+F Move forward one character.
Ctrl+ Move right one word.
Ctrl+ Move left one word.
Home Ctrl+A Move to beginning of command line.
End Ctrl+E Move to end of command line.
Ctrl+Home Move to top of Command Window.
Ctrl+End Move to end of Command Window.
Esc Ctrl+U Clear command line.
Delete Ctrl+D Delete character at cursor in command line.
Backspace Ctrl+H Delete character before cursor in command line.
Ctrl+K Cut contents (kill) to end of command line.
Shift+Home Highlight to beginning of command line.
Shift+End Highlight to end of last line,Can start at any line
in the Command Window.
4 Matrices and Arrays
4-32
5
Graphics
This chapter provides an introduction to plotting data in MATLAB.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting (p,5-2) Create plots,include multiple data sets,specify property
values,and save figures.
Editing Plots (p,5-16) Edit plots interactively and using functions,and use the
property editor.
Mesh and Surface Plots (p,5-52) Visualize functions of two variables.
Images (p,5-58) Work with images.
Printing Graphics (p,5-60) Print and export figures.
Handle Graphics (p,5-62) Work with graphics objects and set object properties.
Animations (p,5-71) Create moving graphics.
5 Graphics
5-2
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
MATLAB provides a wide variety of techniques to display data graphically,
Interactive tools enable you to manipulate graphs to achieve results that reveal
the most information about your data,You can also annotate and print graphs
for presentations,or export graphs to standard graphics formats for
presentation in web browsers or other media.
For More Information,Graphics” and,3-D Visualization” in the MATLAB
documentation provide in-depth coverage of MATLAB graphics and
visualization tools,Access these topics from the Help browser.
The Plotting Process
The process of visualizing data typically involves a series of operations,This
section provides a,big picture” view of the plotting process and contains links
to sections that have examples and specific details about performing each
operation,
Creating a Graph
The type of graph you choose to create depends on the nature of your data and
what you want to reveal about the data,MATLAB predefines many graph
types,such as line,bar,histogram,and pie graphs,There are also 3-D graphs,
such as surfaces,slice planes,and streamlines.
There are two basic ways to create graphs in MATLAB:
Use plotting tools to create graphs interactively,
See,Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools” on page 5-20.
Use the command interface to enter commands in the Command Window or
create plotting programs,
See,Basic Plotting Functions” on page 5-38.
You might find it useful to combine both approaches,For example,you might
issue a plotting command to create a graph and then modify the graph using
one of the interactive tools.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-3
Exploring Data
Once you create a graph,you can extract specific information about the data,
such as the numeric value of a peak in a plot,the average value of a series of
data,or you can perform data fitting.
For More Information See,Data Exploration Tools” in the MATLAB
documentation.
Editing the Graph Components
Graphs are composed of objects,which have properties you can change,These
properties affect the way the various graph components look and behave,
For example,the axes used to define the coordinate system of the graph has
properties that define the limits of each axis,the scale,color,etc,The line used
to create a line graph has properties such as color,type of marker used at each
data point (if any),line style,etc,
Note that the data used to create a line graph are properties of the line,You
can,therefore,change the data without actually creating a new graph.
See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16.
Annotating Graphs
Annotations are the text,arrows,callouts,and other labels added to graphs to
help viewers see what is important about the data,You typically add
annotations to graphs when you want to show them to other people or when you
want to save them for later reference,
For More Information See,Annotating Graphs” in the MATLAB
documentation or select Annotating Graphs from the figure Help menu.
Printing and Exporting Graphs
You can print your graph on any printer connected to your computer,The print
previewer enables you to view how your graph will look when printed,It
enables you to add headers,footers,a date,and so on,The page setup dialog
5 Graphics
5-4
lets you control the size,layout,and other characteristics of the graph (select
Page Setup from the figure File menu),
Exporting a graph means creating a copy of it in a standard graphics file
format,such as TIF,JPEG,or EPS,You can then import the file into a word
processor,include it in an HTML document,or edit it in a drawing package
select Export Setup from the figure File menu).
For More Information See the print command reference page and
“Printing and Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation or select Printing
and Exporting from the figure Help menu.
Saving Graphs to Reload into MATLAB
There are two ways to save graphs that enable you to save the work you have
invested in their preparation:
Save the graph as a FIG-file (select Save from the figure File menu).
Generate MATLAB code that can recreate the graph (select Generate
M-File from the figure File menu).
FIG-Files,FIG-files are a binary format that saves a figure in its current state,
This means that all graphics objects and property settings are stored in the file
when you create it,You can reload the file into a different MATLAB session,
even if you are running MATLAB on a different type of computer,When you
load a FIG-file,MATLAB creates a new figure in the same state as the one you
saved.
Note that the states of any figure tools (i.e.,any items on the toolbars) are not
saved in a FIG-file; only the contents of the graph are saved.
Generated Code,You can use the MATLAB M-code generator to create code that
recreates the graph,Unlike a FIG-file,the generated code does not contain any
data,You must pass the data to the generated function when you run the code.
Note that studying the generating code for a graph is a good way to learn how
to program with MATLAB.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-5
For More Information See the print command reference page and,Saving
Your Work” in the MATLAB documentation.
Graph Components
MATLAB displays graphs in a special window known as a figure,To create a
graph,you need to define a coordinate system,Therefore every graph is placed
within axes,which are contained by the figure,
The actual visual representation of the data is achieved with graphics objects
like lines and surfaces,These objects are drawn within the coordinate system
defined by the axes,which MATLAB automatically creates specifically to
accommodate the range of the data,The actual data is stored as properties of
the graphics objects,
See,Handle Graphics” on page 5-62 for more information about graphics object
properties.
The following picture shows the basic components of a typical graph,
5 Graphics
5-6
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
y = 1.5cos(x) + 4e
0.01x
cos(x) + e
0.07x
sin(3x)
X Axis
Y Axis
Figure window displays
graphs.
Axes define a coordinate
system for the graph.
Line plot represents
data.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-7
Figure Tools
The figure is equipped with sets of tools that operate on graphs,The figure
Tools menu provides access to many graph tools.
For More Information See,MATLAB Plotting Tools” in the MATLAB
documentation or select Plotting Tools from the figure Help menu.
5 Graphics
5-8
Access to Tools
You can access the figure toolbars and the plotting tools from the View menu,
as shown in the following picture,
Figure Toolbars
Figure toolbars provide easy access to many graph modification features,There
are three toolbars,When you place the cursor over a particular tool,a text box
pops up with the tool name,The following picture shows the three toolbars
displayed with the cursor over the Data Cursor tool.
For More Information See,Figure Toolbars” in the MATLAB
documentation.
Enable the figure toolbars and the
plotting tools from the View menu.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-9
Plotting Tools
Plotting tools are attached to figures and create an environment for creating
graphs,These tools enable you to do the following:
Select from a wide variety of graph types
Set the properties of graphics objects
Annotate graphs with text,arrows,etc.
Create and arrange subplots in the figure
Drag and drop data into graphs
Display the plotting tools from the View menu or by clicking in the figure
toolbar,as shown in the following picture.
There are three components to the plotting tools:
Figure Palette — Specify and arrange subplots,access workspace variables
for plotting or editing,and add annotations.
Plot Browser — Select objects in the graphics hierarchy,control visibility,
and add data to axes.
Property Editor — Change key properties of the selected object,Click
Inspector for access to all object properties.
Enable plotting tools from the View
menu or toolbar.
5 Graphics
5-10
The following picture shows a figure with the plotting tools enabled.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-11
Plotting Tools and MATLAB Commands
You can enable the plotting tools on any graph,even if you created it using
MATLAB commands,For example,suppose you create the following graph.
t = 0:pi/20:2*pi;
y = exp(sin(t));
plotyy(t,y,t,y,'plot','stem')
xlabel('X Axis')
ylabel('Plot Y Axis')
title('Two Y Axes')
This graph contains two y-axes,one for each plot type (lineseries and stem
graphs),The plotting tools make it easy to select any of the objects that the
graph contains and set their properties.
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
X Axis
Plot Y Axis
Two Y Axes
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
3
5 Graphics
5-12
For example,adding a label for the y-axis that corresponds to the stem plot is
easily accomplished by selecting that axes in the Plot Browser and setting the
YLabel property in the Property Editor.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-13
Arranging Graphs Within a Figure
You can place a number of axes within a figure by selecting the layout you want
from the Figure Palette,For example,the following picture shows how to
specify four 2-D axes in the figure,
Select the axes you want to target for plotting,You can also use the subplot
command to create multiple axes.
Click to add one axes to bottom
of current layout.
Click and drag right to specify axes layout.
5 Graphics
5-14
Selecting Plot Types
You can use the Plot Catalog to select from a variety of techniques for plotting
data,To access the Plot Catalog,
1 Select the variables you want to plot in the Figure Palette.
2 Right-click to display the context menu,
3 Select More Plots to display the catalog.
Overview of MATLAB Plotting
5-15
MATLAB displays the Plot Catalog with the selected variables ready to plot,
once you select a plot type,
Specify variables to plot.
Select a category of graphs and then choose a specific type.
See a description of each plot type.
5 Graphics
5-16
Editing Plots
MATLAB automatically formats graphs by setting the scale of the axes,adding
tick marks along axes,and using colors and line styles to distinguish the data
plotted in the graph,However,if you are creating graphics for presentation,
you can change the default formatting or add descriptive labels,titles,legends
and other annotations to help explain your data.
Plot Editing Mode
Plot editing mode enables you to perform point-and-click editing of the graphics
objects in your graph,
Enabling Plot Edit Mode
To enable plot edit mode,click the arrowhead in the figure toolbar:
You can also select Edit Plot from the figure Tools menu.
Setting Object Properties
Once you have enabled plot edit mode,you can select objects by clicking on
them in the graph,Selection handles appear and indicate that the object is
selected,Select multiple objects using Shift+click.
Right-click with the pointer over the selected object to display the object’s
context menu:
Enable plot edit mode.
Editing Plots
5-17
The context menu provides quick access to the most commonly used operations
and properties,
Using the Property Editor
In plot edit mode,double-clicking on an object in a graph starts the Property
Editor with that object’s major properties displayed,The Property Editor
provides access to the most used object properties,It is updated to display the
properties of whatever object you select.
Click to display Property Inspector.
5 Graphics
5-18
Accessing All Properties — Property Inspector
The Property Inspector is a tool that enables you to access all object properties,
If you do not find the property you want to set in the Property Editor,click the
Inspector button to display the Property Inspector,You can also use the
inspect command to start the Property Inspector,
The following picture shows the Property Inspector displaying the properties of
a graph’s axes,It lists each property and provides a text field or other
appropriate device (such as a color picker) from which you can set the value of
the property,
As you select different objects,the Property Inspector is updated to display the
properties of the current object.
Editing Plots
5-19
Using Functions to Edit Graphs
If you prefer to work from the MATLAB command line,or if you are creating
an M-file,you can use MATLAB commands to edit the graphs you create,You
can use the set and get commands to change the properties of the objects in a
graph,For more information about using graphics commands,see,Handle
Graphics” on page 5-62.
5 Graphics
5-20
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
Suppose you want to graph the function y = x
3
over the x domain -1 to 1,The
first step is to generate the data to plot,
It is simple to evaluate a function because MATLAB can distribute arithmetic
operations over all elements of a multivalued variable,
For example,the following statement creates a variable x that contains values
ranging from -1 to 1 in increments of 0.1 (you could also use the linspace
function to generate data for x),The second statement raises each value in x to
the third power and stores these values in y.
x = -1:.1:1; % Define the range of x
y = x.^3; % Raise each element in x to the third power
Now that you have generated some data,you can plot it using the MATLAB
plotting tools,To start the plotting tools,type
plottools
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-21
MATLAB displays a figure with plotting tools attached.
Figure plotting areaVariables in workspace
5 Graphics
5-22
Plotting Two Variables
A simple line graph is a suitable way to display x as the independent variable
and y as the dependent variable,To do this,select both variables (click to
select,then Shift-click to select again),then right-click to display the context
menu.
Select plot(x,y) from the menu,MATLAB creates the line graph in the figure
area,The black squares indicate that the line is selected and you can edit its
properties with the Property Editor.
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-23
Changing the Appearance
Next change the line properties so that the graph displays only the data point,
Use the Property Editor to set following properties:
Line to no line
Marker to o
Marker size to 4.0
Marker fill color to red
Set Line to no line.
Set Marker to o.
Set Marker size to 4.0.
Set Marker fill
color to red.
5 Graphics
5-24
Adding More Data to the Graph
You can add more data to the graph by defining more variables or by specifying
an expression that MATLAB uses to generate data for the plot,This second
approach makes it easy to explore variations of the data already plotted,
To add data to the graph,select the axes in the Plot Browser and click the Add
Data button,When you are using the plotting tools,MATLAB always adds
data to the existing graph,instead of replacing the graph,as it would if you
issued repeated plotting commands,That is,the plotting tools are in a hold on
state.
The picture above shows how to configure the Add Data to Axes dialog to
create a line plot of y = x
4
,which is added to the existing plot of y = x
3
,
1,Select axes.
2,Click Add Data.
3,Enter expression
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-25
Changing the Type of Graph
The plotting tools enable you to easily view your data with a variety of plot
types,The following picture shows the same data as above converted to stem
plots,To change the plot type,
1 Select the plotted data in the Plot Browser.
2 Select Stem in the Plot Type menu.
5 Graphics
5-26
Select both sets of data.
Select Stem as the Plot
Type.
Examples — Using MATLAB Plotting Tools
5-27
Modifying the Graph Data Source
You can link graph data to variables in your workspace,When you change the
values contained in the variables,you can then update the graph to use the new
data without having to create a new graph,(See also the refresh function.)
Suppose you have the following data:
x = linspace(-pi,pi,25); % 25 points between -π and π
y = sin(x);
Using the plotting tools,create a graph of y = sin(x).
plottools
MATLAB sets the data source to the
selected variables.
5 Graphics
5-28
New Values for the Data Source
The data that defines the graph is linked to the x and y variables in the base
workspace,If you assign new values to these variables and click the Refresh
Data button,MATLAB updates the graph to use the new data.
x = linspace(-2*pi,2*pi,25); % 25 points between -2pi and 2pi
y = sin(x); % Recalculate y based on the new x values
Click Refresh Data to
update the plot.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-29
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
Suppose you plot the following data and want to create a graph that presents
certain information about the data.
x = -10:.005:40;
y = [1.5*cos(x)+4*exp(-.01*x).*cos(x)+exp(.07*x).*sin(3*x)];
plot(x,y)
This picture shows the graph created by the code above.
Now suppose you want to save copies of the graph by
Printing the graph on a local printer so you have a copy for your notebook
Exporting the graph to an Encapsulated PostScript (EPS) file to incorporate
into a word processor document
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
5
10
15
20
5 Graphics
5-30
Modify the Graph to Enhance the Presentation
To obtain a better view,zoom in on the graph using horizontal zoom,
After enabling zoom mode from the figure toolbar,right-click to display the
context menu,Select Horizontal Zoom (2-D Plots Only) from Zoom Options.
Left-click to zoom in on a region of the graph and use the panning tool to
position the points of interest where you want them on the graph,
Label some key points using data tips.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-31
Finally,add text annotations,axis labels,and a title,You can add the title and
axis labels using the following commands,
title ('y = 1.5cos(x) + 4e^{-0.01x}cos(x) + e^{0.07x}sin(3x)')
xlabel('X Axis')
ylabel('Y Axis')
Note that the text string passed to the title command uses T
E
X syntax to
produce the exponents,See the text String property for more information on
using T
E
X syntax to produce mathematical symbols.
The graph is now ready to print and export,
5 Graphics
5-32
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-33
Printing the Graph
Before printing the graph,use the print previewer to see how the graph will be
laid out on the page,Display the graph in the print previewer by selecting
Print Preview from the figure File menu,
Click the Header button to add some descriptive text to the top of the page.
5 Graphics
5-34
Next click the Page Setup button,The Page Setup dialog enables you to set
a number of properties that control how the page is printed,
Note that MATLAB recalculates the values of the axes tick marks because
the printed graph is larger than the one displayed on the computer screen,
To force MATLAB to use the same tick marks and limits,select Keep screen
limits and ticks from the Axes and Figure tab in the Page Setup dialog,
Click OK to accept the setting and dismiss the dialog.
Click Print on the print previewer to send the graph to your default printer.
The Page Setup dialog provides many other options for controlling how printed
graphs look,Click Help for more information.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-35
Exporting the Graph
Exporting a graph is the process of creating a standard graphics file format of
the graph (such as EPS or TIFF),which you can then import into other
applications like word processors,drawing packages,etc.
This example exports the graph as an EPS file with the following
requirements:
The size of the picture when imported into the word processor document
should be four inches wide and three inches high,
All the text in the figure should have a size of 8 points.
Specifying the Size of the Graph
To set the size,select Export Setup from the figure File menu.
Set the size of the graph in the exported file.
5 Graphics
5-36
Specifying the Font Size
To set the font size of all the text in the graph,select Fonts in the Export
Setup dialog’s Properties selector,Then select Use fixed font size and enter
8 in the text box.
Preparing Graphs for Presentation
5-37
Selecting the File Format
Once you finish setting options for the exported graph,click the Export button,
MATLAB displays a Save As dialog that enables you to specify a name for the
file as well as select the type of file format you want to use.
For this example,select EPS,as shown in the following picture.
You can import the saved file into any application that supports EPS files,The
Save as type drop-down menu lists other options for file types.
You can also use the print command to print figures on your local printer or to
export graphs to standard file types,
For More Information See the print command reference page and
“Printing and Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation or select Printing
and Exporting from the figure Help menu.
Select EPS from the
drop-down menu.
5 Graphics
5-38
Basic Plotting Functions
This section describes important graphics functions and provides examples of
some typical applications,The plotting tools,described in previous sections,
make use of MATLAB plotting functions and use these functions to generate
code for graphs.
,Creating a Plot” on page 5-38
,Multiple Data Sets in One Graph” on page 5-40
,Specifying Line Styles and Colors” on page 5-41
,Plotting Lines and Markers” on page 5-41
,Imaginary and Complex Data” on page 5-43
,Adding Plots to an Existing Graph” on page 5-44
,Figure Windows” on page 5-46
,Multiple Plots in One Figure” on page 5-46
,Controlling the Axes” on page 5-48
,Axis Labels and Titles” on page 5-49
,Saving Figures” on page 5-51
Creating a Plot
The plot function has different forms,depending on the input arguments,If y
is a vector,plot(y) produces a piecewise linear graph of the elements of y
versus the index of the elements of y,If you specify two vectors as arguments,
plot(x,y) produces a graph of y versus x,
For example,these statements use the colon operator to create a vector of x
values ranging from 0 to 2π,compute the sine of these values,and plot the
result.
x = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
y = sin(x);
plot(x,y)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-39
Now label the axes and add a title,The characters \pi create the symbol π,See
the text string property for more symbols.
xlabel('x = 0:2\pi')
ylabel('Sine of x')
title('Plot of the Sine Function','FontSize',12)
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x = 0:2π
S
ine of x
Plot of the Sine Function
5 Graphics
5-40
Multiple Data Sets in One Graph
Multiple x-y pair arguments create multiple graphs with a single call to plot,
MATLAB automatically cycles through a predefined (but user settable) list of
colors to allow discrimination among sets of data,See the axes ColorOrder and
LineStyleOrder properties.
For example,these statements plot three related functions of x,with each
curve in a separate distinguishing color.
x = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
y = sin(x);
y2 = sin(x-.25);
y3 = sin(x-.5);
plot(x,y,x,y2,x,y3)
The legend command provides an easy way to identify the individual plots.
legend('sin(x)','sin(x-.25)','sin(x-.5)')
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
sin(x)
sin(x?.25)
sin(x?.5)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-41
For More Information See,Defining the Color of Lines for Plotting” in
“Axes Properties” in the MATLAB documentation.
Specifying Line Styles and Colors
It is possible to specify color,line styles,and markers (such as plus signs or
circles) when you plot your data using the plot command.
plot(x,y,'color_style_marker')
color_style_marker is a string containing from one to four characters
(enclosed in single quotation marks) constructed from a color,a line style,and
a marker type:
Color strings are 'c','m','y','r','g','b','w',and 'k',These correspond
to cyan,magenta,yellow,red,green,blue,white,and black.
Line style strings are '-' for solid,'--' for dashed,':' for dotted,'-.' for
dash-dot,Omit the line style for no line.
The marker types are '+','o','*',and 'x',and the filled marker types are
's' for square,'d' for diamond,'^' for up triangle,'v' for down triangle,
'>' for right triangle,'<' for left triangle,'p' for pentagram,'h' for
hexagram,and none for no marker.
You can also edit color,line style,and markers interactively,See,Editing
Plots” on page 5-16 for more information.
Plotting Lines and Markers
If you specify a marker type but not a line style,MATLAB draws only the
marker,For example,
plot(x,y,'ks')
plots black squares at each data point,but does not connect the markers with
a line.
5 Graphics
5-42
The statement
plot(x,y,'r:+')
plots a red dotted line and places plus sign markers at each data point,
Placing Markers at Every Tenth Data Point
You might want to use fewer data points to plot the markers than you use to
plot the lines,This example plots the data twice using a different number of
points for the dotted line and marker plots.
x1 = 0:pi/100:2*pi;
x2 = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
plot(x1,sin(x1),'r:',x2,sin(x2),'r+')
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
Basic Plotting Functions
5-43
Imaginary and Complex Data
When the arguments to plot are complex,the imaginary part is ignored except
when you pass plot a single complex argument,For this special case,the
command is a shortcut for a graph of the real part versus the imaginary part,
Therefore,
plot(Z)
where Z is a complex vector or matrix,is equivalent to
plot(real(Z),imag(Z))
For example,
t = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
plot(exp(i*t),'-o')
axis equal
draws a 20-sided polygon with little circles at the vertices,The command
axis equal makes the individual tick-mark increments on the x- and y-axes
the same length,which makes this plot more circular in appearance,
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
5 Graphics
5-44
Adding Plots to an Existing Graph
The hold command enables you to add plots to an existing graph,When you
type
hold on
MATLAB does not replace the existing graph when you issue another plotting
command; it adds the new data to the current graph,rescaling the axes if
necessary,
For example,these statements first create a contour plot of the peaks function,
then superimpose a pseudocolor plot of the same function.
[x,y,z] = peaks;
pcolor(x,y,z)
shading interp
hold on
contour(x,y,z,20,'k')
hold off
The hold on command causes the pcolor plot to be combined with the contour
plot in one figure.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-45
For More Information See,Creating Specialized Plots” in the MATLAB
documentation for information on a variety of graph types.
5 Graphics
5-46
Figure Windows
Graphing functions automatically open a new figure window if there are no
figure windows already on the screen,If a figure window exists,MATLAB uses
that window for graphics output,If there are multiple figure windows open,
MATLAB targets the one that is designated the,current figure” (the last figure
used or clicked in),
To make an existing figure window the current figure,you can click the mouse
while the pointer is in that window or you can type
figure(n)
where n is the number in the figure title bar,The results of subsequent
graphics commands are displayed in this window,
To open a new figure window and make it the current figure,type
figure
Clearing the Figure for a New Plot
When a figure already exists,most plotting commands clear the axes and use
this figure to create the new plot,However,these commands do not reset figure
properties,such as the background color or the colormap,If you have set any
figure properties in the previous plot,you might want to use the clf command
with the reset option,
clf reset
before creating your new plot to restore the figure’s properties to their defaults.
For More Information See,Figure Properties” and,Graphics Window —
the Figure” in the MATLAB documentation for information on figures.
Multiple Plots in One Figure
The subplot command enables you to display multiple plots in the same
window or print them on the same piece of paper,Typing
subplot(m,n,p)
Basic Plotting Functions
5-47
partitions the figure window into an m-by-n matrix of small subplots and selects
the pth subplot for the current plot,The plots are numbered along first the top
row of the figure window,then the second row,and so on,For example,these
statements plot data in four different subregions of the figure window.
t = 0:pi/10:2*pi;
[X,Y,Z] = cylinder(4*cos(t));
subplot(2,2,1); mesh(X)
subplot(2,2,2); mesh(Y)
subplot(2,2,3); mesh(Z)
subplot(2,2,4); mesh(X,Y,Z)
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
5
0
5
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
5
0
5
0
10
20
30
0
20
40
0
0.5
1
5
0
5
5
0
5
0
0.5
1
5 Graphics
5-48
Controlling the Axes
The axis command provides a number of options for setting the scaling,
orientation,and aspect ratio of graphs,You can also set these options
interactively,See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16 for more information.
Setting Axis Limits
By default,MATLAB finds the maxima and minima of the data and chooses the
axis limits to span this range,The axis command enables you to specify your
own limits:
axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax])
or for three-dimensional graphs,
axis([xmin xmax ymin ymax zmin zmax])
Use the command
axis auto
to reenable MATLAB automatic limit selection.
Setting Axis Aspect Ratio
axis also enables you to specify a number of predefined modes,For example,
axis square
makes the x-axis and y-axis the same length.
axis equal
makes the individual tick mark increments on the x-axes and y-axes the same
length,This means
plot(exp(i*[0:pi/10:2*pi]))
followed by either axis square or axis equal turns the oval into a proper
circle.
axis auto normal
returns the axis scaling to its default automatic mode.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-49
Setting Axis Visibility
You can use the axis command to make the axis visible or invisible.
axis on
makes the axes visible,This is the default.
axis off
makes the axes invisible.
Setting Grid Lines
The grid command toggles grid lines on and off,The statement
grid on
turns the grid lines on,and
grid off
turns them back off again.
For More Information See the axis and axes reference pages and,Axes
Properties” in the MATLAB documentation.
Axis Labels and Titles
The xlabel,ylabel,and zlabel commands add x-,y-,and z-axis labels,The
title command adds a title at the top of the figure and the text function
inserts text anywhere in the figure,
5 Graphics
5-50
You can produce mathematical symbols using LaTeX notation in the text
string,as the following example illustrates,
t = -pi:pi/100:pi;
y = sin(t);
plot(t,y)
axis([-pi pi -1 1])
xlabel('-\pi \leq {\itt} \leq \pi')
ylabel('sin(t)')
title('Graph of the sine function')
text(1,-1/3,'{\itNote the odd symmetry.}')
You can also set these options interactively,See,Editing Plots” on page 5-16
for more information.
Note that the location of the text string is defined in axes units (i.e.,the same
units as the data),See the annotation function for a way to place text in
normalized figure units.
3?2?1 0 1 2 3
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
π ≤ t ≤ π
sin(t)
Graph of the sine function
Note the odd symmetry.
Basic Plotting Functions
5-51
Saving Figures
Save a figure by selecting Save from the File menu to display a file save dialog,
MATLAB saves the data it needs to recreate the figure and its contents (i.e.,
the entire graph) in a file with a,fig extension.
To save a figure using a standard graphics format,such as TIFF,for use with
other applications,select Export Setup from the File menu,You can also save
from the command line — use the saveas command,including any options to
save the figure in a different format.
See,Exporting the Graph” on page 5-35 for an example.
Saving Workspace Data
You can save the variables in your workspace using the Save Workspace As
item in the figure File menu,You can reload saved data using the Import Data
item in the figure File menu,MATLAB supports a variety of data file formats,
including MATLAB data files,which have a,mat extension,
Generating M-Code to Recreate a Figure
You can generate MATLAB code that recreates a figure and the graph it
contains by selecting the Generate M-File item from the figure File menu,
This option is particularly useful if you have developed a graph using plotting
tools and want to create a similar graph using the same or different data,
Saving Figures That Are Compatible with Previous Version of MATLAB
Create backward-compatible FIG-files by following these two steps.
Ensure that any plotting functions used to create the contents of the figure
are called with the 'v6' argument,where applicable,
Use the '-v6' option with the hgsave command,
For More Information See,Plot Objects and Backward Compatibility” in
the MATLAB documentation more information.
5 Graphics
5-52
Mesh and Surface Plots
MATLAB defines a surface by the z-coordinates of points above a grid in the x-y
plane,using straight lines to connect adjacent points,The mesh and surf
plotting functions display surfaces in three dimensions,mesh produces
wireframe surfaces that color only the lines connecting the defining points,
surf displays both the connecting lines and the faces of the surface in color,
The figure colormap and figure properties determine how MATLAB colors the
surface.
Visualizing Functions of Two Variables
To display a function of two variables,z = f (x,y),
Generate X and Y matrices consisting of repeated rows and columns,
respectively,over the domain of the function,
Use X and Y to evaluate and graph the function,
The meshgrid function transforms the domain specified by a single vector or
two vectors x and y into matrices X and Y for use in evaluating functions of two
variables,The rows of X are copies of the vector x and the columns of Y are
copies of the vector y.
Example — Graphing the sinc Function
This example evaluates and graphs the two-dimensional sinc function,sin(r)/r,
between the x and y directions,R is the distance from the origin,which is at the
center of the matrix,Adding eps (a MATLAB command that returns a small
floating-point number) avoids the indeterminate 0/0 at the origin.
[X,Y] = meshgrid(-8:.5:8);
R = sqrt(X.^2 + Y.^2) + eps;
Z = sin(R)./R;
mesh(X,Y,Z,'EdgeColor','black')
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-53
By default,MATLAB colors the mesh using the current colormap,However,
this example uses a single-colored mesh by specifying the EdgeColor surface
property,See the surface reference page for a list of all surface properties.
You can create a mesh with see-through faces by disabling hidden line removal.
hidden off
See the hidden reference page for more information on this option.
Example — Colored Surface Plots
A surface plot is similar to a mesh plot except that MATLAB colors the
rectangular faces of the surface,The color of each faces is determined by the
values of Z and the colormap (a colormap is an ordered list of colors),These
statements graph the sinc function as a surface plot,specify a colormap,and
add a color bar to show the mapping of data to color.
surf(X,Y,Z)
colormap hsv
colorbar
10
5
0
5
10
10
5
0
5
10
0.5
0
0.5
1
5 Graphics
5-54
See the colormap reference page for information on colormaps,
For More Information See,Creating 3-D Graphs” in the MATLAB
documentation for more information on surface plots.
Transparent Surfaces
You can make the faces of a surface transparent to a varying degree,
Transparency (referred to as the alpha value) can be specified for the whole
object or can be based on an alphamap,which behaves in a way analogous to
colormaps,For example,
surf(X,Y,Z)
colormap hsv
alpha(.4)
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
10
5
0
5
10
10
5
0
5
10
0.5
0
0.5
1
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-55
produces a surface with a face alpha value of 0.4,Alpha values range from 0
(completely transparent) to 1 (not transparent).
For More Information See,Transparency” in the MATLAB documentation
for more information on using transparency.
Surface Plots with Lighting
Lighting is the technique of illuminating an object with a directional light
source,In certain cases,this technique can make subtle differences in surface
shape easier to see,Lighting can also be used to add realism to
three-dimensional graphs.
This example uses the same surface as the previous examples,but colors it red
and removes the mesh lines,A light object is then added to the left of the
“camera” (the camera is the location in space from where you are viewing the
surface).
surf(X,Y,Z,'FaceColor','red','EdgeColor','none')
camlight left; lighting phong
5 Graphics
5-56
Manipulating the Surface
The figure toolbar and the camera toolbar provide ways to explore 3-D graphics
interactively,Display the camera toolbar by selecting Camera Toolbar from
the figure View menu,
The following picture shows both toolbars with the Rotate 3D tool selected.
These tools enables you to move the camera around the surface object,zoom,
add lighting,and perform other viewing operations without issuing commands.
Mesh and Surface Plots
5-57
The following picture shows the surface viewed by orbiting the camera toward
the bottom using the Rotate 3D tool,A scene light has been added to illuminate
the underside of the surface,which is not lit by the light added in the previous
section,
For More Information See,Lighting as a Visualization Tool” and,View
Control with the Camera Toolbar” in the MATLAB documentation for
information on these techniques.
5 Graphics
5-58
Images
Two-dimensional arrays can be displayed as images,where the array elements
determine brightness or color of the images,For example,the statements
load durer
whos
Name Size Bytes Class
X 648x509 2638656 double array
caption 2x28 112 char array
map 128x3 3072 double array
load the file durer.mat,adding three variables to the workspace,The matrix X
is a 648-by-509 matrix and map is a 128-by-3 matrix that is the colormap for this
image.
MAT-files,such as durer.mat,are binary files that can be created on one
platform and later read by MATLAB on a different platform.
The elements of X are integers between 1 and 128,which serve as indices into
the colormap,map,Then
image(X)
colormap(map)
axis image
reproduces Dürer’s etching shown at the beginning of this book,A
high-resolution scan of the magic square in the upper right corner is available
in another file,Type
load detail
and then use the up arrow key on your keyboard to reexecute the image,
colormap,and axis commands,The statement
colormap(hot)
adds some twentieth century colorization to the sixteenth century etching,The
function hot generates a colormap containing shades of reds,oranges,and
yellows,Typically a given image matrix has a specific colormap associated with
it,See the colormap reference page for a list of other predefined colormaps.
Images
5-59
Reading and Writing Images
You can read standard image files (TIFF,JPEG,BMP,etc.) into MATLAB
using the imread function,The type of data returned by imread depends on the
type of image you are reading,
You can write MATLAB data to a variety of standard image formats using the
imwrite function,See the reference pages for these functions for more
information and examples.
For More Information See,Displaying Bit-Mapped Images” in the
MATLAB documentation for information on the image processing capabilities
of MATLAB.
5 Graphics
5-60
Printing Graphics
You can print a MATLAB figure directly on a printer connected to your
computer or you can export the figure to one of the standard graphics file
formats supported by MATLAB,There are two ways to print and export
figures:
Use the Print or Export Setup options under the File menu
Use the print command to print or export the figure
See,Preparing Graphs for Presentation” on page 5-29 for an example.
Printing from the Menu
There are four menu options under the File menu that pertain to printing:
The Page Setup option displays a dialog box that enables you to adjust
characteristics of the figure on the printed page.
The Print Setup option displays a dialog box that sets printing defaults,but
does not actually print the figure.
The Print Preview option enables you to view the figure the way it will look
on the printed page.
The Print option displays a dialog box that lets you select standard printing
options and print the figure,
Generally,use Print Preview to determine whether the printed output is what
you want,If not,use the Page Setup dialog box to change the output settings,
Select the Page Setup dialog box Help button to display information on how to
set up the page.
Exporting Figure to Graphics Files
The Export Setup option in the File menu enables you to set a variety of figure
characteristics,such as size and font type,as well as apply predefined
templates to achieve standard-looking graphics files,After setup,you can
export the figure to a number of standard graphics file formats,
Printing Graphics
5-61
Using the Print Command
The print command provides more flexibility in the type of output sent to the
printer and allows you to control printing from M-files,The result can be sent
directly to your default printer or stored in a specified file,A wide variety of
output formats,including TIFF,JPEG,and PostScript,is available.
For example,this statement saves the contents of the current figure window as
color Encapsulated Level 2 PostScript in the file called magicsquare.eps,It
also includes a TIFF preview,which enables most word processors to display
the picture.
print -depsc2 -tiff magicsquare.eps
To save the same figure as a TIFF file with a resolution of 200 dpi,use the
command
print -dtiff -r200 magicsquare.tiff
If you type print on the command line,
MATLAB prints the current figure on your default printer,
For More Information See the print reference page and,Printing and
Exporting” in the MATLAB documentation for more information on printing.
5 Graphics
5-62
Handle Graphics
Handle Graphics
refers to a system of graphics objects that MATLAB uses to
implement graphing and visualization functions,Each object created has a
fixed set of properties,You can use these properties to control the behavior and
appearance of your graph.
When you call a plotting function,MATLAB creates the graph using various
graphics objects,such as a figure window,axes,lines,text,and so on,MATLAB
enables you to query the value of each property and set the values of most
properties.
For example,the following statement creates a figure with a white background
color and without displaying the figure toolbar.
figure('Color','white','Toolbar','none')
Using the Handle
Whenever MATLAB creates a graphics object,it assigns an identifier (called a
handle) to the object,You can use this handle to access the object’s properties
with the set and get functions,For example,the following statements create
a graph and return a handle to a lineseries object in h,
x = 1:10;
y = x.^3;
h = plot(x,y);
You can use the handle h to set the properties of the lineseries object,For
example,you can set its Color property:
set(h,'Color','red')
You can also specify properties when you call the plotting function.
h = plot(x,y,'Color','red');
When you query the lineseries properties,
get(h,'LineWidth')
MATLAB returns the answer:
ans =
0.5000
Handle Graphics
5-63
Use the handle to see what properties a particular object contains.
get(h)
Graphics Objects
Graphics objects are the basic elements used to display graphs and user
interface components,These objects are organized into a hierarchy,as shown
by the following diagram.
Key Graphics Objects
When you call a function to create a graph,MATLAB creates a hierarchy of
graphics objects,For example,calling the plot function creates the following
graphics objects:
Lineseries plot objects — Represent the data passed to the plot function
Axes — Provide a frame of reference and scaling for the plotted lineseries
Text — Label the axes tick marks and are used for titles and annotations
Figures — Are the windows that contain axes toolbars,menus,etc.
Different types of graphs use different objects to represent data,however,all
data objects are contained in axes and all objects (except root) are contained in
figures,
The root is an abstract object that primarily stores information about your
computer or MATLAB state,You cannot create an instance of the root object.
Axes
Core Objects
Figure
Root
Annotation ObjectsPlot Objects
Annotation Axes
Hidden
Group Objects
UI Objects
5 Graphics
5-64
For More Information See,Handle Graphics Objects” in the MATLAB
documentation for information on graphics objects.
User interface objects are used to create graphical user interfaces (GUIs),
These objects include components like push buttons,editable text boxes,and
list boxes,
For More Information See,Creating Graphical User Interfaces” in the
MATLAB documentation for more information on user interface objects.
Creating Objects
Plotting functions (like plot and surf) call the appropriate low-level function
to draw their respective graph,For information about an object’s properties,
see the Handle Graphics Property Browser in the MATLAB online
documentation.
Commands for Working with Objects
This table lists commands commonly used when working with objects,
Function Purpose
allchild Find all children of specified objects
ancestor Find ancestor of graphics object
copyobj Copy graphics object
delete Delete an object
findall Find all graphics objects (including hidden handles)
findobj Find the handles of objects having specified property
values
gca Return the handle of the current axes
Handle Graphics
5-65
Setting Object Properties
All object properties have default values,However,you might find it useful to
change the settings of some properties to customize your graph,There are two
ways to set object properties:
Specify values for properties when you create the object.
Set the property value on an object that already exists.
Setting Properties from Plotting Commands
You can specify object property value pairs as arguments to many plotting
functions,such as plot,mesh,and surf,
For example,plotting commands that create lineseries or surfaceplot objects
enable you to specify property name/property value pairs as arguments,The
command
surf(x,y,z,'FaceColor','interp',...
'FaceLighting','gouraud')
plots the data in the variables x,y,and z using a surfaceplot object with
interpolated face color and employing the Gouraud face light technique,You
can set any of the object’s properties this way.
Setting Properties of Existing Objects
To modify the property values of existing objects,you can use the set command
or the Property Editor,This section describes how to use the set command,See
“Using the Property Editor” on page 5-17 for more information.
gcf Return the handle of the current figure
gco Return the handle of the current object
get Query the values of an object’s properties
ishandle True if value is valid object handle
set Set the values of an object’s properties
Function Purpose
5 Graphics
5-66
Most plotting functions return the handles of the objects that they create so you
can modify the objects using the set command,For example,these statements
plot a five-by-five matrix (creating five lineseries,one per column) and then set
the Marker property to a square and the MarkerFaceColor property to green,
h = plot(magic(5));
set(h,'Marker','s','MarkerFaceColor','g')
In this case,h is a vector containing five handles,one for each of the five
lineseries in the graph,The set statement sets the Marker and
MarkerFaceColor properties of all lineseries to the same values.
Setting Multiple Property Values
If you want to set the properties of each lineseries to a different value,you can
use cell arrays to store all the data and pass it to the set command,For
example,create a plot and save the lineseries handles.
h = plot(magic(5));
Suppose you want to add different markers to each lineseries and color the
marker’s face color the same color as the lineseries,You need to define two cell
arrays — one containing the property names and the other containing the
desired values of the properties,
The prop_name cell array contains two elements.
prop_name(1) = {'Marker'};
prop_name(2) = {'MarkerFaceColor'};
The prop_values cell array contains 10 values,five values for the Marker
property and five values for the MarkerFaceColor property,Notice that
prop_values is a two-dimensional cell array,The first dimension indicates
which handle in h the values apply to and the second dimension indicates
which property the value is assigned to,
prop_values(1,1) = {'s'};
prop_values(1,2) = {get(h(1),'Color')};
prop_values(2,1) = {'d'};
prop_values(2,2) = {get(h(2),'Color')};
prop_values(3,1) = {'o'};
prop_values(3,2) = {get(h(3),'Color')};
prop_values(4,1) = {'p'};
prop_values(4,2) = {get(h(4),'Color')};
Handle Graphics
5-67
prop_values(5,1) = {'h'};
prop_values(5,2) = {get(h(5),'Color')};
The MarkerFaceColor is always assigned the value of the corresponding line’s
color (obtained by getting the lineseries Color property with the get
command).
After defining the cell arrays,call set to specify the new property values.
set(h,prop_name,prop_values)
1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
0
5
10
15
20
25
5 Graphics
5-68
Specifying the Axes or Figure
MATLAB always creates an axes or figure if one does not exist when you issue
a plotting command,However,when you are creating a graphics M-file,it is
good practice to explicitly create and specify the parent axes and figure,
particularly if others will use your program,Specifying the parent prevents the
following problems:
Your M-file overwrites the graph in the current figure,Note that a figure
becomes the current figure whenever a user clicks on it.
The current figure might be in an unexpected state and not behave as your
program expects.
The following examples shows a simple M-file that plots a function and the
mean of the function over the specified range.
function myfunc(x)
% x = -10:.005:40; Here's a value you can use for x
y = [1.5*cos(x) + 6*exp(-.1*x) + exp(.07*x).*sin(3*x)];
ym = mean(y);
hfig = figure('Name','Function and Mean',...
'Pointer','fullcrosshair');
hax = axes('Parent',hfig);
plot(hax,x,y)
hold on
plot(hax,[min(x) max(x)],[ym ym],'Color','red')
hold off
ylab = get(hax,'YTick');
set(hax,'YTick',sort([ylab ym]))
title ('y = 1.5cos(x) + 6e^{-0.1x} + e^{0.07x}sin(3x)')
xlabel('X Axis'); ylabel('Y Axis')
Handle Graphics
5-69
Finding the Handles of Existing Objects
The findobj function enables you to obtain the handles of graphics objects by
searching for objects with particular property values,With findobj you can
specify the values of any combination of properties,which makes it easy to pick
one object out of many,findobj also recognizes regular expressions (regexp),
For example,you might want to find the blue line with square marker having
blue face color.You can also specify which figures or axes to search,if there are
more than one,The following sections provide examples illustrating how to use
findobj.
Finding All Objects of a Certain Type
Because all objects have a Type property that identifies the type of object,you
can find the handles of all occurrences of a particular type of object,For
example,
h = findobj('Type','patch');
finds the handles of all patch objects,
10?5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
20
15
10
5
0
3.1596
5
10
15
20
y = 1.5cos(x) + 6e
0.1x
+ e
0.07x
sin(3x)
X Axis
Y Axis
5 Graphics
5-70
Finding Objects with a Particular Property
You can specify multiple properties to narrow the search,For example,
h = findobj('Type','line','Color','r','LineStyle',':');
finds the handles of all red dotted lines.
Limiting the Scope of the Search
You can specify the starting point in the object hierarchy by passing the handle
of the starting figure or axes as the first argument,For example,
h = findobj(gca,'Type','text','String','\pi/2');
finds the string π/2 only within the current axes.
Using findobj as an Argument
Because findobj returns the handles it finds,you can use it in place of the
handle argument,For example,
set(findobj('Type','line','Color','red'),'LineStyle',':')
finds all red lines and sets their line style to dotted.
Animations
5-71
Animations
MATLAB provides three ways of generating moving,animated graphics,
,Erase Mode Method” on page 5-71 — Continually erase and then redraw the
objects on the screen,making incremental changes with each redraw,
,Creating Movies” on page 5-73 — Save a number of different pictures and
then play them back as a movie,
Using AVI files,See avifile for more information and examples.
Erase Mode Method
Using the EraseMode property is appropriate for long sequences of simple plots
where the change from frame to frame is minimal,Here is an example showing
simulated Brownian motion,Specify a number of points,such as
n = 20
and a temperature or velocity,such as
s =,02
The best values for these two parameters depend upon the speed of your
particular computer,Generate n random points with (x,y) coordinates between
-
1
/2 and +
1
/2.
x = rand(n,1)-0.5;
y = rand(n,1)-0.5;
Plot the points in a square with sides at -1 and +1,Save the handle for the
vector of points and set its EraseMode to xor,This tells the MATLAB graphics
system not to redraw the entire plot when the coordinates of one point are
changed,but to restore the background color in the vicinity of the point using
an exclusive or operation,
h = plot(x,y,'.');
axis([-1 1 -1 1])
axis square
grid off
set(h,'EraseMode','xor','MarkerSize',18)
5 Graphics
5-72
Now begin the animation,Here is an infinite while loop,which you can
eventually exit by typing Ctrl+C,Each time through the loop,add a small
amount of normally distributed random noise to the coordinates of the points,
Then,instead of creating an entirely new plot,simply change the XData and
YData properties of the original plot,
while 1
drawnow
x = x + s*randn(n,1);
y = y + s*randn(n,1);
set(h,'XData',x,'YData',y)
end
See how long it takes for one of the points to get outside the square and how
long before all the points are outside the square.
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
Animations
5-73
Creating Movies
If you increase the number of points in the Brownian motion example to n =
300 and s =,02,the motion is no longer very fluid; it takes too much time to
draw each time step,It becomes more effective to save a predetermined number
of frames as bitmaps and to play them back as a movie.
First,decide on the number of frames,
nframes = 50;
Next,set up the first plot as before,except using the default EraseMode
(normal).
x = rand(n,1)-0.5;
y = rand(n,1)-0.5;
h = plot(x,y,'.');
set(h,'MarkerSize',18);
axis([-1 1 -1 1])
axis square
grid off
Generate the movie and use getframe to capture each frame.
for k = 1:nframes
x = x + s*randn(n,1);
y = y + s*randn(n,1);
set(h,'XData',x,'YData',y)
M(k) = getframe;
end
Finally,play the movie 30 times.
movie(M,30)
5 Graphics
5-74
6
Programming
This chapter introduces programming constructs,multidimensional arrays and other data
structures,and MATLAB functions.
Flow Control (p,6-2) Use flow control constructs including if,switch and
case,for,while,continue,and break.
Other Data Structures (p,6-8) Work with multidimensional arrays,cell arrays,
character and text data,and structures.
Scripts and Functions (p,6-18) Write scripts and functions,use global variables,pass
string arguments to functions,use eval to evaluate text
expressions,vectorize code,preallocate arrays,reference
functions using handles,and use functions that operate
on functions.
6 Programming
6-2
Flow Control
MATLAB has several flow control constructs:
,if” on page 6-2
,switch and case” on page 6-4
,for” on page 6-4
,while” on page 6-5
,continue” on page 6-5
,break” on page 6-6
,try - catch” on page 6-7
,return” on page 6-7
if
The if statement evaluates a logical expression and executes a group of
statements when the expression is true,The optional elseif and else
keywords provide for the execution of alternate groups of statements,An end
keyword,which matches the if,terminates the last group of statements,The
groups of statements are delineated by the four keywords — no braces or
brackets are involved,
The MATLAB algorithm for generating a magic square of order n involves
three different cases,when n is odd,when n is even but not divisible by 4,or
when n is divisible by 4,This is described by
if rem(n,2) ~= 0
M = odd_magic(n)
elseif rem(n,4) ~= 0
M = single_even_magic(n)
else
M = double_even_magic(n)
end
In this example,the three cases are mutually exclusive,but if they weren’t,the
first true condition would be executed.
Flow Control
6-3
It is important to understand how relational operators and if statements work
with matrices,When you want to check for equality between two variables,you
might use
if A == B,...
This is legal MATLAB code,and does what you expect when A and B are scalars,
But when A and B are matrices,A == B does not test if they are equal,it tests
where they are equal; the result is another matrix of 0’s and 1’s showing
element-by-element equality,In fact,if A and B are not the same size,then A ==
B is an error.
The proper way to check for equality between two variables is to use the
isequal function,
if isequal(A,B),...
Here is another example to emphasize this point,If A and B are scalars,the
following program will never reach the unexpected situation,But for most
pairs of matrices,including our magic squares with interchanged columns,
none of the matrix conditions A > B,A < B,or A == B is true for all elements
and so the else clause is executed.
if A > B
'greater'
elseif A < B
'less'
elseif A == B
'equal'
else
error('Unexpected situation')
end
Several functions are helpful for reducing the results of matrix comparisons to
scalar conditions for use with if,including
isequal
isempty
all
any
6 Programming
6-4
switch and case
The switch statement executes groups of statements based on the value of a
variable or expression,The keywords case and otherwise delineate the
groups,Only the first matching case is executed,There must always be an end
to match the switch.
The logic of the magic squares algorithm can also be described by
switch (rem(n,4)==0) + (rem(n,2)==0)
case 0
M = odd_magic(n)
case 1
M = single_even_magic(n)
case 2
M = double_even_magic(n)
otherwise
error('This is impossible')
end
Note Unlike the C language switch statement,MATLAB switch does not
fall through,If the first case statement is true,the other case statements do
not execute,So,break statements are not required.
for
The for loop repeats a group of statements a fixed,predetermined number of
times,A matching end delineates the statements.
for n = 3:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
r
The semicolon terminating the inner statement suppresses repeated printing,
and the r after the loop displays the final result.
Flow Control
6-5
It is a good idea to indent the loops for readability,especially when they are
nested.
for i = 1:m
for j = 1:n
H(i,j) = 1/(i+j);
end
end
while
The while loop repeats a group of statements an indefinite number of times
under control of a logical condition,A matching end delineates the statements.
Here is a complete program,illustrating while,if,else,and end,that uses
interval bisection to find a zero of a polynomial.
a = 0; fa = -Inf;
b = 3; fb = Inf;
while b-a > eps*b
x = (a+b)/2;
fx = x^3-2*x-5;
if sign(fx) == sign(fa)
a = x; fa = fx;
else
b = x; fb = fx;
end
end
x
The result is a root of the polynomial x
3
- 2x - 5,namely
x =
2.09455148154233
The cautions involving matrix comparisons that are discussed in the section on
the if statement also apply to the while statement.
continue
The continue statement passes control to the next iteration of the for loop or
while loop in which it appears,skipping any remaining statements in the body
6 Programming
6-6
of the loop,In nested loops,continue passes control to the next iteration of the
for loop or while loop enclosing it.
The example below shows a continue loop that counts the lines of code in the
file magic.m,skipping all blank lines and comments,A continue statement is
used to advance to the next line in magic.m without incrementing the count
whenever a blank line or comment line is encountered.
fid = fopen('magic.m','r');
count = 0;
while ~feof(fid)
line = fgetl(fid);
if isempty(line) | strncmp(line,'%',1)
continue
end
count = count + 1;
end
disp(sprintf('%d lines',count));
break
The break statement lets you exit early from a for loop or while loop,In nested
loops,break exits from the innermost loop only,
Here is an improvement on the example from the previous section,Why is this
use of break a good idea?
a = 0; fa = -Inf;
b = 3; fb = Inf;
while b-a > eps*b
x = (a+b)/2;
fx = x^3-2*x-5;
if fx == 0
break
elseif sign(fx) == sign(fa)
a = x; fa = fx;
else
b = x; fb = fx;
end
end
x
Flow Control
6-7
try - catch
The general form of a try-catch statement sequence is
try
statement
,..
statement
catch
statement
,..
statement
end
In this sequence the statements between try and catch are executed until an
error occurs,The statements between catch and end are then executed,Use
lasterr to see the cause of the error,If an error occurs between catch and end,
MATLAB terminates execution unless another try-catch sequence has been
established.
return
return terminates the current sequence of commands and returns control to
the invoking function or to the keyboard,return is also used to terminate
keyboard mode,A called function normally transfers control to the function
that invoked it when it reaches the end of the function,You can insert a return
statement within the called function to force an early termination and to
transfer control to the invoking function.
6 Programming
6-8
Other Data Structures
This section introduces you to some other data structures in MATLAB,
including
,Multidimensional Arrays” on page 6-8
,Cell Arrays” on page 6-10
,Characters and Text” on page 6-12
,Structures” on page 6-15
Multidimensional Arrays
Multidimensional arrays in MATLAB are arrays with more than two
subscripts,One way of creating a multidimensional array is by calling zeros,
ones,rand,or randn with more than two arguments,For example,
R = randn(3,4,5);
creates a 3-by-4-by-5 array with a total of 3x4x5 = 60 normally distributed
random elements.
A three-dimensional array might represent three-dimensional physical data,
say the temperature in a room,sampled on a rectangular grid,Or it might
represent a sequence of matrices,A
(k)
,or samples of a time-dependent matrix,
A(t),In these latter cases,the (i,j)th element of the kth matrix,or the t
k
th
matrix,is denoted by A(i,j,k).
MATLAB and Dürer’s versions of the magic square of order 4 differ by an
interchange of two columns,Many different magic squares can be generated by
interchanging columns,The statement
p = perms(1:4);
generates the 4! = 24 permutations of 1:4,The kth permutation is the row
vector p(k,:),Then
A = magic(4);
M = zeros(4,4,24);
for k = 1:24
M(:,:,k) = A(:,p(k,:));
end
Other Data Structures
6-9
stores the sequence of 24 magic squares in a three-dimensional array,M,The
size of M is
size(M)
ans =
4 4 24
Note The order of the matrices shown in this illustration might differ from
your results,The perms function always returns all permutations of the input
vector,but the order of the permutations might be different for different
MATLAB versions.
The statement
sum(M,d)
computes sums by varying the dth subscript,So
sum(M,1)
16 3 2 13
8 11 10 8
12 7 6 12
1 14 15 1
16 2 13 3
10 8 11 10
6 12 7 6
15 1 14 15
13 16 2 3
8 5 11 10
12 9 7 6
1 4 14 15
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
.
.
.
6 Programming
6-10
is a 1-by-4-by-24 array containing 24 copies of the row vector
34 34 34 34
and
sum(M,2)
is a 4-by-1-by-24 array containing 24 copies of the column vector
34
34
34
34
Finally,
S = sum(M,3)
adds the 24 matrices in the sequence,The result has size 4-by-4-by-1,so it looks
like a 4-by-4 array.
S =
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
204 204 204 204
Cell Arrays
Cell arrays in MATLAB are multidimensional arrays whose elements are
copies of other arrays,A cell array of empty matrices can be created with the
cell function,But,more often,cell arrays are created by enclosing a
miscellaneous collection of things in curly braces,{},The curly braces are also
used with subscripts to access the contents of various cells,For example,
C = {A sum(A) prod(prod(A))}
produces a 1-by-3 cell array,The three cells contain the magic square,the row
vector of column sums,and the product of all its elements,When C is displayed,
you see
C =
[4x4 double] [1x4 double] [20922789888000]
Other Data Structures
6-11
This is because the first two cells are too large to print in this limited space,but
the third cell contains only a single number,16!,so there is room to print it.
Here are two important points to remember,First,to retrieve the contents of
one of the cells,use subscripts in curly braces,For example,C{1} retrieves the
magic square and C{3} is 16,Second,cell arrays contain copies of other arrays,
not pointers to those arrays,If you subsequently change A,nothing happens to
C.
You can use three-dimensional arrays to store a sequence of matrices of the
same size,Cell arrays can be used to store a sequence of matrices of different
sizes,For example,
M = cell(8,1);
for n = 1:8
M{n} = magic(n);
end
M
produces a sequence of magic squares of different order.
M =
[ 1]
[ 2x2 double]
[ 3x3 double]
[ 4x4 double]
[ 5x5 double]
[ 6x6 double]
[ 7x7 double]
[ 8x8 double]
6 Programming
6-12
You can retrieve the 4-by-4 magic square matrix with
M{4}
Characters and Text
Enter text into MATLAB using single quotes,For example,
s = 'Hello'
The result is not the same kind of numeric matrix or array you have been
dealing with up to now,It is a 1-by-5 character array,
16 2 3 13
5 11 10 8
9 7 6 12
4 14 15 1
.
.
.
64 2 36160 6 757
955541213515016
17 47 46 20 21 43 42 24
40 26 27 37 36 30 31 33
32 34 35 29 28 38 39 25
41 23 22 44 45 19 18 48
49 15 14 52 53 11 10 56
85859 5 46263 1
1 3
4 2
8 1 6
3 5 7
4 9 2
1
Other Data Structures
6-13
Internally,the characters are stored as numbers,but not in floating-point
format,The statement
a = double(s)
converts the character array to a numeric matrix containing floating-point
representations of the ASCII codes for each character,The result is
a =
72 101 108 108 111
The statement
s = char(a)
reverses the conversion.
Converting numbers to characters makes it possible to investigate the various
fonts available on your computer,The printable characters in the basic ASCII
character set are represented by the integers 32:127,(The integers less than
32 represent nonprintable control characters.) These integers are arranged in
an appropriate 6-by-16 array with
F = reshape(32:127,16,6)';
The printable characters in the extended ASCII character set are represented
by F+128,When these integers are interpreted as characters,the result
depends on the font currently being used,Type the statements
char(F)
char(F+128)
and then vary the font being used for the Command Window,Select
Preferences from the File menu to change the font,If you include tabs in lines
of code,use a fixed-width font,such as Monospaced,to align the tab positions
on different lines.
Concatenation with square brackets joins text variables together into larger
strings,The statement
h = [s,' world']
joins the strings horizontally and produces
h =
Hello world
6 Programming
6-14
The statement
v = [s; 'world']
joins the strings vertically and produces
v =
Hello
world
Note that a blank has to be inserted before the 'w' in h and that both words in
v have to have the same length,The resulting arrays are both character arrays;
h is 1-by-11 and v is 2-by-5.
To manipulate a body of text containing lines of different lengths,you have two
choices — a padded character array or a cell array of strings,When creating a
character array,you must make each row of the array the same length,(Pad
the ends of the shorter rows with spaces.) The char function does this padding
for you,For example,
S = char('A','rolling','stone','gathers','momentum.')
produces a 5-by-9 character array.
S =
A
rolling
stone
gathers
momentum.
Alternatively,you can store the text in a cell array,For example,
C = {'A';'rolling';'stone';'gathers';'momentum.'}
creates a 5-by-1 cell array that requires no padding because each row of the
array can have a different length.
C =
'A'
'rolling'
'stone'
'gathers'
'momentum.'
Other Data Structures
6-15
You can convert a padded character array to a cell array of strings with
C = cellstr(S)
and reverse the process with
S = char(C)
Structures
Structures are multidimensional MATLAB arrays with elements accessed by
textual field designators,For example,
S.name = 'Ed Plum';
S.score = 83;
S.grade = 'B+'
creates a scalar structure with three fields.
S =
name,'Ed Plum'
score,83
grade,'B+'
Like everything else in MATLAB,structures are arrays,so you can insert
additional elements,In this case,each element of the array is a structure with
several fields,The fields can be added one at a time,
S(2).name = 'Toni Miller';
S(2).score = 91;
S(2).grade = 'A-';
or an entire element can be added with a single statement.
S(3) = struct('name','Jerry Garcia',...
'score',70,'grade','C')
Now the structure is large enough that only a summary is printed.
S =
1x3 struct array with fields:
name
score
grade
6 Programming
6-16
There are several ways to reassemble the various fields into other MATLAB
arrays,They are all based on the notation of a comma-separated list,If you type
S.score
it is the same as typing
S(1).score,S(2).score,S(3).score
This is a comma-separated list,Without any other punctuation,it is not very
useful,It assigns the three scores,one at a time,to the default variable ans and
dutifully prints out the result of each assignment,But when you enclose the
expression in square brackets,
[S.score]
it is the same as
[S(1).score,S(2).score,S(3).score]
which produces a numeric row vector containing all the scores.
ans =
83 91 70
Similarly,typing
S.name
just assigns the names,one at a time,to ans,But enclosing the expression in
curly braces,
{S.name}
creates a 1-by-3 cell array containing the three names.
ans =
'Ed Plum' 'Toni Miller' 'Jerry Garcia'
And
char(S.name)
Other Data Structures
6-17
calls the char function with three arguments to create a character array from
the name fields,
ans =
Ed Plum
Toni Miller
Jerry Garcia
Dynamic Field Names
The most common way to access the data in a structure is by specifying the
name of the field that you want to reference,Another means of accessing
structure data is to use dynamic field names,These names express the field as
a variable expression that MATLAB evaluates at run-time,The
dot-parentheses syntax shown here makes expression a dynamic field name.
structName.(expression)
Index into this field using the standard MATLAB indexing syntax,For
example,to evaluate expression into a field name and obtain the values of that
field at columns 1 through 25 of row 7,use
structName.(expression)(7,1:25)
Dynamic Field Names Example,The avgscore function shown below computes an
average test score,retrieving information from the testscores structure using
dynamic field names:
function avg = avgscore(testscores,student,first,last)
for k = first:last
scores(k) = testscores.(student).week(k);
end
avg = sum(scores)/(last - first + 1);
You can run this function using different values for the dynamic field student.
avgscore(testscores,'Ann Lane',1,20)
ans =
83.5000
avgscore(testscores,'William King',1,20)
ans =
92.1000
6 Programming
6-18
Scripts and Functions
Topics covered in this section are
,Scripts” on page 6-19
,Functions” on page 6-20
,Global Variables” on page 6-24
,Passing String Arguments to Functions” on page 6-25
,The eval Function” on page 6-26
,Function Handles” on page 6-27
,Function Functions” on page 6-27
,Vectorization” on page 6-30
,Preallocation” on page 6-30
MATLAB is a powerful programming language as well as an interactive
computational environment,Files that contain code in the MATLAB language
are called M-files,You create M-files using a text editor,then use them as you
would any other MATLAB function or command.
There are two kinds of M-files:
Scripts,which do not accept input arguments or return output arguments,
They operate on data in the workspace.
Functions,which can accept input arguments and return output arguments,
Internal variables are local to the function.
If you’re a new MATLAB programmer,just create the M-files that you want to
try out in the current directory,As you develop more of your own M-files,you
will want to organize them into other directories and personal toolboxes that
you can add to your MATLAB search path.
If you duplicate function names,MATLAB executes the one that occurs first in
the search path.
To view the contents of an M-file,for example,myfunction.m,use
type myfunction
Scripts and Functions
6-19
Scripts
When you invoke a script,MATLAB simply executes the commands found in
the file,Scripts can operate on existing data in the workspace,or they can
create new data on which to operate,Although scripts do not return output
arguments,any variables that they create remain in the workspace,to be used
in subsequent computations,In addition,scripts can produce graphical output
using functions like plot.
For example,create a file called magicrank.m that contains these MATLAB
commands.
% Investigate the rank of magic squares
r = zeros(1,32);
for n = 3:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
r
bar(r)
Typing the statement
magicrank
causes MATLAB to execute the commands,compute the rank of the first 30
magic squares,and plot a bar graph of the result,After execution of the file is
complete,the variables n and r remain in the workspace.
6 Programming
6-20
Functions
Functions are M-files that can accept input arguments and return output
arguments,The names of the M-file and of the function should be the same,
Functions operate on variables within their own workspace,separate from the
workspace you access at the MATLAB command prompt.
A good example is provided by rank,The M-file rank.m is available in the
directory
toolbox/matlab/matfun
You can see the file with
type rank
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
Scripts and Functions
6-21
Here is the file.
function r = rank(A,tol)
% RANK Matrix rank.
% RANK(A) provides an estimate of the number of linearly
% independent rows or columns of a matrix A.
% RANK(A,tol) is the number of singular values of A
% that are larger than tol.
% RANK(A) uses the default tol = max(size(A)) * norm(A) * eps.
s = svd(A);
if nargin==1
tol = max(size(A)') * max(s) * eps;
end
r = sum(s > tol);
The first line of a function M-file starts with the keyword function,It gives the
function name and order of arguments,In this case,there are up to two input
arguments and one output argument.
The next several lines,up to the first blank or executable line,are comment
lines that provide the help text,These lines are printed when you type
help rank
The first line of the help text is the H1 line,which MATLAB displays when you
use the lookfor command or request help on a directory.
The rest of the file is the executable MATLAB code defining the function,The
variable s introduced in the body of the function,as well as the variables on the
first line,r,A and tol,are all local to the function; they are separate from any
variables in the MATLAB workspace.
This example illustrates one aspect of MATLAB functions that is not ordinarily
found in other programming languages — a variable number of arguments,
The rank function can be used in several different ways.
rank(A)
r = rank(A)
r = rank(A,1.e-6)
6 Programming
6-22
Many M-files work this way,If no output argument is supplied,the result is
stored in ans,If the second input argument is not supplied,the function
computes a default value,Within the body of the function,two quantities
named nargin and nargout are available which tell you the number of input
and output arguments involved in each particular use of the function,The rank
function uses nargin,but does not need to use nargout.
Types of Functions
MATLAB offers several different types of functions to use in your
programming.
Anonymous Functions
An anonymous function is a simple form of MATLAB function that does not
require an M-file,It consists of a single MATLAB expression and any number
of input and output arguments,You can define an anonymous function right at
the MATLAB command line,or within an M-file function or script,This gives
you a quick means of creating simple functions without having to create M-files
each time.
The syntax for creating an anonymous function from an expression is
f = @(arglist)expression
The statement below creates an anonymous function that finds the square of a
number,When you call this function,MATLAB assigns the value you pass in
to variable x,and then uses x in the equation x.^2.
sqr = @(x) x.^2;
To execute the sqr function defined above,type
a = sqr(5)
a =
25
Primary and Subfunctions
All functions that are not anonymous must be defined within an M-file,Each
M-file has a required primary function that appears first in the file,and any
number of subfunctions that follow the primary,Primary functions have a
wider scope than subfunctions,That is,primary functions can be invoked from
outside of their M-file (from the MATLAB command line or from functions in
Scripts and Functions
6-23
other M-files) while subfunctions cannot,Subfunctions are visible only to the
primary function and other subfunctions within their own M-file.
The rank function shown in the section on,Functions” on page 6-20 is an
example of a primary function.
Private Functions
A private function is a type of primary M-file function,Its unique characteristic
is that it is visible only to a limited group of other functions,This type of
function can be useful if you want to limit access to a function,or when you
choose not to expose the implementation of a function,
Private functions reside in subdirectories with the special name private,They
are visible only to functions in the parent directory,For example,assume the
directory newmath is on the MATLAB search path,A subdirectory of newmath
called private can contain functions that only the functions in newmath can
call.
Because private functions are invisible outside the parent directory,they can
use the same names as functions in other directories,This is useful if you want
to create your own version of a particular function while retaining the original
in another directory,Because MATLAB looks for private functions before
standard M-file functions,it will find a private function named test.m before
a nonprivate M-file named test.m.
Nested Functions
You can define functions within the body of any MATLAB M-file function,
These are said to be nested within the outer function,A nested function
contains any or all of the components of any other M-file function,In this
example,function B is nested in function A.
function x = A(p1,p2)
...
B(p2)
function y = B(p3)
,..
end
...
end
6 Programming
6-24
Like other functions,a nested function has its own workspace where variables
used by the function are stored,But it also has access to the workspaces of all
functions in which it is nested,So,for example,a variable that has a value
assigned to it by the primary function can be read or overwritten by a function
nested at any level within the primary,Similarly,a variable that is assigned in
a nested function can be read or overwritten by any of the functions containing
that function.
Function Overloading
Overloaded functions act the same way as overloaded functions in most
computer languages,Overloaded functions are useful when you need to create
a function that responds to different types of inputs accordingly,For instance,
you might want one of your functions to accept both double-precision and
integer input,but to handle each type somewhat differently,You can make this
difference invisible to the user by creating two separate functions having the
same name,and designating one to handle double types and one to handle
integers,When you call the function,MATLAB chooses which M-file to
dispatch to based on the type of the input arguments.
Global Variables
If you want more than one function to share a single copy of a variable,simply
declare the variable as global in all the functions,Do the same thing at the
command line if you want the base workspace to access the variable,The global
declaration must occur before the variable is actually used in a function,
Although it is not required,using capital letters for the names of global
variables helps distinguish them from other variables,For example,create an
M-file called falling.m.
function h = falling(t)
global GRAVITY
h = 1/2*GRAVITY*t.^2;
Then interactively enter the statements
global GRAVITY
GRAVITY = 32;
y = falling((0:.1:5)');
Scripts and Functions
6-25
The two global statements make the value assigned to GRAVITY at the
command prompt available inside the function,You can then modify GRAVITY
interactively and obtain new solutions without editing any files.
Passing String Arguments to Functions
You can write MATLAB functions that accept string arguments without the
parentheses and quotes,That is,MATLAB interprets
foo a b c
as
foo('a','b','c')
However,when you use the unquoted form,MATLAB cannot return output
arguments,For example,
legend apples oranges
creates a legend on a plot using the strings apples and oranges as labels,If you
want the legend command to return its output arguments,then you must use
the quoted form.
[legh,objh] = legend('apples','oranges');
In addition,you cannot use the unquoted form if any of the arguments is not a
string.
Constructing String Arguments in Code
The quoted form enables you to construct string arguments within the code,
The following example processes multiple data files,August1.dat,
August2.dat,and so on,It uses the function int2str,which converts an
integer to a character,to build the filename.
for d = 1:31
s = ['August' int2str(d) '.dat'];
load(s)
% Code to process the contents of the d-th file
end
6 Programming
6-26
A Cautionary Note
While the unquoted syntax is convenient,it can be used incorrectly without
causing MATLAB to generate an error,For example,given a matrix A,
A =
0 -6 -1
6 2 -16
-5 20 -10
The eig command returns the eigenvalues of A.
eig(A)
ans =
-3.0710
-2.4645+17.6008i
-2.4645-17.6008i
The following statement is not allowed because A is not a string; however,
MATLAB does not generate an error.
eig A
ans =
65
MATLAB actually takes the eigenvalue of the ASCII numeric equivalent of the
letter A (which is the number 65).
The eval Function
The eval function works with text variables to implement a powerful text
macro facility,The expression or statement
eval(s)
uses the MATLAB interpreter to evaluate the expression or execute the
statement contained in the text string s.
The example of the previous section could also be done with the following code,
although this would be somewhat less efficient because it involves the full
interpreter,not just a function call.
Scripts and Functions
6-27
for d = 1:31
s = ['load August' int2str(d) '.dat'];
eval(s)
% Process the contents of the d-th file
end
Function Handles
You can create a handle to any MATLAB function and then use that handle as
a means of referencing the function,A function handle is typically passed in an
argument list to other functions,which can then execute,or evaluate,the
function using the handle.
Construct a function handle in MATLAB using the at sign,@,before the
function name,The following example creates a function handle for the sin
function and assigns it to the variable fhandle.
fhandle = @sin;
You can call a function by means of its handle in the same way that you would
call the function using its name,The syntax is
fhandle(arg1,arg2,...);
The function plot_fhandle,shown below,receives a function handle and data,
generates y-axis data using the function handle,and plots it.
function x = plot_fhandle(fhandle,data)
plot(data,fhandle(data))
When you call plot_fhandle with a handle to the sin function and the
argument shown below,the resulting evaluation produces a sine wave plot.
plot_fhandle(@sin,-pi:0.01:pi)
Function Functions
A class of functions called,function functions” works with nonlinear functions
of a scalar variable,That is,one function works on another function,The
function functions include
Zero finding
Optimization
6 Programming
6-28
Quadrature
Ordinary differential equations
MATLAB represents the nonlinear function by a function M-file,For example,
here is a simplified version of the function humps from the matlab/demos
directory.
function y = humps(x)
y = 1./((x-.3).^2 +,01) + 1./((x-.9).^2 +,04) - 6;
Evaluate this function at a set of points in the interval 0 ≤ x ≤ 1 with
x = 0:.002:1;
y = humps(x);
Then plot the function with
plot(x,y)
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.6 0.7 0.8 0.9 1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
Scripts and Functions
6-29
The graph shows that the function has a local minimum near x = 0.6,The
function fminsearch finds the minimizer,the value of x where the function
takes on this minimum,The first argument to fminsearch is a function handle
to the function being minimized and the second argument is a rough guess at
the location of the minimum.
p = fminsearch(@humps,.5)
p =
0.6370
To evaluate the function at the minimizer,
humps(p)
ans =
11.2528
Numerical analysts use the terms quadrature and integration to distinguish
between numerical approximation of definite integrals and numerical
integration of ordinary differential equations,MATLAB quadrature routines
are quad and quadl,The statement
Q = quadl(@humps,0,1)
computes the area under the curve in the graph and produces
Q =
29.8583
Finally,the graph shows that the function is never zero on this interval,So,if
you search for a zero with
z = fzero(@humps,.5)
you will find one outside the interval
z =
-0.1316
6 Programming
6-30
Vectorization
One way to make your MATLAB programs run faster is to vectorize the
algorithms you use in constructing the programs,Where other programming
languages might use for loops or DO loops,MATLAB can use vector or matrix
operations,A simple example involves creating a table of logarithms.
x =,01;
for k = 1:1001
y(k) = log10(x);
x = x +,01;
end
A vectorized version of the same code is
x =,01:.01:10;
y = log10(x);
For more complicated code,vectorization options are not always so obvious,
For More Information See,Maximizing MATLAB Performance” in the
MATLAB documentation for other techniques that you can use.
Preallocation
If you can’t vectorize a piece of code,you can make your for loops go faster by
preallocating any vectors or arrays in which output results are stored,For
example,this code uses the function zeros to preallocate the vector created in
the for loop,This makes the for loop execute significantly faster.
r = zeros(32,1);
for n = 1:32
r(n) = rank(magic(n));
end
Without the preallocation in the previous example,the MATLAB interpreter
enlarges the r vector by one element each time through the loop,Vector
preallocation eliminates this step and results in faster execution.
7
Creating Graphical User
Interfaces
This chapter introduces GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user interface development environment,
which is a tool that you can use to create graphical user interfaces.
What Is GUIDE? (p,7-2) Introduces GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user
interface design environment
Laying Out a GUI (p,7-3) Briefly describes the GUIDE Layout Editor
Programming a GUI (p,7-6) Introduces callbacks to define behavior of the GUI
components
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-2
What Is GUIDE?
GUIDE,the MATLAB graphical user interface development environment,
provides a set of tools for creating graphical user interfaces (GUIs),These tools
greatly simplify the process of designing and building GUIs,You can use the
GUIDE tools to
Lay out the GUI.
Using the GUIDE Layout Editor,you can lay out a GUI easily by clicking and
dragging GUI components — such as panels,buttons,text fields,sliders,
menus,and so on — into the layout area,GUIDE stores the GUI layout in a
FIG-file.
Program the GUI.
GUIDE automatically generates an M-file that controls how the GUI
operates,The M-file initializes the GUI and contains a framework for the
most commonly used callbacks for each component — the commands that
execute when a user clicks a GUI component,Using the M-file editor,you can
add code to the callbacks to perform the functions you want,
Laying Out a GUI
7-3
Laying Out a GUI
Starting GUIDE
Start GUIDE by typing guide at the MATLAB command prompt,This displays
the GUIDE Quick Start dialog,as shown in the following figure.
From the Quick Start dialog,you can
Create a new GUI from one of the GUIDE templates — prebuilt GUIs that
you can modify for your own purposes.
Open an existing GUI.
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-4
The Layout Editor
When you open a GUI in GUIDE,it is displayed in the Layout Editor,which is
the control panel for all of the GUIDE tools,The following figure shows the
Layout Editor with a blank GUI template.
You can lay out your GUI by dragging components,such as panels,push
buttons,pop-up menus,or axes,from the component palette,at the left side of
the Layout Editor,into the layout area,For example,if you drag a push button
into the layout area,it appears as in the following figure,
Component
Palette
Layout Area
Laying Out a GUI
7-5
You can also use the Layout Editor to create menus and set basic properties of
the GUI components,
To get started using the Layout Editor and setting property values,see
“Creating a GUI” in the MATLAB documentation.
7 Creating Graphical User Interfaces
7-6
Programming a GUI
After laying out the GUI and setting component properties,the next step is to
program the GUI,You program the GUI by coding one or more callbacks for
each of its components,Callbacks are functions that execute in response to
some action by the user,A typical action is clicking a push button.
A GUI’s callbacks are found in an M-file that GUIDE generates automatically,
GUIDE adds templates for the most commonly used calbacks to this M-file,but
you may want to add others,Use the M-file Editor to edit this file.
The following figure shows the Callback template for a push button.
To learn more about programming a GUI,see,Creating a GUI” in the
MATLAB documentation.
8
Desktop Tools and
Development Environment
This chapter introduces the MATLAB development environment and the tools you can use to manage
your work in MATLAB.
Desktop Overview (p,8-2) Access tools,arrange the desktop,and set preferences.
Command Window and Command
History (p,8-5)
Run functions and enter variables.
Help Browser (p,8-7) Find and view documentation and demos.
Current Directory Browser and Search
Path (p,8-10)
Manage and use M-files with MATLAB.
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
(p,8-12)
Work with variables in MATLAB.
Editor/Debugger (p,8-14) Create and debug M-files (MATLAB programs).
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler
Reports (p,8-16)
Improve and tune your M-files.
Other Development Environment
Features (p,8-19)
Interface with source control systems,and publish M-file
results.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-2
Desktop Overview
Use desktop tools to manage your work in MATLAB,You can also use
MATLAB functions to perform the equivalent of most of the features found in
the desktop tools.
The following illustration shows the default configuration of the MATLAB
desktop,You can modify the setup to meet your needs.
For More Information For an overview of the desktop tools,watch the video
tutorials,accessible by typing demo matlab desktop,For complete details,see
the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation.
View or change the
current directory.
Click to move Command Window
outside of desktop (undock).
Menus change,depending on the tool you
are currently using.
Desktop Overview
8-3
Arranging the Desktop
These are some common ways to customize the desktop:
Show or hide desktop tools via the Desktop menu.
Resize any tool by dragging one of its edges.
Move a tool outside of the desktop by clicking the undock button in the
tool’s title bar.
Reposition a tool within the desktop by dragging its title bar to the new
location,Tools can occupy the same position,as shown for the Current
Directory and Workspace browser in the preceding illustration,in which
case,you access a tool via its tab.
Change fonts and other options by using File -> Preferences.
Start Button
The MATLAB Start button provides easy access to tools,demos,shortcuts,and
documentation,Click the Start button to see the options.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-4
For More Information See,Desktop” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools and
Development Environment documentation.
Command Window and Command History
8-5
Command Window and Command History
Command Window
Use the Command Window to enter variables and to run functions and M-file
scripts.
Press the up arrow key to recall a statement you previously typed,Edit the
statement as needed and then press Enter to run it,For more information
about entering statements in the Command Window,see,Controlling
Command Window Input and Output” on page 4-28.
For More Information See,Running Functions” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation for complete details.
Run functions and
enter variables at the
MATLAB prompt.
MATLAB displays the
results.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-6
Command History
Statements you enter in the Command Window are logged in the Command
History,From the Command History,you can view previously run statements,
as well as copy and execute selected statements,You can also create an M-file
from selected statements.
To save the input and output from a MATLAB session to a file,use the diary
function.
For More Information See,Command History” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the reference page
for the diary function.
Timestamp
marks the start
of each session.
Select one or more
entries and
right-click to copy,
evaluate,or create
an M-file from the
selection.
Help Browser
8-7
Help Browser
Use the Help browser to search for and view documentation and demos for all
your MathWorks products,The Help browser is an HTML viewer integrated
into the MATLAB desktop.
To open the Help browser,click the help button in the desktop toolbar.
The Help browser consists of two panes,the Help Navigator,which you use to
find information,and the display pane,where you view the information,These
are the key features:
Contents tab — View the titles and tables of contents of the documentation.
Index tab — Find specific index entries (selected keywords) in the
documentation.
Search tab — Look for specific words in the documentation.
Demos tab — View and run demonstrations for your MathWorks products.
While viewing the documentation,you can
Browse to other pages — Use the arrows at the tops and bottoms of the pages
to move through the document,or use the back and forward buttons in the
toolbar to go to previously viewed pages.
Bookmark pages — Use the Favorites menu.
Print a page — Click the print button in the toolbar.
Find a term in the page — Click the find icon ( ) in the toolbar.
Copy or evaluate a selection — Select text,such as code from an example,
then right-click and use a context menu item to copy the selection or evaluate
(run) it.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-8
Tabs in the Help Navigator pane provide different ways to find information.
Drag the separator bar to adjust
the width of the panes.
View documentation in the
display pane.
Use the close box to hide
the pane.
Help Browser
8-9
Other Forms of Help
In addition to the Help browser,you can use help functions,To get help for a
specific function,use the doc function,For example,doc format displays
documentation for the format function in the Help browser,If you type help
followed by the function name,a briefer form of the documentation for the
function appears in the Command Window,Other means for getting help
include contacting Technical Support (http://www.mathworks.com/support)
and participating in the newsgroup for MATLAB users,
comp.soft-sys.matlab.
For More Information See,Help for Using MATLAB” in the MATLAB
Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the
reference pages for the doc and help functions.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-10
Current Directory Browser and Search Path
MATLAB file operations use the current directory and the search path as
reference points,Any file you want to run must either be in the current
directory or on the search path.
Current Directory
A quick way to view or change the current directory is by using the current
directory field in the desktop toolbar,shown here.
To search for,view,open,and make changes to MATLAB related directories
and files,use the MATLAB Current Directory browser,Alternatively,you can
use the functions dir,cd,and delete,Use the Visual Directory and Directory
Reports to help you manage M-files.
Change the
directory here,
This field only
appears here
when the Current
Directory browser
is undocked from
the desktop.
Search for files and content within text files.
Double-click a
file to open it in
an appropriate
tool.
For Visual Directory and Directory Reports
Current Directory Browser and Search Path
8-11
For More Information See,File Management Operations” in the MATLAB
Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the
reference pages for the dir,cd,and delete functions.
Search Path
MATLAB uses a search path to find M-files and other MATLAB related files,
which are organized in directories on your file system,Any file you want to run
in MATLAB must reside in the current directory or in a directory that is on the
search path,When you create M-files and related files for MATLAB,add the
directories in which they are located to the MATLAB search path,By default,
the files supplied with MATLAB and other MathWorks products are included
in the search path.
To see which directories are on the search path or to change the search path,
select File -> Set Path and use the resulting Set Path dialog box,
Alternatively,you can use the path function to view the search path,addpath
to add directories to the path,and rmpath to remove directories from the path.
For More Information See,Search Path” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools
and Development Environment documentation,and the reference pages for
the path,addpath,and rmpath functions.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-12
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
The MATLAB workspace consists of the set of variables (named arrays) built
up during a MATLAB session and stored in memory,You add variables to the
workspace by using functions,running M-files,and loading saved workspaces.
Workspace Browser
To view the workspace and information about each variable,use the
Workspace browser,or use the functions who and whos.
To delete variables from the workspace,select the variables and select Edit ->
Delete,Alternatively,use the clear function.
The workspace is not maintained after you end the MATLAB session,To save
the workspace to a file that can be read during a later MATLAB session,select
File -> Save,or use the save function,This saves the workspace to a binary file
called a MAT-file,which has a,mat extension,You can use options to save to
different formats,To read in a MAT-file,select File -> Import Data,or use the
load function.
For More Information See,MATLAB Workspace” in the MATLAB Desktop
Tools and Development Environment documentation,and the reference pages
for the who,clear,save,and load functions.
Workspace Browser and Array Editor
8-13
Array Editor
Double-click a variable in the Workspace browser,or use openvar
variablename,to see it in the Array Editor,Use the Array Editor to view and
edit a visual representation of variables in the workspace.
For More Information See,Viewing and Editing Workspace Variables with
the Array Editor” in the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development
Environment documentation,and the reference page for the openvar function.
View and change values
of array elements.
Use document bar to view other variables you have open in the Array Editor.
Arrange the display of
array documents.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-14
Editor/Debugger
Use the Editor/Debugger to create and debug M-files,which are programs you
write to run MATLAB functions,The Editor/Debugger provides a graphical
user interface for text editing,as well as for M-file debugging,To create or edit
an M-file use File -> New or File -> Open,or use the edit function.
Set breakpoints
where you want
execution to
pause so you
can examine
variables.
Find and replace text.Comment selected lines and specify
indenting style using the Text menu.
Hold the
cursor over a
variable and
its current
value appears
(known as a
data tip).
Use the document bar to access other
documents open in the Editor/Debugger.
Arrange the display of
documents in the Editor.
Editor/Debugger
8-15
You can use any text editor to create M-files,such as Emacs,Use preferences
(accessible from the desktop File menu) to specify that editor as the default,If
you use another editor,you can still use the MATLAB Editor/Debugger for
debugging,or you can use debugging functions,such as dbstop,which sets a
breakpoint.
If you just need to view the contents of an M-file,you can display the contents
in the Command Window using the type function.
For More Information See,Editing and Debugging M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the function reference pages for edit,type,and debug.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-16
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports
MATLAB provides tools to help you manage and improve your M-files,
including the M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports.
M-Lint Code Check Report
The M-Lint Code Check Report displays potential errors and problems,as well
as opportunities for improvement in your M-files,The term,lint” is used by
similar tools in other programming languages such as C.
Access the M-Lint Code Check Report and other directory reports from the
Current Directory browser,You run a report for all files in the current
directory,Alternatively,you can use the mlint function to get results for a
single M-file.
In MATLAB,the M-Lint Code Check Report displays a message for each line
of an M-file it determines might be improved,For example,a common M-Lint
message is that a variable is defined but never used in the M-file.
Directory reports
M-Lint Code Check and Profiler Reports
8-17
For More Information See,Tuning and Managing M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the reference page for the mlint function.
The report
displays a line
number and
message for
each potential
problem or
improvement
opportunity.
Click a line
number to open
the M-file in the
Editor at that
line.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-18
Profiler Report
MATLAB includes the Profiler to help you improve the performance of your
M-files,Run a MATLAB statement or an M-file in the Profiler and it produces
a report of where the time is being spent,Access the Profiler from the Desktop
menu,or use the profile function.
For More Information See,Tuning and Managing M-Files” in the
MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation,and
the reference page for the profile function.
Other Development Environment Features
8-19
Other Development Environment Features
Additional development environment features include
Source Control — Access your source control system from within MATLAB.
Publishing Results — Use the Editor’s cell features to publish M-files and
results to popular output formats including HTML and Microsoft Word,You
can also use MATLAB Notebook to access MATLAB functions from within
Microsoft Word.
For More Information See,Source Control” and,Publishing Results” in
the MATLAB Desktop Tools and Development Environment documentation.
8 Desktop Tools and Development Environment
8-20
9
Introducing the Symbolic
Math Toolbox
This chapter introduces you to the Symbolic Math Toolbox,and describes how to create and use
symbolic objects,It covers the following topics:
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?
(p,9-2)
Overview of the toolbox
Symbolic Objects (p,9-3) Describes symbolic objects and how they differ from
standard MATLAB data types
Creating Symbolic Variables and
Expressions (p,9-5)
How to create symbolic objects
The subs Command (p,9-8) How to substitute numbers for variables
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
(p,9-10)
How to convert between symbolic objects and numeric
values
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
(p,9-15)
How to create functions that operate on symbolic objects
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-2
What Is the Symbolic Math Toolbox?
The Symbolic Math Toolbox incorporates symbolic computation into the
numeric environment of MATLAB,The toolbox is a collection of more than 100
MATLAB functions that provide access to the Maple kernel using a syntax and
style that is a natural extension of the MATLAB language,The Symbolic Math
Toolbox supplements MATLAB numeric and graphical facilities with several
other types of mathematical computation,which are summarized in following
table.
The computational engine underlying the toolboxes is the kernel of Maple,a
system developed primarily at the University of Waterloo,Canada and,more
recently,at the Eidgen?ssiche Technische Hochschule,Zürich,Switzerland,
Maple is marketed and supported by Waterloo Maple,Inc,
Facility Covers
Calculus Differentiation,integration,limits,summation,and
Taylor series
Linear Algebra Inverses,determinants,eigenvalues,singular value
decomposition,and canonical forms of symbolic
matrices
Simplification Methods of simplifying algebraic expressions
Solution of
Equations
Symbolic and numerical solutions to algebraic and
differential equations
Variable-Precision
Arithmetic
Numerical evaluation of mathematical expressions
to any specified accuracy
Transforms Fourier,Laplace,z-transform,and corresponding
inverse transforms
Symbolic Objects
9-3
Symbolic Objects
The Symbolic Math Toolbox defines a new MATLAB data type called a
symbolic object,(See,Programming and Data Types” in the MATLAB
documentation for an introduction to MATLAB classes and objects.) Internally,
a symbolic object is a data structure that stores a string representation of the
symbol,The Symbolic Math Toolbox uses symbolic objects to represent
symbolic variables,expressions,and matrices,The actual computations
involving symbolic objects are performed primarily by Maple,mathematical
software developed by Waterloo Maple,Inc.
The following example illustrates the difference between a standard MATLAB
data type,such as double,and the corresponding symbolic object,The
MATLAB command
sqrt(2)
returns a floating-point decimal number:
ans =
1.4142
On the other hand,if you convert 2 to a symbolic object using the sym command,
and then take its square root by entering
a = sqrt(sym(2))
the result is
a =
2^(1/2)
MATLAB gives the result 2^(1/2),which means 2
1/2
,using symbolic notation
for the square root operation,without actually calculating a numerical value,
MATLAB records this symbolic expression in the string that represents
2^(1/2),You can always obtain the numerical value of a symbolic object with
the double command:
double(a)
ans =
1.4142
Notice that the result is indented,which tells you it has data type double,
Symbolic results are not indented.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-4
When you create a fraction involving symbolic objects,MATLAB records the
numerator and denominator,For example,
sym(2)/sym(5)
ans =
2/5
MATLAB performs arithmetic on symbolic objects differently than it does on
standard data types,If you add two fractions that are of data type double,
MATLAB gives the answer as a decimal fraction,For example,
2/5 + 1/3
ans =
0.7333
If you add the same fractions as symbolic objects,MATLAB finds their common
denominator and combines them by the usual procedure for adding rational
numbers:
sym(2)/sym(5) + sym(1)/sym(3)
ans =
11/15
The Symbolic Math Toolbox enables you to perform a variety of symbolic
calculations that arise in mathematics and science,These are described in
detail in Chapter 10,“Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox.”
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
9-5
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
The sym command lets you construct symbolic variables and expressions,For
example,the commands
x = sym('x')
a = sym('alpha')
create a symbolic variable x that prints as x and a symbolic variable a that
prints as alpha.
Suppose you want to use a symbolic variable to represent the golden ratio
The command
rho = sym('(1 + sqrt(5))/2')
achieves this goal,Now you can perform various mathematical operations on
rho,For example,
f = rho^2 - rho - 1
returns
f =
(1/2+1/2*5^(1/2))^2-3/2-1/2*5^(1/2)
You can simplify this answer by entering
simplify(f)
which returns
ans =
0
Now suppose you want to study the quadratic function,One
approach is to enter the command
f = sym('a*x^2 + b*x + c')
ρ
15+
2
-----------------=
fax
2
bx c++=
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-6
which assigns the symbolic expression to the variable f,However,
in this case,the Symbolic Math Toolbox does not create variables
corresponding to the terms of the expression,,,,and,To perform
symbolic math operations (e.g.,integration,differentiation,substitution,etc.)
on f,you need to create the variables explicitly,A better alternative is to enter
the commands
a = sym('a')
b = sym('b')
c = sym('c')
x = sym('x')
or simply
syms a b c x
Then enter
f = sym('a*x^2 + b*x + c')
In general,you can use sym or syms to create symbolic variables,We
recommend you use syms because it requires less typing.
Note To create a symbolic expression that is a constant,you must use the
sym command,For example,to create the expression whose value is 5,enter
f = sym('5'),Note that the command f = 5 does not define f as a symbolic
expression.
If you set a variable equal to a symbolic expression,and then apply the syms
command to the variable,MATLAB removes the previously defined expression
from the variable,For example,
syms a b
f = a + b
returns
f =
a+b
ax
2
bx c++
abc x
Creating Symbolic Variables and Expressions
9-7
If you then enter
syms f
f
MATLAB returns
f =
f
You can use the syms command to clear variables of definitions that you
assigned to them previously in your MATLAB session,However,syms does not
clear the properties of the variables in the Maple workspace,See,Clearing
Variables in the Maple Workspace” on page 9-12 for more information.
The findsym Command
To determine what symbolic variables are present in an expression,use the
findsym command,For example,given the symbolic expressions f and g
defined by
syms a b n t x z
f = x^n; g = sin(a*t + b);
you can find the symbolic variables in f by entering
findsym(f)
ans =
n,x
Similarly,you can find the symbolic variables in g by entering
findsym(g)
ans =
a,b,t
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-8
The subs Command
You can substitute a numerical value for a symbolic variable using the subs
command,For example,to substitute the value x = 2 in the symbolic
expression,
f = 2*x^2 - 3*x + 1
enter the command
subs(f,2)
This returns f(2):
ans =
3
Note To substitute a matrix A into the symbolic expression f,use the
command polyvalm(sym2poly(f),A),which replaces all occurrences of x by
A,and replaces the constant term of f with the constant times an identity
matrix.
When your expression contains more than one variable,you can specify the
variable for which you want to make the substitution,For example,to
substitute the value x = 3 in the symbolic expression,
syms x y
f = x^2*y + 5*x*sqrt(y)
enter the command
subs(f,x,3)
This returns
ans =
9*y+15*y^(1/2)
The subs Command
9-9
On the other hand,to substitute y = 3,enter
subs(f,y,3)
ans =
3*x^2+5*x*3^(1/2)
The Default Symbolic Variable
If you do not specify a variable to substitute for,MATLAB chooses a default
variable according to the following rule,For one-letter variables,MATLAB
chooses the letter closest to x in the alphabet,If there are two letters equally
close to x,MATLAB chooses the one that comes later in the alphabet,In the
preceding function,subs(f,3) returns the same answer as
subs(f,x,3).
You can use the findsym command to determine the default variable,For
example,
syms s t
g = s + t;
findsym(g,1)
returns the default variable:
ans =
t
See,Substitutions” on page 10-50 to learn more about substituting for
variables.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-10
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
Consider the ordinary MATLAB quantity
t = 0.1
The sym function has four options for returning a symbolic representation of
the numeric value stored in t,The 'f' option
sym(t,'f')
returns a symbolic floating-point representation
'1.999999999999a'*2^(-4)
The 'r' option
sym(t,'r')
returns the rational form
1/10
This is the default setting for sym,That is,calling sym without a second
argument is the same as using sym with the 'r' option:
sym(t)
ans =
1/10
The third option 'e' returns the rational form of t plus the difference between
the theoretical rational expression for t and its actual (machine) floating-point
value in terms of eps (the floating-point relative accuracy):
sym(t,'e')
ans =
1/10+eps/40
The fourth option 'd' returns the decimal expansion of t up to the number of
significant digits specified by digits:
sym(t,'d')
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
9-11
ans =
.10000000000000000555111512312578
The default value of digits is 32 (hence,sym(t,'d') returns a number with 32
significant digits),but if you prefer a shorter representation,use the digits
command as follows:
digits(7)
sym(t,'d')
ans =
.1000000
A particularly effective use of sym is to convert a matrix from numeric to
symbolic form,The command
A = hilb(3)
generates the 3-by-3 Hilbert matrix:
A =
1.0000 0.5000 0.3333
0.5000 0.3333 0.2500
0.3333 0.2500 0.2000
By applying sym to A
A = sym(A)
you can obtain the symbolic (infinitely precise) form of the 3-by-3 Hilbert
matrix:
A =
[ 1,1/2,1/3]
[ 1/2,1/3,1/4]
[ 1/3,1/4,1/5]
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-12
Constructing Real and Complex Variables
The sym command allows you to specify the mathematical properties of
symbolic variables by using the 'real' option,That is,the statements
x = sym('x','real'); y = sym('y','real');
or more efficiently
syms x y real
z = x + i*y
create symbolic variables x and y that have the added mathematical property
of being real variables,Specifically this means that the expression
f = x^2 + y^2
is strictly nonnegative,Hence,z is a complex variable and can be manipulated
as such,Thus,the commands
conj(x),conj(z),expand(z*conj(z))
return
x,x-i*y,x^2+y^2
respectively,The conj command is the complex conjugate operator for the
toolbox,If conj(x) == x returns 1,then x is a real variable.
Clearing Variables in the Maple Workspace
When you declare x to be real with the command
syms x real
a becomes a symbolic object in the MATLAB workspace and a positive real
variable in the Maple kernel workspace,If you later want to remove the real
property from x,enter
syms a unreal
Note that entering
clear x
only clears x in the MATLAB workspace,If you then enter syms x,MATLAB
still treats x as a positive real number.
Symbolic and Numeric Conversions
9-13
Creating Abstract Functions
If you want to create an abstract (i.e.,indeterminant) function,type
f = sym('f(x)')
Then f acts like and can be manipulated by the toolbox commands,For
example,to construct the first difference ratio,type
df = (subs(f,'x','x+h') - f)/'h'
or
syms x h
df = (subs(f,x,x+h)-f)/h
which returns
df =
(f(x+h)-f(x))/h
This application of sym is useful when computing Fourier,Laplace,and
z-transforms.
Using sym to Access Maple Functions
Similarly,you can access Maple’s factorial function k! using sym:
kfac = sym('k!')
To compute 6! or n!,type
syms k n
subs(kfac,k,6),subs(kfac,k,n)
ans =
720
ans =
n!
Example,Creating a Symbolic Matrix
A circulant matrix has the property that each row is obtained from the previous
one by cyclically permuting the entries one step forward,You can create the
circulant matrix A whose elements are a,b,and c,using the commands
fx()
fx()
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-14
syms a b c
A = [a b c; b c a; c a b]
which return
A =
[ a,b,c ]
[ b,c,a ]
[ c,a,b ]
Since A is circulant,the sum over each row and column is the same,To check
this for the first row and second column,enter the command
sum(A(1,:))
which returns
ans =
a+b+c
The command
sum(A(1,:)) == sum(A(:,2)) % This is a logical test.
returns
ans =
1
Now replace the (2,3) entry of A with beta and the variable b with alpha,The
commands
syms alpha beta;
A(2,3) = beta;
A = subs(A,b,alpha)
return
A =
[ a,alpha,c]
[ alpha,c,beta]
[ c,a,alpha]
From this example,you can see that using symbolic objects is very similar to
using regular MATLAB numeric objects.
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
9-15
Creating Symbolic Math Functions
There are two ways to create functions:
Use symbolic expressions
Create an M-file
Using Symbolic Expressions
The sequence of commands
syms x y z
r = sqrt(x^2 + y^2 + z^2)
t = atan(y/x)
f = sin(x*y)/(x*y)
generates the symbolic expressions r,t,and f,You can use diff,int,subs,
and other Symbolic Math Toolbox functions to manipulate such expressions.
Creating an M-File
M-files permit a more general use of functions,Suppose,for example,you want
to create the sinc function sin(x)/x,To do this,create an M-file in the @sym
directory:
function z = sinc(x)
%SINC The symbolic sinc function
% sin(x)/x,This function
% accepts a sym as the input argument.
if isequal(x,sym(0))
z = 1;
else
z = sin(x)/x;
end
You can extend such examples to functions of several variables,See
“Programming and Data Types” in the MATLAB documentation for a more
detailed discussion on object-oriented programming.
9 Introducing the Symbolic Math Toolbox
9-16
10
Using the Symbolic Math
Toolbox
This chapter explains how to use the Symbolic Math Toolbox to perform many common mathematical
operations,It covers the following topics:
Calculus (p,10-2) Differentiation,integration,limits,summation,and
Taylor series
Simplifications and Substitutions
(p,10-41)
Methods of simplifying algebraic expressions
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
(p,10-57)
Numerical evaluation of mathematical expressions to any
specified accuracy
Linear Algebra (p,10-62) Inverses,determinants,eigenvalues,singular value
decomposition,and canonical forms of symbolic matrices
Solving Equations (p,10-86) Symbolic and numerical solutions to algebraic and
differential equations
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-2
Calculus
The Symbolic Math Toolbox provides functions to do the basic operations of
calculus,The following sections describe these functions:
,Differentiation” on page 10-2
,Limits” on page 10-8
,Integration” on page 10-11
,Symbolic Summation” on page 10-18
,Taylor Series” on page 10-18
,Calculus Example” on page 10-20
,Extended Calculus Example” on page 10-28
Differentiation
To illustrate how to take derivatives using the Symbolic Math Toolbox,first
create a symbolic expression:
syms x
f = sin(5*x)
The command
diff(f)
differentiates f with respect to x,
ans =
5*cos(5*x)
As another example,let
g = exp(x)*cos(x)
where exp(x) denotes e
x
,and differentiate g:
diff(g)
ans =
exp(x)*cos(x)-exp(x)*sin(x)
Calculus
10-3
To take the second derivative of g,enter
diff(g,2)
ans =
-2*exp(x)*sin(x)
You can get the same result by taking the derivative twice:
diff(diff(g))
ans =
-2*exp(x)*sin(x)
In this example,MATLAB automatically simplifies the answer,However,in
some cases,MATLAB might not simply an answer,in which case you can use
the simplify command,For an example of this,see,More Examples” on
page 10-5,
Note that to take the derivative of a constant,you must first define the
constant as a symbolic expression,For example,entering
c = sym('5');
diff(c)
returns
ans =
0
If you just enter
diff(5)
MATLAB returns
ans =
[]
because 5 is not a symbolic expression.
Derivatives of Expressions with Several Variables
To differentiate an expression that contains more than one symbolic variable,
you must specify the variable that you want to differentiate with respect to,
The diff command then calculates the partial derivative of the expression
with respect to that variable,For example,given the symbolic expression
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-4
syms s t
f = sin(s*t)
the command
diff(f,t)
calculates the partial derivative,The result is
ans =
cos(s*t)*s
To differentiate f with respect to the variable s,enter
diff(f,s)
which returns:
ans =
cos(s*t)*t
If you do not specify a variable to differentiate with respect to,MATLAB
chooses a default variable by the same rule described in,The subs Command”
on page 9-8,For one-letter variables,the default variable is the letter closest to
x in the alphabet,In the preceding example,diff(f) takes the derivative of f
with respect to t because t is closer to x in the alphabet than s is,To determine
the default variable that MATLAB differentiates with respect to,use the
findsym command:
findsym(f,1)
ans =
t
To calculate the second derivative of f with respect to t,enter
diff(f,t,2)
which returns
ans =
-sin(s*t)*s^2
Note that diff(f,2) returns the same answer because t is the default
variable.
f? t
Calculus
10-5
More Examples
To further illustrate the diff command,define a,b,x,n,t,and theta in the
MATLAB workspace by entering
syms a b x n t theta
The table below illustrates the results of entering diff(f).
In the first example,MATLAB does not automatically simplify the answer,To
simplify the answer,enter
simplify(diff(x^n))
ans =
x^(n-1)*n
To differentiate the Bessel function of the first kind,besselj(nu,z),with
respect to z,type
syms nu z
b = besselj(nu,z);
db = diff(b)
which returns
db =
-besselj(nu+1,z)+nu/z*besselj(nu,z)
The diff function can also take a symbolic matrix as its input,In this case,the
differentiation is done element-by-element,Consider the example
syms a x
A = [cos(a*x),sin(a*x);-sin(a*x),cos(a*x)]
f diff(f)
x^n x^n*n/x
sin(a*t+b) cos(a*t+b)*a
exp(i*theta) i*exp(i*theta)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-6
which returns
A =
[ cos(a*x),sin(a*x)]
[ -sin(a*x),cos(a*x)]
The command
diff(A)
returns
ans =
[ -sin(a*x)*a,cos(a*x)*a]
[ -cos(a*x)*a,-sin(a*x)*a]
You can also perform differentiation of a column vector with respect to a row
vector,Consider the transformation from Euclidean (x,y,z) to spherical
coordinates as given by,,and
,Note that corresponds to elevation or latitude while denotes
azimuth or longitude.
To calculate the Jacobian matrix,J,of this transformation,use the jacobian
function,The mathematical notation for J is
For the purposes of toolbox syntax,use l for and f for,The commands
r λ?,,() xrλ?coscos= yrλ?sincos=
zrλsin= λ?
z
y
x
(x,y,z)
j
l
r
J
xyx,,()?
r λ?,,()?
-----------------------=
λ?
Calculus
10-7
syms r l f
x = r*cos(l)*cos(f); y = r*cos(l)*sin(f); z = r*sin(l);
J = jacobian([x; y; z],[r l f])
return the Jacobian
J =
[ cos(l)*cos(f),-r*sin(l)*cos(f),-r*cos(l)*sin(f)]
[ cos(l)*sin(f),-r*sin(l)*sin(f),r*cos(l)*cos(f)]
[ sin(l),r*cos(l),0]
and the command
detJ = simple(det(J))
returns
detJ =
-cos(l)*r^2
Notice that the first argument of the jacobian function must be a column
vector and the second argument a row vector,Moreover,since the determinant
of the Jacobian is a rather complicated trigonometric expression,you can use
the simple command to make trigonometric substitutions and reductions
(simplifications),See,Simplifications and Substitutions” on page 10-41 for
more details on simplification.
A table summarizing diff and jacobian follows.
Mathematical Operator MATLAB Command
diff(f) or diff(f,x)
diff(f,a)
df
dx
------
df
da
-------
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-8
Limits
The fundamental idea in calculus is to make calculations on functions as a
variable,gets close to” or approaches a certain value,Recall that the definition
of the derivative is given by a limit
provided this limit exists,The Symbolic Math Toolbox enables you to calculate
the limits of functions directly,The commands
syms h n x
limit( (cos(x+h) - cos(x))/h,h,0 )
which return
ans =
-sin(x)
and
limit( (1 + x/n)^n,n,inf )
which returns
ans =
exp(x)
illustrate two of the most important limits in mathematics,the derivative (in
this case of cos x) and the exponential function,
diff(f,b,2)
J = jacobian([r;t],[u,v])
Mathematical Operator MATLAB Command
d
2
f
db
2
----------
J
rt,()?
uv,()?
-----------------=
f′ x()
fx h+()fx()–
h
----------------------------------
h 0→
lim=
Calculus
10-9
One-Sided Limits
You can also calculate one-sided limits with the Symbolic Math Toolbox,For
example,you can calculate the limit of x/|x|,whose graph is shown in the
following figure,as x approaches 0 from the left or from the right,
To calculate the limit as x approaches 0 from the left,
enter
limit(x/abs(x),x,0,'left')
This returns
ans =
-1
1?0.5 0 0.5 1
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
x
x/abs(x)
x
x
-----
x 0
–
→
lim
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-10
To calculate the limit as x approaches 0 from the right,
enter
limit(x/abs(x),x,0,'right')
This returns
ans =
1
Since the limit from the left does not equal the limit from the right,the two-
sided limit does not exist,In the case of undefined limits,MATLAB returns NaN
(not a number),For example,
limit(x/abs(x),x,0)
returns
ans =
NaN
Observe that the default case,limit(f) is the same as limit(f,x,0),Explore
the options for the limit command in this table,where f is a function of the
symbolic object x.
Mathematical Operation MATLAB Command
limit(f)
limit(f,x,a) or
limit(f,a)
limit(f,x,a,'left')
limit(f,x,a,'right')
x
x
-----
x 0
+
→
lim 1=
fx()
x 0→
lim
fx()
xa→
lim
fx()
xa-→
lim
fx()
xa+→
lim
Calculus
10-11
Integration
If f is a symbolic expression,then
int(f)
attempts to find another symbolic expression,F,so that diff(F)= f,That is,
int(f) returns the indefinite integral or antiderivative of f (provided one
exists in closed form),Similar to differentiation,
int(f,v)
uses the symbolic object v as the variable of integration,rather than the
variable determined by findsym,See how int works by looking at this table.
In contrast to differentiation,symbolic integration is a more complicated task,
A number of difficulties can arise in computing the integral:
The antiderivative,F,may not exist in closed form,
The antiderivative may define an unfamiliar function,
The antiderivative may exist,but the software can’t find the it,
The software could find the antiderivative on a larger computer,but runs out
of time or memory on the available machine,
Mathematical Operation MATLAB Command
int(x^n) or
int(x^n,x)
int(sin(2*x),0,pi/2) or
int(sin(2*x),x,0,pi/2)
g = cos(a*t + b)
int(g) or
int(g,t)
int(besselj(1,z)) or
int(besselj(1,z),z)
x
n
xd
∫
x
n 1+
n 1+
-------------=
2x()sin xd
0
π 2?
∫
1=
gatb+()cos=
gt() td
∫
at b+()sin a?=
J
1
z()
∫
dz J–
0
z()=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-12
Nevertheless,in many cases,MATLAB can perform symbolic integration
successfully,For example,create the symbolic variables
syms a b theta x y n u z
The following table illustrates integration of expressions containing those
variables.
In the last example,exp(-x^2),there is no formula for the integral involving
standard calculus expressions,such as trigonometric and exponential
functions,In this case,MATLAB returns an answer in terms of the error
function erf.
If MATLAB is unable to find an answer to the integral of a function f,it just
returns int(f),
Definite integration is also possible,The commands
int(f,a,b)
and
int(f,v,a,b)
are used to find a symbolic expression for
respectively.
fit(f)
x^n x^(n+1)/(n+1)
y^(-1) log(y)
n^x 1/log(n)*n^x
sin(a*theta+b) -1/a*cos(a*theta+b)
1/(1+u^2) atan(u)
exp(-x^2) 1/2*pi^(1/2)*erf(x)
and fx()
a
b
∫
dx f v()vd
a
b
∫
Calculus
10-13
Here are some additional examples.
For the Bessel function (besselj) example,it is possible to compute a
numerical approximation to the value of the integral,using the double
function,The commands
syms z
a = int(besselj(1,z)^2,0,1)
return
a =
1/12*hypergeom([3/2,3/2],[2,5/2,3],-1)
and the command
a = double(a)
returns
a =
0.0717
Integration with Real Parameters
One of the subtleties involved in symbolic integration is the,value” of various
parameters,For example,if a is any positive real number,the expression
f a,b int(f,a,b)
x^7 0,1 1/8
1/x 1,2 log(2)
log(x)*sqrt(x) 0,1 -4/9
exp(-x^2) 0,inf 1/2*pi^(1/2)
besselj(1,z)^2 0,1 1/12*hypergeom([3/2,3/2],
[2,5/2,3],-1)
e
a– x
2
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-14
is the positive,bell shaped curve that tends to 0 as x tends to,You can
create an example of this curve,for,using the following commands:
syms x
a = sym(1/2);
f = exp(-a*x^2);
ezplot(f)
However,if you try to calculate the integral
without assigning a value to a,MATLAB assumes that a represents a complex
number,and therefore returns a complex answer,If you are only interested in
∞±
a 12?=
3?2?1 0 1 2 3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
exp(?1/2 x
2
)
e
ax
2
–
∞–
∞
∫
dx
Calculus
10-15
the case when a is a positive real number,you can calculate the integral as
follows:
syms a positive;
The argument positive in the syms command restricts a to have positive
values,Now you can calculate the preceding integral using the commands
syms x;
f = exp(-a*x^2);
int(f,x,-inf,inf)
This returns
ans =
1/(a)^(1/2)*pi^(1/2)
If you want to calculate the integral
for any real number a,not necessarily positive,you can declare a to be real with
the following commands:
syms a real
f=exp(-a*x^2);
F = int(f,x,-inf,inf)
MATLAB returns
F =
PIECEWISE([1/a^(1/2)*pi^(1/2),signum(a) = 1],[Inf,otherwise])
e
ax–
2
∞–
∞
∫
dx
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-16
You can put this in a more readable form by entering
pretty(F)
{ 1/2
{ pi
{ ----- signum(a~) = 1
{ 1/2
{ a~
{
{ Inf otherwise
The ~ after a is simply a reminder that a is real,and signum(a~) is the sign of
a,So the integral is
when a is positive,just as in the preceding example,and when a is negative.
You can also declare a sequence of symbolic variables w,y,x,z to be real by
entering
syms w x y z real
Integration with Complex Parameters
To calculate the integral
for complex values of a,enter
syms a x unreal %
f = exp(-a*x^2);
F = int(f,x,-inf,inf)
Note that syms is used with the unreal option to clear the real property that
was assigned to a in the preceding example — see,Clearing Variables in the
Maple Workspace” on page 9-12,
π
a
-------
∞
e
ax–
2
∞–
∞
∫
dx
Calculus
10-17
The preceding commands produce the complex output
F =
PIECEWISE([1/a^(1/2)*pi^(1/2),csgn(a) = 1],[Inf,otherwise])
You can make this output more readable by entering
pretty(F)
{ 1/2
{ pi
{ ----- csgn(a) = 1
{ 1/2
{ a
{
{ Inf otherwise
The expression csgn(a) (complex sign of a) is defined by
The condition csgn(a) = 1 corresponds to the shaded region of the complex plane
shown in the following figure.
The square root of a in the answer is the unique square root lying in the shaded
region.
csgn a()
1 if Re(a) > 0,or Re(a) = 0 and Im(a) > 0
1– if Re(a) < 0,or Re(a) = 0 and Im(a) < 0
=
Region corresponding to csgn(a) = 1
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-18
Symbolic Summation
You can compute symbolic summations,when they exist,by using the symsum
command,For example,the p-series
sums to,while the geometric series
sums to,provided,Three summations are demonstrated
below:
syms x k
s1 = symsum(1/k^2,1,inf)
s2 = symsum(x^k,k,0,inf)
s1 =
1/6*pi^2
s2 =
-1/(x-1)
Taylor Series
The statements
syms x
f = 1/(5+4*cos(x))
T = taylor(f,8)
return
T =
1/9+2/81*x^2+5/1458*x^4+49/131220*x^6
which is all the terms up to,but not including,order eight in the Taylor series
for f(x):
1
1
2
2
------
1
3
2
------ …+++
π
2
6?
1 xx
2
…++ +
11x–()? x 1<
Calculus
10-19
Technically,T is a Maclaurin series,since its basepoint is a = 0.
The command
pretty(T)
prints T in a format resembling typeset mathematics:
2 4 49 6
1/9 + 2/81 x + 5/1458 x + ------ x
131220
These commands
syms x
g = exp(x*sin(x))
t = taylor(g,12,2);
generate the first 12 nonzero terms of the Taylor series for g about x = 2.
Next,plot these functions together to see how well this Taylor approximation
compares to the actual function g,
xd = 1:0.05:3; yd = subs(g,x,xd);
ezplot(t,[1,3]); hold on;
plot(xd,yd,'r-.')
title('Taylor approximation vs,actual function');
legend('Taylor','Function')
xa–()
n
n 0=
∞
∑
f
n()
a()
n!
-----------------
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-20
Special thanks to Professor Gunnar B?ckstr?m of UMEA in Sweden for this
example.
Calculus Example
This section describes how to analyze a simple function to find its asymptotes,
maximum,minimum,and inflection point,The section covers the following
topics:
,Defining the Function” on page 10-21
,Finding the Asymptotes” on page 10-22
,Finding the Maximum and Minimum” on page 10-24
,Finding the Inflection Point” on page 10-26
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3
1
2
3
4
5
6
x
Taylor approximation vs,actual function
Taylor
Function
Calculus
10-21
Defining the Function
The function in this example is
To create the function,enter the following commands:
syms x
num = 3*x^2 + 6*x -1;
denom = x^2 + x - 3;
f = num/denom
This returns
f =
(3*x^2+6*x-1)/(x^2+x-3)
You can plot the graph of f by entering
ezplot(f)
fx()
3x
2
6x 1–+
x
2
x 3–+
--------------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-22
This displays the following plot.
Finding the Asymptotes
To find the horizontal asymptote of the graph of f,take the limit of f as x
approaches positive infinity:
limit(f,inf)
ans =
3
The limit as x approaches negative infinity is also 3,This tells you that the line
y = 3 is a horizontal asymptote to the graph,
To find the vertical asymptotes of f,set the denominator equal to 0 and solve
by entering the following command:
roots = solve(denom)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
(3 x
2
+6 x?1)/(x
2
+x?3)
Calculus
10-23
This returns to solutions to,
roots =
[ -1/2+1/2*13^(1/2)]
[ -1/2-1/2*13^(1/2)]
This tells you that vertical asymptotes are the lines
and
You can plot the horizontal and vertical asymptotes with the following
commands:
ezplot(f)
hold on % Keep the graph of f in the figure
% Plot horizontal asymptote
plot([-2*pi 2*pi],[3 3],'g')
% Plot vertical asymptotes
plot(double(roots(1))*[1 1],[-5 10],'r')
plot(double(roots(2))*[1 1],[-5 10],'r')
title('Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes')
hold off
Note that roots must be converted to double to use the plot command.
x
2
x 3–+ 0=
x
1– 13+
2
------------------------=
x
1– 13–
2
------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-24
The preceding commands display the following figure.
To recover the graph of f without the asymptotes,enter
ezplot(f)
Finding the Maximum and Minimum
You can see from the graph that f has a local maximum somewhere between
the points x = 2 and x = 3,and might have a local minimum between x = -4 and
x = -2,To find the x-coordinates of the maximum and minimum,first take the
derivative of f:
f1 = diff(f)
This returns
f1 = (6*x+6)/(x^2+x-3)-(3*x^2+6*x-1)/(x^2+x-3)^2*(2*x+1)
To simplify this expression,enter
f1 = simplify(f1)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Horizontal and Vertical Asymptotes
Calculus
10-25
which returns
f1 = -(3*x^2+16*x+17)/(x^2+x-3)^2
You can display f1 in a more readable form by entering
pretty(f1)
which returns
2
3 x + 16 x + 17
- ----------------
2 2
(x + x - 3)
Next,set the derivative equal to 0 and solve for the critical points:
crit_pts = solve(f1)
This returns
ans =
[ -8/3-1/3*13^(1/2)]
[ -8/3+1/3*13^(1/2)]
It is clear from the graph of f that it has a local minimum at
and a local maximum at
Note MATLAB does not always return the roots to an equation in the same
order,
You can plot the maximum and minimum of f with the following commands:
ezplot(f)
hold on
x
1
8– 13–
3
------------------------=
x
2
8– 13+
3
-------------------------=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-26
plot(double(crit_pts),double(subs(f,crit_pts)),'ro')
title('Maximum and Minimum of f')
text(-5.5,3.2,'Local minimum')
text(-2.5,2,'Local maximum')
hold off
This displays the following figure.
Finding the Inflection Point
To find the inflection point of f,set the second derivative equal to 0 and solve.
f2 = diff(f1);
inflec_pt = solve(f2);
double(inflec_pt)
This returns
ans =
-5.2635
-1.3682 - 0.8511i
-1.3682 + 0.8511i
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Maximum and Minimum of f
Local minimum
Local maximum
Calculus
10-27
In this example,only the first entry is a real number,so this is the only
inflection point,(Note that in other examples,the real solutions might not be
the first entries of the answer.) Since you are only interested in the real
solutions,you can discard the last two entries,which are complex numbers.
inflec_pt = inflec_pt(1)
To see the symbolic expression for the inflection point,enter
pretty(simplify(inflec_pt))
This returns
1/2 2/3 1/2 1/3
(676 + 156 13 ) + 52 + 16 (676 + 156 13 )
- 1/6 ---------------------------------------------------
1/2 1/3
(676 + 156 13 )
To plot the inflection point,enter
ezplot(f,[-9 6])
hold on
plot(double(inflec_pt),double(subs(f,inflec_pt)),'ro')
title('Inflection Point of f')
text(-7,2,'Inflection point')
hold off
The extra argument,[-9 6],in ezplot extends the range of x values in the plot
so that you see the inflection point more clearly,as shown in the following
figure.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-28
Extended Calculus Example
This section presents an extended example that illustrates how to find the
maxima and minima of a function,The section covers the following topics:
,Defining the Function” on page 10-28
,Finding the Zeros of f3” on page 10-30
,Finding the Maxima and Minima of f2” on page 10-33
,Integrating” on page 10-35
Defining the Function
The starting point for the example is the function
You can create the function with the commands
syms x
f = 1/(5+4*cos(x))
8?6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2
0
2
4
6
8
x
Inflection Point of f
Inflection point
fx()
1
54 x()cos+
------------------------------=
Calculus
10-29
which return
f =
1/(5+4*cos(x))
The example shows how to find the maximum and minimum of the second
derivative of,To compute the second derivative,enter
f2 = diff(f,2)
which returns
f2 =
32/(5+4*cos(x))^3*sin(x)^2+4/(5+4*cos(x))^2*cos(x)
Equivalently,you can type f2 = diff(f,x,2),The default scaling in ezplot
cuts off part of the graph of f2,You can set the axes limits manually to see the
entire function:
ezplot(f2)
axis([-2*pi 2*pi -5 2])
title('Graph of f2')
fx()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-30
From the graph,it appears that the maximum value of is 1 and the
minimum value is -4,As you will see,this is not quite true,To find the exact
values of the maximum and minimum,you only need to find the maximum and
minimum on the interval,This is true because is periodic with
period,so that the maxima and minima are simply repeated in each
translation of this interval by an integer multiple of,The next two sections
explain how to do find the maxima and minima.
Finding the Zeros of f3
The maxima and minima of occur at the zeros of,The statements
f3 = diff(f2);
pretty(f3)
compute and display it in a more readable form:
3
sin(x) sin(x) cos(x) sin(x)
384 --------------- + 96 --------------- - 4 ---------------
4 3 2
(5 + 4 cos(x)) (5 + 4 cos(x)) (5 + 4 cos(x))
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
5
4
3
2
1
0
1
2
x
Graph of f2
f′′ x()
π–(π] f′′ x()
2π
2π
f′′ x() f′′′ x()
f′′′ x()
Calculus
10-31
You can simplify this expression using the statements
f3 = simple(f3);
pretty(f3)
2 2
sin(x) (96 sin(x) + 80 cos(x) + 80 cos(x) - 25)
4 -------------------------------------------------
4
(5 + 4 cos(x))
Now,to find the zeros of,enter
zeros = solve(f3)
This returns a 5-by-1 symbolic matrix
zeros =
[ 0]
[ atan((-255-60*19^(1/2))^(1/2),10+3*19^(1/2))]
[ atan(-(-255-60*19^(1/2))^(1/2),10+3*19^(1/2))]
[ atan((-255+60*19^(1/2))^(1/2)/(10-3*19^(1/2)))+pi]
[ -atan((-255+60*19^(1/2))^(1/2)/(10-3*19^(1/2)))-pi]
each of whose entries is a zero of,The commands
format; % Default format of 5 digits
zerosd = double(zeros)
convert the zeros to double form:
zerosd =
0
0+ 2.4381i
0- 2.4381i
2.4483
-2.4483
f′′′ x()
f′′′ x()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-32
So far,you have found three real zeros and two complex zeros,However,as the
following graph of f3 shows,these are not all its zeros:
ezplot(f3)
hold on;
plot(zerosd,0*zerosd,'ro') % Plot zeros
plot([-2*pi,2*pi],[0,0],'g-.'); % Plot x-axis
title('Graph of f3')
The red circles in the graph correspond to zerosd(1),zerosd(4),and
zerosd(5),As you can see in the graph,there are also zeros at,The
additional zeros occur because contains a factor of,which is zero
at integer multiples of,The function,solve(sin(x)),however,only finds the
zero at x = 0,
A complete list of the zeros of in the interval is
zerosd = [zerosd(1) zerosd(4) zerosd(5) pi];
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
x
Graph of f3
π±
f′′′ x() x()sin
π
f′′′ x() π–(π]
Calculus
10-33
You can display these zeros on the graph of with the following
commands:
ezplot(f3)
hold on;
plot(zerosd,0*zerosd,'ro')
plot([-2*pi,2*pi],[0,0],'g-.'); % Plot x-axis
title('Zeros of f3')
hold off;
Finding the Maxima and Minima of f2
To find the maxima and minima of,calculate the value of at each
of the zeros of,To do so,substitute zeros into f2 and display the result
below zeros:
[zerosd; subs(f2,zerosd)]
ans =
0 2.4483 -2.4483 3.1416
0.0494 1.0051 1.0051 -4.0000
f′′′ x()
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
3
2
1
0
1
2
3
x
Zeros of f3
f′′ x() f′′ x()
f′′′ x()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-34
This shows the following:
has an absolute maximum at,whose value is 1.0051,
has an absolute minimum at,whose value is -4,
has a local minimum at,whose value is 0.0494.
You can display the maxima and minima with the following commands:
clf
ezplot(f2)
axis([-2*pi 2*pi -4.5 1.5])
ylabel('f2');
title('Maxima and Minima of f2')
hold on
plot(zeros,subs(f2,zeros),'ro')
text(-4,1.25,'Absolute maximum')
text(-1,-0.25,'Local minimum')
text(.9,1.25,'Absolute maximum')
text(1.6,-4.25,'Absolute minimum')
hold off;
f′′ x() x 2.4483±=
f′′ x() x π=
f′′ x() x π=
Calculus
10-35
This displays the following figure.
The preceding analysis shows that the actual range of is [-4,1.0051].
Integrating
To see whether integrating twice with respect to x recovers the original
function,enter the command
g = int(int(f2))
which returns
g =
-8/(tan(1/2*x)^2+9)
This is certainly not the original expression for,Now look at the difference
.
d = f - g
pretty(d)
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
4
3
2
1
0
1
x
Maxima and Minima of f2
f2
Absolute maximum
Local minimum
Absolute maximum
Absolute minimum
f′′ x()
f′′ x()
fx() 154 xcos+()?=
fx()
fx() gx()–
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-36
1 8
------------ + ---------------
5 + 4 cos(x) 2
tan(1/2 x) + 9
You can simplify this using simple(d) or simplify(d),Either command
produces
ans =
1
This illustrates the concept that differentiating twice,then integrating the
result twice,produces a function that may differ from by a linear function
of,
Finally,integrate once more:
F = int(f)
The result
F =
2/3*atan(1/3*tan(1/2*x))
involves the arctangent function.
Note that is not an antiderivative of for all real numbers,since it is
discontinuous at odd multiples of,where is singular,You can see the
gaps in in the following figure.
fx()
fx()
x
fx()
Fx() fx()
π xtan
Fx()
Calculus
10-37
ezplot(F)
To change into a true antiderivative of that is differentiable
everywhere,you can add a step function to,The height of the steps is the
height of the gaps in the graph of,You can determine the height of the
gaps by taking the limits of as x approaches from the left and from the
right,The limit from the left is
limit(F,x,pi,'left')
ans =
1/3*pi
On the other hand,the limit from the right is
limit(F,x,pi,'right')
ans =-1/3*pi
The height of the gap is the distance between the left and right hand limits,
which is,as shown in the following figure.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
x
2/3 atan(1/3 tan(1/2 x))
Fx() fx()
Fx()
Fx()
Fx() π
2π 3?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-38
You can create the step function using the round function,which rounds
numbers to the nearest integer,as follows:
J = sym(2*pi/3)*sym('round(x/(2*pi))');
Each step has width and the jump from one step to the next is,as
shown in the following figure,
Gap of height 2π 3?
π 3?
π– 3?
2π 2π 3?
Calculus
10-39
Next,add the step function J(x) to F(x) with the following code:
F1 = F+J
F1 =
2/3*atan(1/3*tan(1/2*x))+2/3*pi*round(1/2*x/pi)
Adding the step function raises the section of the graph of F(x) on the interval
up by,lowers the section on the interval down by
,and so on,as shown in the following figure.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
x
2/3 π round(1/2 x/π)
π[ 3π) 2π 3? 3π–(π]–
2π 3?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-40
When you plot the result by entering
ezplot(F1)
you see that this representation does have a continuous graph.
Moves up
2π 3?
Moves down
2π 3?
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
2.5
2
1.5
1
0.5
0
0.5
1
1.5
2
2.5
x
2/3 atan(1/3 tan(1/2 x))+2/3 π round(1/2 x/π)
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-41
Simplifications and Substitutions
There are several functions that simplify symbolic expressions and are used to
perform symbolic substitutions:
Simplifications
Here are three different symbolic expressions.
syms x
f = x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
g = (x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3)
h = -6+(11+(-6+x)*x)*x
Here are their prettyprinted forms,generated by
pretty(f),pretty(g),pretty(h)
3 2
x - 6 x + 11 x - 6
(x - 1) (x - 2) (x - 3)
-6 + (11 + (-6 + x) x) x
These expressions are three different representations of the same
mathematical function,a cubic polynomial in x,
Each of the three forms is preferable to the others in different situations,The
first form,f,is the most commonly used representation of a polynomial,It is
simply a linear combination of the powers of x,The second form,g,is the
factored form,It displays the roots of the polynomial and is the most accurate
for numerical evaluation near the roots,But,if a polynomial does not have such
simple roots,its factored form may not be so convenient,The third form,h,is
the Horner,or nested,representation,For numerical evaluation,it involves the
fewest arithmetic operations and is the most accurate for some other ranges of
x.
The symbolic simplification problem involves the verification that these three
expressions represent the same function,It also involves a less clearly defined
objective — which of these representations is,the simplest”?
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-42
This toolbox provides several functions that apply various algebraic and
trigonometric identities to transform one representation of a function into
another,possibly simpler,representation,These functions are collect,
expand,horner,factor,simplify,and simple.
collect
The statement
collect(f)
views f as a polynomial in its symbolic variable,say x,and collects all the
coefficients with the same power of x,A second argument can specify the
variable in which to collect terms if there is more than one candidate,Here are
a few examples.
f collect(f)
(x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3) x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
x*(x*(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
(1+x)*t + x*t 2*x*t+t
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-43
expand
The statement
expand(f)
distributes products over sums and applies other identities involving functions
of sums as shown in the examples below.
horner
The statement
horner(f)
transforms a symbolic polynomial f into its Horner,or nested,representation
as shown in the following examples.
fexpad(f)
a?(x + y) a?x + a?y
(x-1)?(x-2)?(x-3) x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
x?(x?(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
exp(a+b) exp(a)?exp(b)
cos(x+y) cos(x)*cos(y)-sin(x)*sin(y)
cos(3?acos(x)) 4?x^3-3?x
f horner(f)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6 -6+(11+(-6+x)*x)*x
1.1+2.2?x+3.3?x^2 11/10+(11/5+33/10*x)*x
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-44
factor
If f is a polynomial with rational coefficients,the statement
factor(f)
expresses f as a product of polynomials of lower degree with rational
coefficients,If f cannot be factored over the rational numbers,the result is f
itself,Here are several examples.
Here is another example involving factor,It factors polynomials of the form
x^n + 1,This code
syms x;
n = (1:9)';
p = x.^n + 1;
f = factor(p);
[p,f]
returns a matrix with the polynomials in its first column and their factored
forms in its second.
[ x+1,x+1 ]
[ x^2+1,x^2+1 ]
[ x^3+1,(x+1)*(x^2-x+1) ]
[ x^4+1,x^4+1 ]
[ x^5+1,(x+1)*(x^4-x^3+x^2-x+1) ]
[ x^6+1,(x^2+1)*(x^4-x^2+1) ]
[ x^7+1,(x+1)*(1-x+x^2-x^3+x^4-x^5+x^6) ]
[ x^8+1,x^8+1 ]
[ x^9+1,(x+1)*(x^2-x+1)*(x^6-x^3+1) ]
ffacto(f)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6 (x-1)?(x-2)?(x-3)
x^3-6?x^2+11?x-5 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-5
x^6+1 (x^2+1)?(x^4-x^2+1)
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-45
As an aside at this point,factor can also factor symbolic objects containing
integers,This is an alternative to using the factor function in the MATLAB
specfun directory,For example,the following code segment
N = sym(1);
for k = 2:11
N(k) = 10*N(k-1)+1;
end
[N' factor(N')]
displays the factors of symbolic integers consisting of 1’s:
[ 1,1]
[ 11,(11)]
[ 111,(3)*(37)]
[ 1111,(11)*(101)]
[ 11111,(41)*(271)]
[ 111111,(3)*(7)*(11)*(13)*(37)]
[ 1111111,(239)*(4649)]
[ 11111111,(11)*(73)*(101)*(137)]
[ 111111111,(3)^2*(37)*(333667)]
[ 1111111111,(11)*(41)*(271)*(9091)]
[ 11111111111,(513239)*(21649)]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-46
simplify
The simplify function is a powerful,general purpose tool that applies a
number of algebraic identities involving sums,integral powers,square roots
and other fractional powers,as well as a number of functional identities
involving trig functions,exponential and log functions,Bessel functions,
hypergeometric functions,and the gamma function,Here are some examples.
simple
The simple function has the unorthodox mathematical goal of finding a
simplification of an expression that has the fewest number of characters,Of
course,there is little mathematical justification for claiming that one
expression is,simpler” than another just because its ASCII representation is
shorter,but this often proves satisfactory in practice.
The simple function achieves its goal by independently applying simplify,
collect,factor,and other simplification functions to an expression and
keeping track of the lengths of the results,The simple function then returns
the shortest result.
The simple function has several forms,each returning different output,The
form
simple(f)
f simplify(f)
x?(x?(x-6)+11)-6 x^3-6?x^2+11?x-6
(1-x^2)/(1-x) x+1
(1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3) ((2*a+1)^3/a^3)^(1/3)
syms x y positive
log(x?y) log(x)+log(y)
exp(x)? exp(y) exp(x+y)
besselj(2,x) + besselj(0,x) 2/x*besselj(1,x)
gamma(x+1)-x*gamma(x) 0
cos(x)^2 + sin(x)^2 1
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-47
displays each trial simplification and the simplification function that produced
it in the MATLAB Command Window,The simple function then returns the
shortest result,For example,the command
simple(cos(x)^2 + sin(x)^2)
displays the following alternative simplifications in the MATLAB Command
Window:
simplify:
1
radsimp:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
combine(trig):
1
factor:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
expand:
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
combine:
1
convert(exp):
(1/2*exp(i*x)+1/2/exp(i*x))^2-1/4*(exp(i*x)-1/exp(i*x))^2
convert(sincos):
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
convert(tan):
(1-tan(1/2*x)^2)^2/(1+tan(1/2*x)^2)^2+
4*tan(1/2*x)^2/(1+tan(1/2*x)^2)^2
collect(x):
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-48
and returns
ans =
1
This form is useful when you want to check,for example,whether the shortest
form is indeed the simplest,If you are not interested in how simple achieves
its result,use the form
f = simple(f)
This form simply returns the shortest expression found,For example,the
statement
f = simple(cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2)
returns
f =
1
If you want to know which simplification returned the shortest result,use the
multiple output form:
[F,how] = simple(f)
This form returns the shortest result in the first variable and the simplification
method used to achieve the result in the second variable,For example,the
statement
[f,how] = simple(cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2)
returns
f =
1
how =
combine
The simple function sometimes improves on the result returned by simplify,
one of the simplifications that it tries,For example,when applied to the
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-49
examples given for simplify,simple returns a simpler (or at least shorter)
result in two cases.
In some cases,it is advantageous to apply simple twice to obtain the effect of
two different simplification functions,For example,the statements
f = (1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3);
simple(simple(f))
return
2+1/a
The first application,simple(f),uses radsimp to produce (2*a+1)/a; the
second application uses combine(trig) to transform this to 1/a+2.
The simple function is particularly effective on expressions involving
trigonometric functions,Here are some examples.
f simplify(f) simple(f)
(1/a^3+6/a^2+12/a+8)^(1/3) ((2*a+1)^3/a^3)^(1/3) (2*a+1)/a
syms x y positive
log(x?y) log(x)+log(y) log(x*y)
fsimple(f)
cos(x)^2+sin(x)^2 1
2?cos(x)^2-sin(x)^2 3?cos(x)^2-1
cos(x)^2-sin(x)^2 cos(2?x)
cos(x)+(-sin(x)^2)^(1/2) cos(x)+i?sin(x)
cos(x)+i?sin(x) exp(i?x)
cos(3?acos(x)) 4?x^3-3?x
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-50
Substitutions
There are two functions for symbolic substitution,subexpr and subs.
subexpr
These commands
syms a x
s = solve(x^3+a*x+1)
solve the equation x^3+a*x+1 = 0 for x:
s =
[ 1/6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)-2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)]
[ -1/12*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/
6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3))]
[ -1/12*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)-1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/
6*(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3)+2*a/
(-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2))^(1/3))]
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-51
Use the pretty function to display s in a more readable form:
pretty(s)
s =
[ 1/3 a ]
[ 1/6 %1 - 2 ----- ]
[ 1/3 ]
[ %1 ]
[ ]
[ 1/3 a 1/2 / 1/3 a \]
[- 1/12 %1 + ----- + 1/2 i 3 |1/6 %1 + 2 -----|]
[ 1/3 | 1/3|]
[ %1 \ %1 /]
[ ]
[ 1/3 a 1/2 / 1/3 a \]
[- 1/12 %1 + ----- - 1/2 i 3 |1/6 %1 + 2 -----|]
[ 1/3 | 1/3|]
[ %1 \ %1 /]
3 1/2
%1,= -108 + 12 (12 a + 81)
The pretty command inherits the %n (n,an integer) notation from Maple to
denote subexpressions that occur multiple times in the symbolic object,The
subexpr function allows you to save these common subexpressions as well as
the symbolic object rewritten in terms of the subexpressions,The
subexpressions are saved in a column vector called sigma.
Continuing with the example
r = subexpr(s)
returns
sigma =
-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2)
r =
[ 1/6*sigma^(1/3)-2*a/sigma^(1/3)]
[ -1/12*sigma^(1/3)+a/sigma^(1/3)+1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/6*sigma^
(1/3)+2*a/sigma^(1/3))]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-52
[ -1/12*sigma^(1/3)+a/sigma^(1/3)-1/2*i*3^(1/2)*(1/6*sigma^
(1/3)+2*a/sigma^(1/3))]
Notice that subexpr creates the variable sigma in the MATLAB workspace,
You can verify this by typing whos,or the command
sigma
which returns
sigma =
-108+12*(12*a^3+81)^(1/2)
subs
The following code finds the eigenvalues and eigenvectors of a circulant matrix
A:
syms a b c
A = [a b c; b c a; c a b];
[v,E] = eig(A)
v =
[ -(a+(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)-b)/(a-c),
-(a-(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)-b)/(a-c),1]
[ -(b-c-(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2))/(a-c),
-(b-c+(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2))/(a-c),1]
[ 1,
1,1]
E =
[ (b^2-b*a-c*b-
c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2),0,0]
[ 0,-(b^2-b*a-c*b-
c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2),0]
[ 0,0,b+c+a]
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-53
Note MATLAB might return the eigenvalues that appear on the diagonal of
E in a different order,In this case,the corresponding eigenvectors,which are
the columns of v,will also appear in a different order.
Suppose you want to replace the rather lengthy expression
(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)
throughout v and E,First,use subexpr
v = subexpr(v,'S')
which returns
S =
(b^2-b*a-c*b-c*a+a^2+c^2)^(1/2)
v =
[ -(a+S-b)/(a-c),-(a-S-b)/(a-c),1]
[ -(b-c-S)/(a-c),-(b-c+S)/(a-c),1]
[ 1,1,1]
Next,substitute the symbol S into E with
E = subs(E,S,'S')
E =
[ S,0,0]
[ 0,-S,0]
[ 0,0,b+c+a]
Now suppose you want to evaluate v at a=10,You can do this using the subs
command:
subs(v,a,10)
This replaces all occurrences of a in v with 10,
[ -(10+S-b)/(10-c),-(10-S-b)/(10-c),1]
[ -(b-c-S)/(10-c),-(b-c+S)/(10-c),1]
[ 1,1,1]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-54
Notice,however,that the symbolic expression that S represents is unaffected
by this substitution,That is,the symbol a in S is not replaced by 10,The subs
command is also a useful function for substituting in a variety of values for
several variables in a particular expression,For example,suppose that in
addition to substituting a=10 in S,you also want to substitute the values for
2 and 10 for b and c,respectively,The way to do this is to set values for a,b,
and c in the workspace,Then subs evaluates its input using the existing
symbolic and double variables in the current workspace,In the example,you
first set
a = 10; b = 2; c = 10;
subs(S)
ans =
8
To look at the contents of the workspace,type whos,which gives
Name Size Bytes Class
A 3x3 878 sym object
E 3x3 888 sym object
S 1x1 186 sym object
a 1x1 8 double array
ans 1x1 140 sym object
b 1x1 8 double array
c 1x1 8 double array
v 3x3 982 sym object
a,b,and c are now variables of class double while A,E,S,and v remain symbolic
expressions (class sym).
If you want to preserve a,b,and c as symbolic variables,but still alter their
value within S,use this procedure.
syms a b c
subs(S,{a,b,c},{10,2,10})
ans =
8
Typing whos reveals that a,b,and c remain 1-by-1 sym objects.
Simplifications and Substitutions
10-55
The subs command can be combined with double to evaluate a symbolic
expression numerically,Suppose you have the following expressions
syms t
M = (1-t^2)*exp(-1/2*t^2);
P = (1-t^2)*sech(t);
and want to see how M and P differ graphically.
One approach is to type
ezplot(M); hold on; ezplot(P); hold off;
but this plot does not readily help us identify the curves.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
t
(1?t
2
) sech(t)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-56
Instead,combine subs,double,and plot
T = -6:0.05:6;
MT = double(subs(M,t,T));
PT = double(subs(P,t,T));
plot(T,MT,'b',T,PT,'r-.')
title(' ')
legend('M','P')
xlabel('t'); grid
to produce a multicolored graph that indicates the difference between M and P.
Finally the use of subs with strings greatly facilitates the solution of problems
involving the Fourier,Laplace,or z-transforms.
6?4?2 0 2 4 6
1
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
t
M
P
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-57
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
There are three different kinds of arithmetic operations in this toolbox:
For example,the MATLAB statements
format long
1/2+1/3
use numeric computation to produce
0.83333333333333
With the Symbolic Math Toolbox,the statement
sym(1/2)+1/3
uses symbolic computation to yield
5/6
And,also with the toolbox,the statements
digits(25)
vpa('1/2+1/3')
use variable-precision arithmetic to return
.8333333333333333333333333
The floating-point operations used by numeric arithmetic are the fastest of the
three,and require the least computer memory,but the results are not exact,
The number of digits in the printed output of MATLAB double quantities is
controlled by the format statement,but the internal representation is always
the eight-byte floating-point representation provided by the particular
computer hardware.
In the computation of the numeric result above,there are actually three
roundoff errors,one in the division of 1 by 3,one in the addition of 1/2 to the
result of the division,and one in the binary to decimal conversion for the
Numeric MATLAB floating-point arithmetic
Rational Maple’s exact symbolic arithmetic
VPA Maple’s variable-precision arithmetic
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-58
printed output,On computers that use IEEE floating-point standard
arithmetic,the resulting internal value is the binary expansion of 5/6,
truncated to 53 bits,This is approximately 16 decimal digits,But,in this
particular case,the printed output shows only 15 digits.
The symbolic operations used by rational arithmetic are potentially the most
expensive of the three,in terms of both computer time and memory,The results
are exact,as long as enough time and memory are available to complete the
computations.
Variable-precision arithmetic falls in between the other two in terms of both
cost and accuracy,A global parameter,set by the function digits,controls the
number of significant decimal digits,Increasing the number of digits increases
the accuracy,but also increases both the time and memory requirements,The
default value of digits is 32,corresponding roughly to floating-point accuracy.
The Maple documentation uses the term,hardware floating-point” for what
you are calling,numeric” or,floating-point” and uses the term,floating-point
arithmetic” for what you are calling,variable-precision arithmetic.”
Example,Using the Different Kinds of Arithmetic
Rational Arithmetic
By default,the Symbolic Math Toolbox uses rational arithmetic operations,i.e.,
Maple’s exact symbolic arithmetic,Rational arithmetic is invoked when you
create symbolic variables using the sym function,
The sym function converts a double matrix to its symbolic form,For example,if
the double matrix is
A =
1.1000 1.2000 1.3000
2.1000 2.2000 2.3000
3.1000 3.2000 3.3000
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-59
its symbolic form,S = sym(A),is
S =
[11/10,6/5,13/10]
[21/10,11/5,23/10]
[31/10,16/5,33/10]
For this matrix A,it is possible to discover that the elements are the ratios of
small integers,so the symbolic representation is formed from those integers,
On the other hand,the statement
E = [exp(1) (1+sqrt(5))/2; log(3) rand]
returns a matrix
E =
2.71828182845905 1.61803398874989
1.09861228866811 0.76209683302739
whose elements are not the ratios of small integers,so sym(E) reproduces the
floating-point representation in a symbolic form:
ans =
[ 6121026514868074*2^(-51),7286977268806824*2^(-52)]
[ 4947709893870346*2^(-52),6864358026484820*2^(-53)]
Variable-Precision Numbers
Variable-precision numbers are distinguished from the exact rational
representation by the presence of a decimal point,A power of 10 scale factor,
denoted by 'e',is allowed,To use variable-precision instead of rational
arithmetic,create your variables using the vpa function,
For matrices with purely double entries,the vpa function generates the
representation that is used with variable-precision arithmetic,For example,if
you apply vpa to the matrix S defined in the preceding section,with digits(4),
by entering
vpa(S)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-60
MATLAB returns the output
S =
[1.100,1.200,1.300]
[2.100,2.200,2.300]
[3.100,3.200,3.300]
Applying vpa to the matrix E defined in the preceding section,with digits(25),
by entering
digits(25)
F = vpa(E)
returns
F =
[2.718281828459045534884808,1.414213562373094923430017]
[1.098612288668110004152823,.2189591863280899719512718]
Converting to Floating Point
To convert a rational or variable-precision number to its MATLAB
floating-point representation,use the double function.
In the example,both double(sym(E)) and double(vpa(E)) return E.
Another Example
The next example is perhaps more interesting,Start with the symbolic
expression
f = sym('exp(pi*sqrt(163))')
The statement
double(f)
produces the printed floating-point value
ans =
2.625374126407687e+017
Variable-Precision Arithmetic
10-61
Using the second argument of vpa to specify the number of digits,
vpa(f,18)
returns
262537412640768744.
whereas
vpa(f,25)
returns
262537412640768744.0000000
you suspect that f might actually have an integer value,This suspicion is
reinforced by the 30 digit value,vpa(f,30)
262537412640768743.999999999999
Finally,the 40 digit value,vpa(f,40)
262537412640768743.9999999999992500725944
shows that f is very close to,but not exactly equal to,an integer.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-62
Linear Algebra
Basic Algebraic Operations
Basic algebraic operations on symbolic objects are the same as operations on
MATLAB objects of class double,This is illustrated in the following example.
The Givens transformation produces a plane rotation through the angle t,The
statements
syms t;
G = [cos(t) sin(t); -sin(t) cos(t)]
create this transformation matrix.
G =
[ cos(t),sin(t) ]
[ -sin(t),cos(t) ]
Applying the Givens transformation twice should simply be a rotation through
twice the angle,The corresponding matrix can be computed by multiplying G
by itself or by raising G to the second power,Both
A = G*G
and
A = G^2
produce
A =
[cos(t)^2-sin(t)^2,2*cos(t)*sin(t)]
[ -2*cos(t)*sin(t),cos(t)^2-sin(t)^2]
The simple function
A = simple(A)
uses a trigonometric identity to return the expected form by trying several
different identities and picking the one that produces the shortest
representation.
A =
[ cos(2*t),sin(2*t)]
Linear Algebra
10-63
[-sin(2*t),cos(2*t)]
The Givens rotation is an orthogonal matrix,so its transpose is its inverse,
Confirming this by
I = G.' *G
which produces
I =
[cos(t)^2+sin(t)^2,0]
[ 0,cos(t)^2+sin(t)^2]
and then
I = simple(I)
I =
[1,0]
[0,1]
Linear Algebraic Operations
The following examples show to do several basic linear algebraic operations
using the Symbolic Math Toolbox.
The command
H = hilb(3)
generates the 3-by-3 Hilbert matrix,With format short,MATLAB prints
H =
1.0000 0.5000 0.3333
0.5000 0.3333 0.2500
0.3333 0.2500 0.2000
The computed elements of H are floating-point numbers that are the ratios of
small integers,Indeed,H is a MATLAB array of class double,Converting H to
a symbolic matrix
H = sym(H)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-64
gives
[ 1,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
This allows subsequent symbolic operations on H to produce results that
correspond to the infinitely precise Hilbert matrix,sym(hilb(3)),not its
floating-point approximation,hilb(3),Therefore,
inv(H)
produces
[ 9,-36,30]
[-36,192,-180]
[ 30,-180,180]
and
det(H)
yields
1/2160
You can use the backslash operator to solve a system of simultaneous linear
equations,For example,the commands
b = [1 1 1]'
x = H\b % Solve Hx = b
produce the solution
[ 3]
[-24]
[ 30]
All three of these results,the inverse,the determinant,and the solution to the
linear system,are the exact results corresponding to the infinitely precise,
rational,Hilbert matrix,On the other hand,using digits(16),the command
V = vpa(hilb(3))
Linear Algebra
10-65
returns
[ 1.,.5000000000000000,.3333333333333333]
[.5000000000000000,.3333333333333333,.2500000000000000]
[.3333333333333333,.2500000000000000,.2000000000000000]
The decimal points in the representation of the individual elements are the
signal to use variable-precision arithmetic,The result of each arithmetic
operation is rounded to 16 significant decimal digits,When inverting the
matrix,these errors are magnified by the matrix condition number,which for
hilb(3) is about 500,Consequently,
inv(V)
which returns
ans =
[ 9.000000000000179,-36.00000000000080,30.00000000000067]
[ -36.00000000000080,192.0000000000042,-180.0000000000040]
[ 30.00000000000067,-180.0000000000040,180.0000000000038]
shows the loss of two digits,So does
det(V)
which gives
.462962962962953e-3
and
V\b
which is
[ 3.000000000000041]
[-24.00000000000021]
[ 30.00000000000019]
Since H is nonsingular,calculating the null space of H with the command
null(H)
returns an empty matrix,and calculating the column space of H with
colspace(H)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-66
returns a permutation of the identity matrix,A more interesting example,
which the following code shows,is to find a value s for H(1,1) that makes H
singular,The commands
syms s
H(1,1) = s
Z = det(H)
sol = solve(Z)
produce
H =
[ s,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
Z =
1/240*s-1/270
sol =
8/9
Then
H = subs(H,s,sol)
substitutes the computed value of sol for s in H to give
H =
[8/9,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
Now,the command
det(H)
returns
ans =
0
and
inv(H)
Linear Algebra
10-67
produces an error message
error using ==> inv
Error,(in inverse) singular matrix
because H is singular,For this matrix,Z = null(H) and C = colspace(H) are
nontrivial:
Z =
[ 1]
[ -4]
[10/3]
C =
[ 1,0]
[ 0,1]
[ -3/10,6/5]
It should be pointed out that even though H is singular,vpa(H) is not,For any
integer value d,setting
digits(d)
and then computing
det(vpa(H))
inv(vpa(H))
results in a determinant of size 10^(-d) and an inverse with elements on the
order of 10^d.
Eigenvalues
The symbolic eigenvalues of a square matrix A or the symbolic eigenvalues and
eigenvectors of A are computed,respectively,using the commands
E = eig(A)
[V,E] = eig(A)
The variable-precision counterparts are
E = eig(vpa(A))
[V,E] = eig(vpa(A))
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-68
The eigenvalues of A are the zeros of the characteristic polynomial of A,
det(A-x*I),which is computed by
poly(A)
The matrix H from the last section provides the first example:
H =
[8/9,1/2,1/3]
[1/2,1/3,1/4]
[1/3,1/4,1/5]
The matrix is singular,so one of its eigenvalues must be zero,The statement
[T,E] = eig(H)
produces the matrices T and E,The columns of T are the eigenvectors of H:
T =
[ 1,28/153+2/153*12589^(1/2),28/153-2/153*12589^(12)]
[ -4,1,1]
[ 10/3,92/255-1/255*12589^(1/2),292/255+1/255*12589^(12)]
Similarly,the diagonal elements of E are the eigenvalues of H:
E =
[0,0,0]
[0,32/45+1/180*12589^(1/2),0]
[0,0,32/45-1/180*12589^(1/2)]
It may be easier to understand the structure of the matrices of eigenvectors,T,
and eigenvalues,E,if you convert T and E to decimal notation,To do so,proceed
as follows,The commands
Td = double(T)
Ed = double(E)
return
Td =
1.0000 1.6497 -1.2837
-4.0000 1.0000 1.0000
3.3333 0.7051 1.5851
Linear Algebra
10-69
Ed =
0 0 0
0 1.3344 0
0 0 0.0878
The first eigenvalue is zero,The corresponding eigenvector (the first column of
Td) is the same as the basis for the null space found in the last section,The
other two eigenvalues are the result of applying the quadratic formula to
x^2-64/45*x+253/2160
which is the quadratic factor in factor(poly(H)).
syms x
g = simple(factor(poly(H))/x);
solve(g)
ans =
[ 32/45+1/180*12589^(1/2)]
[ 32/45-1/180*12589^(1/2)]
Closed form symbolic expressions for the eigenvalues are possible only when
the characteristic polynomial can be expressed as a product of rational
polynomials of degree four or less,The Rosser matrix is a classic numerical
analysis test matrix that illustrates this requirement,The statement
R = sym(gallery('rosser'))
generates
R =
[ 611 196 -192 407 -8 -52 -49 29]
[ 196 899 113 -192 -71 -43 -8 -44]
[-192 113 899 196 61 49 8 52]
[ 407 -192 196 611 8 44 59 -23]
[ -8 -71 61 8 411 -599 208 208]
[ -52 -43 49 44 -599 411 208 208]
[ -49 -8 8 59 208 208 99 -911]
[ 29 -44 52 -23 208 208 -911 99]
The commands
p = poly(R);
pretty(factor(p))
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-70
produce
2 2 2
x (x - 1020) (x - 1020 x + 100)(x - 1040500) (x - 1000)
The characteristic polynomial (of degree 8) factors nicely into the product of two
linear terms and three quadratic terms,You can see immediately that four of
the eigenvalues are 0,1020,and a double root at 1000,The other four roots are
obtained from the remaining quadratics,Use
eig(R)
to find all these values
ans =
[ 0]
[ 1020]
[ 10*10405^(1/2)]
[ -10*10405^(1/2)]
[ 510+100*26^(1/2)]
[ 510-100*26^(1/2)]
[ 1000]
[ 1000]
The Rosser matrix is not a typical example; it is rare for a full 8-by-8 matrix to
have a characteristic polynomial that factors into such simple form,If you
change the two,corner” elements of R from 29 to 30 with the commands
S = R; S(1,8) = 30; S(8,1) = 30;
and then try
p = poly(S)
you find
p =
x^8-4040*x^7+5079941*x^6+82706090*x^5-5327831918568*x^4+
4287832912719760*x^3-1082699388411166000*x^2+51264008540948000*x
+40250968213600000
You also find that factor(p) is p itself,That is,the characteristic polynomial
cannot be factored over the rationals.
Linear Algebra
10-71
For this modified Rosser matrix
F = eig(S)
returns
F =
[,21803980548301606860857564424981]
[ 999.94691786044276755320289228602]
[ 1000.1206982933841335712817075454]
[ 1019.5243552632016358324933278291]
[ 1019.9935501291629257348091808173]
[ 1020.4201882015047278185457498840]
[ -.17053529728768998575200874607757]
[ -1020.0532142558915165931894252600]
Notice that these values are close to the eigenvalues of the original Rosser
matrix,Further,the numerical values of F are a result of Maple’s floating-point
arithmetic,Consequently,different settings of digits do not alter the number
of digits to the right of the decimal place.
It is also possible to try to compute eigenvalues of symbolic matrices,but closed
form solutions are rare,The Givens transformation is generated as the matrix
exponential of the elementary matrix
The Symbolic Math Toolbox commands
syms t
A = sym([0 1; -1 0]);
G = expm(t*A)
return
[ cos(t),sin(t)]
[ -sin(t),cos(t)]
Next,the command
g = eig(G)
A
01
1– 0
=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-72
produces
g =
[ cos(t)+(cos(t)^2-1)^(1/2)]
[ cos(t)-(cos(t)^2-1)^(1/2)]
you can use simple to simplify this form of g,Indeed,a repeated application of
simple
for j = 1:4
[g,how] = simple(g)
end
produces the best result:
g =
[ cos(t)+(-sin(t)^2)^(1/2)]
[ cos(t)-(-sin(t)^2)^(1/2)]
how =
mwcos2sin
g =
[ cos(t)+i*sin(t)]
[ cos(t)-i*sin(t)]
how =
radsimp
g =
[ exp(i*t)]
[ 1/exp(i*t)]
how =
convert(exp)
g =
[ exp(i*t)]
[ exp(-i*t)]
how =
simplify
Linear Algebra
10-73
Notice the first application of simple uses mwcos2sin to produce a sum of sines
and cosines,Next,simple invokes radsimp to produce cos(t) + i*sin(t) for
the first eigenvector,The third application of simple uses convert(exp) to
change the sines and cosines to complex exponentials,The last application of
simple uses simplify to obtain the final form.
Jordan Canonical Form
The Jordan canonical form results from attempts to diagonalize a matrix by a
similarity transformation,For a given matrix A,find a nonsingular matrix V,
so that inv(V)*A*V,or,more succinctly,J = V\A*V,is,as close to diagonal as
possible.” For almost all matrices,the Jordan canonical form is the diagonal
matrix of eigenvalues and the columns of the transformation matrix are the
eigenvectors,This always happens if the matrix is symmetric or if it has
distinct eigenvalues,Some nonsymmetric matrices with multiple eigenvalues
cannot be diagonalized,The Jordan form has the eigenvalues on its diagonal,
but some of the superdiagonal elements are one,instead of zero,The statement
J = jordan(A)
computes the Jordan canonical form of A,The statement
[V,J] = jordan(A)
also computes the similarity transformation,The columns of V are the
generalized eigenvectors of A.
The Jordan form is extremely sensitive to perturbations,Almost any change in
A causes its Jordan form to be diagonal,This makes it very difficult to compute
the Jordan form reliably with floating-point arithmetic,It also implies that A
must be known exactly (i.e.,without round-off error,etc.),Its elements must be
integers,or ratios of small integers,In particular,the variable-precision
calculation,jordan(vpa(A)),is not allowed.
For example,let
A = sym([12,32,66,116;-25,-76,-164,-294;
21,66,143,256;-6,-19,-41,-73])
A =
[ 12,32,66,116]
[ -25,-76,-164,-294]
[ 21,66,143,256]
[ -6,-19,-41,-73]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-74
Then
[V,J] = jordan(A)
produces
V =
[ 4,-2,4,3]
[ -6,8,-11,-8]
[ 4,-7,10,7]
[ -1,2,-3,-2]
J =
[ 1,1,0,0]
[ 0,1,0,0]
[ 0,0,2,1]
[ 0,0,0,2]
Therefore A has a double eigenvalue at 1,with a single Jordan block,and a
double eigenvalue at 2,also with a single Jordan block,The matrix has only
two eigenvectors,V(:,1) and V(:,3),They satisfy
A*V(:,1) = 1*V(:,1)
A*V(:,3) = 2*V(:,3)
The other two columns of V are generalized eigenvectors of grade 2,They
satisfy
A*V(:,2) = 1*V(:,2) + V(:,1)
A*V(:,4) = 2*V(:,4) + V(:,3)
In mathematical notation,with v
j
= v(:,j),the columns of V and eigenvalues
satisfy the relationships
Singular Value Decomposition
Only the variable-precision numeric computation of the complete singular
vector decomposition is available in the toolbox,One reason for this is that the
formulas that result from symbolic computation are usually too long and
A λ
1
I–()v
2
v
1
=
A λ
2
I–()v
4
v
3
=
Linear Algebra
10-75
complicated to be of much use,If A is a symbolic matrix of floating-point or
variable-precision numbers,then
S = svd(A)
computes the singular values of A to an accuracy determined by the current
setting of digits,And
[U,S,V] = svd(A);
produces two orthogonal matrices,U and V,and a diagonal matrix,S,so that
A = U*S*V';
Consider the n-by-n matrix A with elements defined by
A(i,j) = 1/(i-j+1/2)
For n = 5,the matrix is
[ 2 -2 -2/3 -2/5 -2/7]
[2/3 2 -2 -2/3 -2/5]
[2/5 2/3 2 -2 -2/3]
[2/7 2/5 2/3 2 -2]
[2/9 2/7 2/5 2/3 2]
It turns out many of the singular values of these matrices are close to,
The most obvious way of generating this matrix is
for i=1:n
for j=1:n
A(i,j) = sym(1/(i-j+1/2));
end
end
The most efficient way to generate the matrix is
[J,I] = meshgrid(1:n);
A = sym(1./(I - J+1/2));
Since the elements of A are the ratios of small integers,vpa(A) produces a
variable-precision representation,which is accurate to digits precision,Hence
S = svd(vpa(A))
π
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-76
computes the desired singular values to full accuracy,With n = 16 and
digits(30),the result is
S =
[ 1.20968137605668985332455685357 ]
[ 2.69162158686066606774782763594 ]
[ 3.07790297231119748658424727354 ]
[ 3.13504054399744654843898901261 ]
[ 3.14106044663470063805218371924 ]
[ 3.14155754359918083691050658260 ]
[ 3.14159075458605848728982577119 ]
[ 3.14159256925492306470284863102 ]
[ 3.14159265052654880815569479613 ]
[ 3.14159265349961053143856838564 ]
[ 3.14159265358767361712392612384 ]
[ 3.14159265358975439206849907220 ]
[ 3.14159265358979270342635559051 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323325290142781 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323843066846712 ]
[ 3.14159265358979323846255035974 ]
There are two ways to compare S with pi,the floating-point representation of
,In the vector below,the first element is computed by subtraction with
variable-precision arithmetic and then converted to a double,The second
element is computed with floating-point arithmetic:
format short e
[double(pi*ones(16,1)-S) pi-double(S)]
π
Linear Algebra
10-77
The results are
1.9319e+00 1.9319e+00
4.4997e-01 4.4997e-01
6.3690e-02 6.3690e-02
6.5521e-03 6.5521e-03
5.3221e-04 5.3221e-04
3.5110e-05 3.5110e-05
1.8990e-06 1.8990e-06
8.4335e-08 8.4335e-08
3.0632e-09 3.0632e-09
9.0183e-11 9.0183e-11
2.1196e-12 2.1196e-12
3.8846e-14 3.8636e-14
5.3504e-16 4.4409e-16
5.2097e-18 0
3.1975e-20 0
9.3024e-23 0
Since the relative accuracy of pi is pi*eps,which is 6.9757e-16,either column
confirms the suspicion that four of the singular values of the 16-by-16 example
equal to floating-point accuracy.
Eigenvalue Trajectories
This example applies several numeric,symbolic,and graphic techniques to
study the behavior of matrix eigenvalues as a parameter in the matrix is
varied,This particular setting involves numerical analysis and perturbation
theory,but the techniques illustrated are more widely applicable.
In this example,you consider a 3-by-3 matrix A whose eigenvalues are 1,2,3,
First,you perturb A by another matrix E and parameter,As t
increases from 0 to 10
-6
,the eigenvalues,,change to
,,.
π
t,AAtE+→
λ
1
1= λ
2
2= λ
3
3=
λ
1
′ 1.5596 0.2726i+≈λ
2
′ 1.5596 0.2726i–≈λ
3
′ 2.8808≈
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-78
This,in turn,means that for some value of,the perturbed
matrix has a double eigenvalue,The example shows
how to find the value of t,called,where this happens.
The starting point is a MATLAB test example,known as gallery(3).
A = gallery(3)
A =
-149 -50 -154
537 180 546
-27 -9 -25
This is an example of a matrix whose eigenvalues are sensitive to the effects of
roundoff errors introduced during their computation,The actual computed
eigenvalues may vary from one machine to another,but on a typical
workstation,the statements
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 3.5
0.3
0.2
0.1
0
0.1
0.2
0.3
λ(1) λ(2) λ(3)
λ’(1)
λ’(2)
λ’(3)
t τ 0 τ 10
6–
<<,=
At() AtE+= λ
1
λ
2
=
τ
Linear Algebra
10-79
format long
e = eig(A)
produce
e =
1.00000000001122
1.99999999999162
2.99999999999700
Of course,the example was created so that its eigenvalues are actually 1,2,
and 3,Note that three or four digits have been lost to roundoff,This can be
easily verified with the toolbox,The statements
B = sym(A);
e = eig(B)'
p = poly(B)
f = factor(p)
produce
e =
[1,2,3]
p =
x^3-6*x^2+11*x-6
f =
(x-1)*(x-2)*(x-3)
Are the eigenvalues sensitive to the perturbations caused by roundoff error
because they are,close together”? Ordinarily,the values 1,2,and 3 would be
regarded as,well separated.” But,in this case,the separation should be viewed
on the scale of the original matrix,If A were replaced by A/1000,the
eigenvalues,which would be,001,.002,.003,would,seem” to be closer
together.
But eigenvalue sensitivity is more subtle than just,closeness.” With a carefully
chosen perturbation of the matrix,it is possible to make two of its eigenvalues
coalesce into an actual double root that is extremely sensitive to roundoff and
other errors.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-80
One good perturbation direction can be obtained from the outer product of the
left and right eigenvectors associated with the most sensitive eigenvalue,The
following statement creates
E = [130,-390,0;43,-129,0;133,-399,0]
the perturbation matrix
E =
130 -390 0
43 -129 0
133 -399 0
The perturbation can now be expressed in terms of a single,scalar parameter
t,The statements
syms x t
A = A+t*E
replace A with the symbolic representation of its perturbation:
A =
[-149+130*t,-50-390*t,-154]
[ 537+43*t,180-129*t,546]
[ -27+133*t,-9-399*t,-25]
Computing the characteristic polynomial of this new A
p = poly(A)
gives
p =
x^3-6*x^2+11*x-t*x^2+492512*t*x-6-1221271*t
Prettyprinting
pretty(collect(p,x))
shows more clearly that p is a cubic in x whose coefficients vary linearly with t.
3 2
x + (- t - 6) x + (492512 t + 11) x - 6 - 1221271 t
Linear Algebra
10-81
It turns out that when t is varied over a very small interval,from 0 to 1.0e-6,
the desired double root appears,This can best be seen graphically,The first
figure shows plots of p,considered as a function of x,for three different values
of t,t = 0,t = 0.5e-6,and t = 1.0e-6,For each value,the eigenvalues are
computed numerically and also plotted:
x =,8:.01:3.2;
for k = 0:2
c = sym2poly(subs(p,t,k*0.5e-6));
y = polyval(c,x);
lambda = eig(double(subs(A,t,k*0.5e-6)));
subplot(3,1,3-k)
plot(x,y,'-',x,0*x,':',lambda,0*lambda,'o')
axis([.8 3.2 -.5,5])
text(2.25,.35,['t = ' num2str( k*0.5e-6 )]);
end
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 0
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 5e?007
1 1.5 2 2.5 3
0.5
0
0.5
t = 1e?006
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-82
The bottom subplot shows the unperturbed polynomial,with its three roots at
1,2,and 3,The middle subplot shows the first two roots approaching each
other,In the top subplot,these two roots have become complex and only one
real root remains.
The next statements compute and display the actual eigenvalues
e = eig(A);
pretty(e)
showing that e(2) and e(3) form a complex conjugate pair:
[ 2 ]
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t ]
[1/3 %1 - 3 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2]
[ 1/3 ]
[ %1 ]
[ 2
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t
[- 1/6 %1 + 3/2 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2
[ 1/3
[ %1
/ 2\]
1/2 | 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t |]
+ 1/2 I 3 |1/3 %1 + 3 -------------------------|]
| 1/3 |]
\ %1 /]
[ 2
[ 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t
[- 1/6 %1 + 3/2 ------------------------- + 1/3 t + 2
[ 1/3
[ %1
/ 2\]
1/2 | 1/3 492508/3 t - 1/3 - 1/9 t |]
- 1/2 I 3 |1/3 %1 + 3 -------------------------|]
| 1/3 |]
\ %1 /]
Linear Algebra
10-83
2 3 3
%1,= -2216286 t + 3189393 t + t + 3 (358392752910068940 t
2 4 1/2
- 1052829647418 t - 181922388795 t + 4432572 t - 3)
Next,the symbolic representations of the three eigenvalues are evaluated at
many values of t
tvals = (2:-.02:0)' * 1.e-6;
r = size(tvals,1);
c = size(e,1);
lambda = zeros(r,c);
for k = 1:c
lambda(:,k) = double(subs(e(k),t,tvals));
end
plot(lambda,tvals)
xlabel('\lambda'); ylabel('t');
title('Eigenvalue Transition')
to produce a plot of their trajectories.
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-84
Above t=0.8e
-6
,the graphs of two of the eigenvalues intersect,while below
t =0.8e
-6
,two real roots become a complex conjugate pair,What is the precise
value of t that marks this transition? Let denote this value of t.
One way to find is based on the fact that,at a double root,both the function
and its derivative must vanish,This results in two polynomial equations to be
solved for two unknowns,The statement
sol = solve(p,diff(p,'x'))
solves the pair of algebraic equations p=0 and dp/dx = 0 and produces
sol =
t,[4x1 sym]
x,[4x1 sym]
Find now by
format short
tau = double(sol.t(2))
1 1.2 1.4 1.6 1.8 2 2.2 2.4 2.6 2.8 3
0
0.2
0.4
0.6
0.8
1
1.2
1.4
1.6
1.8
2
x 10
6
λ
t
Eigenvalue Transition
τ
τ
τ
Linear Algebra
10-85
which reveals that the second element of sol.t is the desired value of,
tau =
7.8379e-07
Therefore,the second element of sol.x
sigma = double(sol.x(2))
is the double eigenvalue
sigma =
1.5476
To verify that this value of does indeed produce a double eigenvalue at
,substitute for t in the perturbed matrix and find
the eigenvalues of,That is,
e = eig(double(subs(A,t,tau)))
e =
1.5476 + 0.0000i
1.5476 - 0.0000i
2.9048
confirms that is a double eigenvalue of for t = 7.8379e-07.
τ
τ
σ 1.5476= τ At() AtE+=
At()
σ 1.5476= At()
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-86
Solving Equations
Solving Algebraic Equations
If S is a symbolic expression,
solve(S)
attempts to find values of the symbolic variable in S (as determined by
findsym) for which S is zero,For example,
syms a b c x
S = a*x^2 + b*x + c;
solve(S)
uses the familiar quadratic formula to produce
ans =
[1/2/a*(-b+(b^2-4*a*c)^(1/2))]
[1/2/a*(-b-(b^2-4*a*c)^(1/2))]
This is a symbolic vector whose elements are the two solutions.
If you want to solve for a specific variable,you must specify that variable as an
additional argument,For example,if you want to solve S for b,use the
command
b = solve(S,b)
which returns
b =
-(a*x^2+c)/x
Note that these examples assume equations of the form,If you need
to solve equations of the form,you must use quoted strings,In
particular,the command
s = solve('cos(2*x)+sin(x)=1')
fx() 0=
fx() qx()=
Solving Equations
10-87
returns a vector with four solutions.
s =
[ 0]
[ pi]
[ 1/6*pi]
[ 5/6*pi]
Several Algebraic Equations
This section explains how to solve systems of equations using the Symbolic
Math Toolbox,As an example,suppose you have the system
and you want to solve for x and y,First create the necessary symbolic objects.
syms x y alpha
There are several ways to address the output of solve,One is to use a
two-output call
[x,y] = solve(x^2*y^2,x-y/2-alpha)
which returns
x =
[ 0]
[ 0]
[ alpha]
[ alpha]
y =
[ -2*alpha]
[ -2*alpha]
[ 0]
[ 0]
Consequently,the solution vector
v = [x,y]
x
2
y
2
0=
x
y
2
---– α=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-88
appears to have redundant components,This is due to the first equation
,which has two solutions in x and y:,,Changing the
equations to
eqs1 = 'x^2*y^2=1,x-y/2-alpha'
[x,y] = solve(eqs1)
produces four distinct solutions:
x =
[ 1/2*alpha+1/2*(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha-1/2*(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha+1/2*(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
[ 1/2*alpha-1/2*(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
y =
[ -alpha+(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha-(alpha^2+2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha+(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
[ -alpha-(alpha^2-2)^(1/2)]
Since you did not specify the dependent variables,solve uses findsym to
determine the variables.
This way of assigning output from solve is quite successful for,small” systems,
Plainly,if you had,say,a 10-by-10 system of equations,typing
[x1,x2,x3,x4,x5,x6,x7,x8,x9,x10] = solve(...)
is both awkward and time consuming,To circumvent this difficulty,solve can
return a structure whose fields are the solutions,In particular,consider the
system u^2-v^2 = a^2,u + v = 1,a^2-2*a = 3,The command
S = solve('u^2-v^2 = a^2','u + v = 1','a^2-2*a = 3')
returns
S =
a,[2x1 sym]
u,[2x1 sym]
v,[2x1 sym]
x
2
y
2
0=
x 0±= y 0±=
Solving Equations
10-89
The solutions for a reside in the,a-field” of S,That is,
S.a
produces
ans =
[ 3]
[ -1]
Similar comments apply to the solutions for u and v,The structure S can now
be manipulated by field and index to access a particular portion of the solution,
For example,if you want to examine the second solution,you can use the
following statement
s2 = [S.a(2),S.u(2),S.v(2)]
to extract the second component of each field.
s2 =
[ -1,1,0]
The following statement
M = [S.a,S.u,S.v]
creates the solution matrix M
M =
[ 3,5,-4]
[ -1,1,0]
whose rows comprise the distinct solutions of the system.
Linear systems of simultaneous equations can also be solved using matrix
division,For example,
clear u v x y
syms u v x y
S = solve(x+2*y-u,4*x+5*y-v);
sol = [S.x;S.y]
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-90
and
A = [1 2; 4 5];
b = [u; v];
z = A\b
result in
sol =
[ -5/3*u+2/3*v]
[ 4/3*u-1/3*v]
z =
[ -5/3*u+2/3*v]
[ 4/3*u-1/3*v]
Thus s and z produce the same solution,although the results are assigned to
different variables.
Single Differential Equation
The function dsolve computes symbolic solutions to ordinary differential
equations,The equations are specified by symbolic expressions containing the
letter D to denote differentiation,The symbols D2,D3,..,DN,correspond to the
second,third,...,Nth derivative,respectively,Thus,D2y is the Symbolic Math
Toolbox equivalent of,The dependent variables are those preceded by
D and the default independent variable is t,Note that names of symbolic
variables should not contain D,The independent variable can be changed from
t to some other symbolic variable by including that variable as the last input
argument.
Initial conditions can be specified by additional equations,If initial conditions
are not specified,the solutions contain constants of integration,C1,C2,etc.
The output from dsolve parallels the output from solve,That is,you can call
dsolve with the number of output variables equal to the number of dependent
variables or place the output in a structure whose fields contain the solutions
of the differential equations.
d
2
ydt
2
Solving Equations
10-91
Example 1
The following call to dsolve
dsolve('Dy=1+y^2')
uses y as the dependent variable and t as the default independent variable.
The output of this command is
ans =
tan(t+C1)
To specify an initial condition,use
y = dsolve('Dy=1+y^2','y(0)=1')
This produces
y =
tan(t+1/4*pi)
Notice that y is in the MATLAB workspace,but the independent variable t is
not,Thus,the command diff(y,t) returns an error,To place t in the
workspace,type syms t.
Example 2
Nonlinear equations may have multiple solutions,even when initial conditions
are given:
x = dsolve('(Dx)^2+x^2=1','x(0)=0')
results in
x =
[ sin(t)]
[ -sin(t)]
Example 3
Here is a second order differential equation with two initial conditions,The
commands
y = dsolve('D2y=cos(2*x)-y','y(0)=1','Dy(0)=0','x');
simplify(y)
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-92
produce
ans =
4/3*cos(x)-2/3*cos(x)^2+1/3
The key issues in this example are the order of the equation and the initial
conditions,To solve the ordinary differential equation
simply type
u = dsolve('D3u=u','u(0)=1','Du(0)=-1','D2u(0) = pi','x')
Use D3u to represent and D2u(0) for,
Several Differential Equations
The function dsolve can also handle several ordinary differential equations in
several variables,with or without initial conditions,For example,here is a pair
of linear,first-order equations.
S = dsolve('Df = 3*f+4*g','Dg = -4*f+3*g')
The computed solutions are returned in the structure S,You can determine the
values of f and g by typing
f = S.f
f =
exp(3*t)*(C1*sin(4*t)+C2*cos(4*t))
g = S.g
g =
exp(3*t)*(C1*cos(4*t)-C2*sin(4*t))
If you prefer to recover f and g directly as well as include initial conditions,
type
[f,g] = dsolve('Df=3*f+4*g,Dg =-4*f+3*g','f(0) = 0,g(0) = 1')
x
3
3
d
d u
u=
u 0() 1 u′ 0(),1,u″ 0()– π== =
d
3
udx
3
u′′ 0()
Solving Equations
10-93
f =
exp(3*t)*sin(4*t)
g =
exp(3*t)*cos(4*t)
This table details some examples and Symbolic Math Toolbox syntax,Note that
the final entry in the table is the Airy differential equation whose solution is
referred to as the Airy function.
The Airy function plays an important role in the mathematical modeling of the
dispersion of water waves,
Differential Equation MATLAB Command
y = dsolve('Dy+4*y = exp(-t)',
'y(0) = 1')
y = dsolve('D2y+4*y = exp(-2*x)',
'y(0)=0','y(pi) = 0','x')
(The Airy equation)
y = dsolve('D2y = x*y','y(0) = 0',
'y(3) = besselk(1/3,2*sqrt(3))/pi',
'x')
td
dy
4yt()+ e
t–
=
y 0() 1=
x
2
2
d
d y
4yx()+ e
2x–
=
y 0() 0 y π() 0=,=
x
2
2
d
d y
xy x()=
y 0() 0 y 3()
1
π
---K
1
3
---
23()=,=
10 Using the Symbolic Math Toolbox
10-94
Index-1
Index
Symbols
,operator 4-7
@sym directory 9-15
\ 10-64
A
abstract functions 9-13
administrator status on OS X 2-8
Airy differential equation 10-93
Airy function 10-93
algorithms
vectorizing 6-30
animation 5-71
annotating plots 5-16
ans function 4-4
application program interface (API) 3-3
Array Editor 8-13
array operators 4-22
arrays
cell 6-10
character 6-12
columnwise organization 4-24
creating in M-files 4-15
deleting rows and columns 4-17
elements 4-10
generating with functions and operators 4-14
listing contents 4-10
loading from external data files 4-15
and matrices 4-21
multidimensional 6-8
notation for elements 4-10
preallocating 6-30
structure 6-15
variable names 4-10
arrow keys for editing commands 4-30
aspect ratio of axes 5-48
AVI files 5-71
axes
managing 5-48
visibility 5-49
axis 5-49
axis function 5-48
B
backslash operator 10-64
Bessel functions
differentiating 10-5
integrating 10-13
besselj 10-5
besselk 10-93
bit map 5-59
blockset 3-4
books
MATLAB related 1-9
break function 6-6
built-in functions
defined 4-12
C
calculus 10-2
example 10-20
extended example 10-28
callbacks 7-6
case function 6-4
catch function 6-7
cell arrays 6-10
char function 6-14
character arrays 6-12
characteristic polynomial 4-21
circulant matrix 9-13
Index
Index-2
clear 9-12
clearing variables 9-12
collect 10-42
colon operator 4-7
colormap 5-54
colors
lines for plotting 5-41
column space 10-65
Command History 8-6
command line
editing 4-30
Command Window 8-5
comp.soft-sys.matlab 1-10
complex numbers
plotting 5-43
complex symbolic variables 9-12
concatenation 4-16
strings 6-13
configuring additional products
on Windows 2-4
conj 9-12
constants
special 4-12
continue function 6-5
continuing statements on multiple lines 4-30
control keys for editing commands 4-30
converting symbolic matrices to numeric form
9-11
current directory 8-10
Current Directory browser 8-10
D
data source 5-27
debugging M-files 8-14
decimal symbolic expressions 9-10
default symbolic variable 9-9
definite integration 10-12
deleting array elements 4-17
demos
MATLAB 1-6
running from the Start button 8-3
desktop for MATLAB 3-8
desktop tools 8-1
determinant of matrix 4-19
diag function 4-4
diff 10-2
differentiation 10-2
digits 9-11
documentation 8-7
Mac OS X 2-14
double
converting to floating-point with 10-60
dsolve 10-90
E
editing command lines 4-30
Editor/Debugger 8-14
eig 10-67
eigenvalue 4-20
eigenvalue trajectories 10-77
eigenvalues 10-67
computing 10-67
eigenvector 4-20
elements of arrays 4-10
entering matrices 4-3
eps 9-10
erase mode 5-71
eval function 6-26
executing MATLAB 3-7
exiting MATLAB 3-7
expand 10-43
exporting graphs 5-35
Index
Index-3
expressions
evaluating 6-26
examples 4-13
using in MATLAB 4-10
F
factor
example 10-44
factorial function 9-13
figure function 5-46
figure tools 5-7
figure windows 5-46
with multiple plots 5-46
find function 4-27
finding object handles 5-69
fliplr function 4-6
floating-point arithmetic 10-57
IEEE 10-58
floating-point numbers 4-11
floating-point symbolic expressions 9-10
flow control 6-2
for loop 6-4
format
of output display 4-28
format 10-57
format function 4-28
function functions 6-27
function handles
defined 6-27
using 6-29
function keyword 6-21
function M-files 6-18
naming 6-20
function of two variables 5-52
functions
built-in,defined 4-12
defined 6-20
finding specific 1-7
how to find 4-11
running 8-5
variable number of arguments 6-21
G
Givens transformation 10-62
global variables 6-24
golden ratio 9-5
graphical user interface
creating 7-1
laying out 7-3
programming 7-6
graphics
files 5-60
Handle Graphics 5-62
objects 5-63
printing 5-60
grids 5-49
GUIDE 7-1
H
Handle Graphics 5-62
defined 3-3
finding handles 5-69
Help
accessing on Linux 2-21
accessing on Mac OS X 2-14
accessing on Windows 2-14
help
sources of 1-9
via newsgroup 1-10
Help browser 8-7
help functions 8-9
Index
Index-4
Hilbert matrix 9-11
hold function 5-44
horner
example 10-43
I
IEEE floating-point arithmetic 10-58
if function 6-2
images 5-58
imaginary numbers 4-10
installation root directory
specifying on Linux 2-18
installing MATLAB
on Linux 2-16
on Mac OS X 2-8
on Windows 2-3
installing toolboxes
on Linux 2-21
on Mac OS X 2-14
on Windows 2-5
int 10-11
integration 10-11
definite 10-12
with real constants 10-13
J
jacobian 10-6
Jacobian matrix 10-6
jordan
example 10-73
Jordan canonical form 10-73
K
keys for editing in Command Window 4-30
L
learning MATLAB 1-6
legend
adding to plot 5-40
legend function 5-40
library
mathematical function 3-3
lighting 5-55
limit 10-8
limits 10-8
axes 5-48
undefined 10-10
line continuation 4-30
line styles of plots 5-41
linear algebra 10-62
Linux
installing MATLAB 2-16
load function 4-15
loading arrays 4-15
local variables 6-21
log of functions used 8-6
logical vectors 4-26
M
Mac OS X
documentation 2-14
installing MATLAB 2-8
machine epsilon 9-10
Maclaurin series 10-19
magic function 4-8
magic square 4-4
Maple 9-2
Maple functions
accessing 9-13
markers 5-41
MAT-file 5-58
Index
Index-5
mathematical function library 3-3
mathematical functions
listing advanced 4-11
listing elementary 4-11
listing matrix 4-11
MathWorks Store
purchasing products from 1-9
MathWorks Web site 1-9
MATLAB
application program interface 3-3
books 1-9
calling C subroutine on Linux 2-15
calling C subroutine on Mac OS X 2-7
calling C subroutine on Windows 2-3
calling Fortran subroutine on Linux 2-15
calling Fortran subroutine on Mac OS X 2-7
calling Fortran subroutine on Windows 2-3
demos 1-6
desktop 3-8
executing 3-7
exiting 3-7
history 3-2
how to learn 1-6
installing on Linux 2-16
installing on Mac OS X 2-8
installing on Windows 2-3
language 3-3
mathematical function library 3-3
overview 3-2
quitting 3-7
running 3-7
shutting down 3-7
starting 3-7
starting on Linux 2-20
MATLAB Central 1-10
matlab command
setting up symbolic link on Linux 2-20
MATLAB user newsgroup 8-9
matrices 4-18
creating 4-14
entering 4-3
matrix 4-2
antidiagonal 4-6
condition number 10-65
determinant 4-19
main diagonal 4-5
multiplication 4-18
singular 4-19
swapping columns 4-8
symmetric 4-18
transpose 4-4
mesh plot 5-52
mex command
setting up symbolic link on Linux 2-20
MEX-file
Linux 2-15
Mac OS X 2-7
supported Windows compilers 2-3
Windows 2-2
M-files
and toolboxes 3-3
creating 6-18
editing 8-14
for creating arrays 4-15
function 6-18
script 6-18
Microsoft Word and access to MATLAB 8-19
M-Lint Code Checker 8-16
movies 5-73
multidimensional arrays 6-8
multiple data sets
plotting 5-40
multiple plots per figure 5-46
multivariate data
Index
Index-6
organizing 4-24
N
newsgroup 1-10
newsgroup for MATLAB users 8-9
Notebook 8-19
null space 10-65
numbers 4-10
floating-point 4-11
numeric symbolic expressions 9-10
O
object properties 5-65
objects
finding handles 5-69
graphics 5-63
online help
viewing 8-7
operators 4-11
colon 4-7
output
controlling format 4-28
suppressing 4-30
overlaying plots 5-44
P
path 8-11
plot function 5-38
plots
editing 5-16
plotting
adding legend 5-40
adding plots 5-44
basic 5-38
complex data 5-43
complex numbers 5-43
contours 5-44
editing 5-16
functions 5-38
line colors 5-41
line styles 5-41
lines and markers 5-41
mesh and surface 5-52
multiple data sets 5-40
multiple plots 5-46
overview 5-2
tools 5-9
poly 10-68
PostScript 5-61
preallocation 6-30
presentation graphics 5-29
pretty
example 10-19
print function 5-60
Printing 5-33
printing
example 5-33
graphics 5-60
product
registration 1-10
professional version
differences with Student Version 1-11
Profiler 8-18
Property Editor
interface 5-19
Property Inspector 5-18
Q
quitting MATLAB 3-7
Index
Index-7
R
rational arithmetic 10-58
rational symbolic expressions 9-10
real property 9-12
real symbolic variables 9-12
reference information
obtaining 1-7
registering your software 1-10
return function 6-7
revision control systems
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
root directory
specifying on Linux 2-18
Rosser matrix 10-69
running functions 8-5
running MATLAB 3-7
S
scalar expansion 4-25
scientific notation 4-10
screens
installation data 2-20
root directory on Linux 2-18
scripts 6-19
search path 8-11
semicolon to suppress output 4-30
shutting down MATLAB 3-7
simple 10-46
simplifications 10-41
simplify 10-46
Simulink 3-4
simultaneous differential equations
solving 10-92
simultaneous linear equations
solving systems of 10-64
singular matrix 4-19
singular value decomposition 10-74
solve 10-86
solving equations 10-86
algebraic 10-86
ordinary differential 10-90
source control systems
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
special constants
infinity 4-12
not-a-number 4-12
specialized graphs 5-45
spherical coordinates 10-6
Start button 8-3
starting MATLAB 3-7
startup.m file
Windows 2-4
Stateflow 3-4
statements
continuing on multiple lines 4-30
executing 6-26
status
administrator on OS X 2-8
strings
concatenating 6-13
structures 6-15
Student Version
differences with professional version 1-11
MATLAB differences 1-11
Simulink differences 1-11
Symbolic Math Toolbox differences 1-12
subexpr 10-50
subexpressions 10-50
subplot function 5-46
subs 10-52
subscripting
with logical vectors 4-26
subscripts 4-6
Index
Index-8
substitutions 10-50
sum function 4-4
summation
symbolic 10-18
support
sources of 1-9
suppressing output 4-30
surface plot 5-52
svd 10-75
switch function 6-4
sym 9-5
symbolic expressions 10-86
creating 9-5
decimal 9-10
floating-point 9-10
numeric 9-10
rational 9-10
symbolic links
setting up 2-20
symbolic math functions
creating 9-15
Symbolic Math Toolbox
learning 1-7
symbolic matrix
computing eigenvalue of 10-70
converting to numeric form 9-11
creating 9-13
differentiating 10-5
symbolic objects
about 9-3
symbolic summation 10-18
symbolic variables
complex 9-12
creating 9-5
real 9-12
symmetric matrix 4-18
syms 9-6
symsum 10-18
system requirements
Linux 2-15
Mac OS X 2-7
Windows 2-2
T
taylor 10-18
Taylor series 10-18
technical support 1-10
text
entering in MATLAB 6-12
TIFF 5-61
title
figure 5-49
toolboxes 3-2
installing on Linux 2-21
installing on Mac OS X 2-14
installing on Windows 2-5
tools in the desktop 8-1
transpose function 4-4
troubleshooting 1-8
try function 6-7
V
variable-precision arithmetic 10-57
variable-precision numbers 10-59
variables 4-10
global 6-24
local 6-21
vectorization 6-30
vectors 4-2
logical 4-26
preallocating 6-30
version control systems
Index
Index-9
interfacing to MATLAB 8-19
visibility of axes 5-49
vpa 10-59
W
while loop 6-5
Windows
installing MATLAB 2-3
windows for plotting 5-46
windows in MATLAB 3-8
wireframe
surface 5-52
Word and access to MATLAB 8-19
word processing access to MATLAB 8-19
workspace 8-12
Workspace browser 8-12
www.mathworks.com 1-9
www.mathworks.com/academia 1-9
www.mathworks.com/store 1-9
www.mathworks.com/support/books 1-9
X
xor erase mode 5-71
Index
Index-10